VOLUME - III

MESSAGES and GLIMPSES OF HEAVEN

Conveyed by DAVID

B y

KAMAZH K. SOLOMON

Not for Sale

A BRIEF NOTE ABOUT MY SON DAVID

At the age of thirteen, in a ‘Missionary Call Service’, when the Preacher asked the youth; “You have only one life in this world. Will you spend it for Jesus?”, David responded by standing up and accepted Jesus as his personal saviour. Further he committed himself to be a Missionary at that tender age.

After completion of his high school studies, he got admission at Thirunelveli Government Medical College, Tamilnadu, India. Before joining the college, at a Youth retreat on 7th August 1999, David dedicated himself to go as a Missionary doctor to Bihar, one of the medically backward states in India, after completing his medical course. He gave his testimony to four hundred youth, adults and Pastors present for his dedication ceremony. There was no backsliding from his promise to serve the Lord and often told his friends in his medical college that he would go to Bihar to serve in a mission hospital after completing his course. But our Lord and saviour called him to be with Him on 7th October, 2003. When I was terribly depressed after his going home, Jesus gave me the following promises about David.

26th October, 2003 : David is My son. I will send him around the world as a ministering angel with a HEALING TOUCH.

1st January, 2004 : David is the ambassador for Jesus to convey Heaven’s messages to the earth.

24th January 2004 :

David was my Missionary, he is my Missionary and he will be my Missionary. I give special privileges to my Missionaries.

18th April 2004 : “This privilege of communication I have given to you, is according to the perfect will of My Father. Do you think that it is not possible for Me and My Father, who created the Heaven, the earth and the Universe to give such a privilege? We want to reveal glimpses of the glorious Heaven, its grandeur and the happiness of the souls, to the people on the earth and we selected My Son David for that mission. So you go on writing books, as long as it is the will of My Father and until then David shall give messages to you.” I feel that Jesus is fulfilling some of His promises through this book when it goes around, the world with a ‘Healing touch’.

About the books “DAVID TALKS”

This is the Third Book in the series of books ‘DAVID TALKS’. The first chapters of the first two books like the ‘Foreword’ and ‘Life Story of Bensam David Solomon’ are given in this III book too. In the I book, messages received during the period from October 28th, 2003 to April 14th, 2004 are given. In the II book messages from April 14th, 2004 to August 2nd, 2004 (David’s Birthday) are given. In the third book messages from 4th August 2004 to 28th November, 2004 are given. If you did not get the I or II Book and want to receive one, please write to us to the following address. We will try to send a copy, if books are available.

AUTHOR Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil - 629 001 Tamil Nadu, India Phone : 04652 - 230778 E-mail : Kenaz solomon<satyanes_ngc@sancharnet.in>

Biblical Reference

Psalm : 145 :10-13 “ ........ All Thy saints shall bless Thee! They shall speak of the glory of thy Kingdom, and tell of thy power, to make known to the sons of men thy mighty deeds, and the glorious splendour of thy Kingdom. Thy Kingdom is an everlasting Kingdom ........”

CONTENTS Page No.

Foreword vi Life story of Bensam David Solomon vii i A conversation with my Darl ing Son David xxi Tributes to Bensam David Solomon xxix A requiem for my Lost neighbour xxxi

Our nephew David, A compassionate Christian xxxii i To my dear Friend and classmate xxxiv Tributes to my Loving sweet son David xxxvi A Brief Note for Book III xxxvii i

C H A P T E R S AUGUST, 2004

1. Visit ing a colony of actors and Film Professionals 1 2. Visit ing Polit ical leaders 4 3. Worship service at a farmers’ colony - Jesus talked about true vine 7 4. Visit ing builders in a valley of gold 11 5. Birds orchestra singing with human drums. 15 6. Worship service at a colony of great scholars and scientists 21 7. Attending a youth camp 26 8. Meeting pilgrim Fathers and missionaries 29 9. Worship service at a colony of f irst century Christians 35 10. Meeting 19th century Tamils 39 11. Visit ing a children Home with pet animals – Met a Catholic nun 44 12. Worship service at a chapel covered with f lower petals and its fragrance 48 13. Visit ing a recreation complex 53 14. Visit ing ‘red river valley’ 57

SEPTEMBER, 2004 15. Sing song worship service with Jesus 63 16. Visiting a palm grove island near the sea 67 17. Meeting George Muller and multitude of children 72 18. Worship service in which Jesus descended in a swirling fire 77 19. Visiting American farmers' colony 82 20. Visiting Christian Jews 86 21. Worship service at a star – shaped chapel 92 22. Visiting a calm island of Philanthropists 94 23. Visiting the Holy mountain and the Holy People 99 24. Worship service at a chapel over a mountain top 103 25. Meeting children, their language teachers and missionaries 109 26. Visiting American Presidents, politicians and security officers 114 27. Worship service along with mountain tribes from Africa 119 28. Visiting a colony of world famous missionaries and Evangelists 127 29. Visiting a picnic spot – A huge lake, falls and boat mansions 131

OCTOBER, 2004 30. Worship service in our museum site. Inauguration of museum by Jesus 137 31. Meeting Martyrs of Gospel 143 32. Visit ing Architects and Engineers’ colony 147 33. Worship service at a lawn near a dense wood 152 34. Visit ing a children’s resort – wooden cabins inside a wood with fountains 158 35. Visit ing music composers’ colony, at ‘singing brooks and sandy dunes’ 164 36. Worship service at a chapel over a snow white mountain 167 37. Attending another youth camp 172 38. Visit ing a f ishery study centre – meeting scholars 176 39. A sing song worship service 179 40. Visit ing once mountain tr ibal vi l lagers and missionaries 182 41. Visit ing a colony of f lower garland makers. 186

42. Angels worship service 189 43. Visit ing a study centre for children 192 44. Visit ing mult icoloured marble mountains – Tile makers 196 45. Worship service in the ‘medical study centre’. 200

NOVEMBER, 2004 46. Playing the game of Gliding over water 204 47. Visit ing a fruit farmers colony 206 48. Worship service inside the worship complex in a white marble chapel 208 49. Visit ing People from Northern Hemi Sphere of the earth 211 50. Exhibit ion of different gardens, mansions, in different islands 215 51. A sing song service inside worship complex 219 52. Playing the game of treasure hunt. 223 53. Songs carried by the wings of fragrance of f lowers 225 54. Worship service at the colony of American f lower farmers230 55. Visit ing a children’s camp site inside a forest. 233 56. Visit ing a beautiful mountain resort surrounded by a lake235 57. Worship service in a vi l lage auditorium 238 58. Visit ing a colony of people who l ive with animals inside a forest 241 59. Visit ing an island resort surrounded by Hil ls 244 Conclusion 248

F O R E W O R D

Dear Reader, Before reading this book, I want you to know the circumstance in which this book is written. My name is Kamazh Solomon. I retired in April, 2003 from teaching Chemistry in three colleges for 36 years. My husband Rev. Kenaz Solomon is the Missionary and President of London Mission (congregational) Churches for 33 years. We both accepted Jesus Christ as our personal saviour and are doing His Ministry. God gave us 2 sons. Our elder son Samuel Ben Solomon was born after nine years. He completed medicine (M.B.B.S.) and is now working in a hospital in Nagercoil. Our younger son Bensam David Solomon was a final year student at Thirunelveli Medical College. He accepted Jesus Christ as his personal saviour at the young age of 13 and committed himself to missionary work. He was planning to go to Bihar as Missionary Doctor after completion of his course. But our Lord’s will is different! On 7th October, 2003, evening after participating in a weekly prayer meeting conducted by Christian Medical students, he died instantly in a bike accident and had gone to be with our Lord. He was a lover of music and used to play keyboard and guitar. My family was terribly shaken and beyond consolation.

On the 19th day after the loss of my beloved son David, my loving Lord gave me a promise about his ministry. From the 21st day, the Lord gave a “special privilege” to my beloved son David to talk to me from above. Now David is giving me glimpses of heaven little by little. I could hear his voice inside me calling me Amma (mother) distinctly and he continues to talk. This book contains the messages conveyed by David to me.

A humble request to my readers first. As mentioned above this experience is a ‘Special Privilege’ given to me by my precious saviour and I believe it completely. I fully believe this message is given with a great purpose – to console me, my family and those who grieve over the loss of their loved ones. It is also my fervent prayer that all those who profess the name of Christ may know the glories of heaven and be ready to meet the saviour when called to eternity. As Paul says death is a GAIN to God’s people (Phil. 1:21). Now, my request is, if a reader has any reservation or if you do not believe this book please don’t write to me your comments- just ignore it since I am giving my son’s messages as I get them. I cannot explain them further. If you are blessed by reading this book, I will be happy to have your comments which may be a source of consolation to me and my family. Thank you. Please pray for us.

D.L. Moody, a great Evangelist of the 19th century writes thus: “Perhaps, if we listen, we too might hear – in this storm tossed world of ours – some whisper borne from loved ones afar”.

In Christ, Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil - 629 001 Tamil Nadu, India.

Note : I have included many Bible quotations and Verses from Hymns in many of these chapters apart from the Heavenly messages conveyed by David.

The Bible quotalions are taken from Revised, Standard Version

- Author

.

Life Story of Bensam David Solomon

My name is Kamazh K. Solomon. I am aged 58. My husband is Rev. Kenaz Solomon, aged 64. We got married on 21st May 1969. We were living in a rented house after marriage in Nagercoil. Then I was teaching Chemistry at Vivekananda College, Agesteeswaram. I was very much worried about not having children. I felt that I didn’t want to live without a baby. I read a book ‘Salvation of God’ and accepted Christ as my personal Saviour. Then I prayed, “Lord, if it is your will, give me a child.” In my leisure time, I was involved in ministry among the women of our Churches.

In 1976, seven years after our marriage, in answer, to my prayer, our Lord helped me to conceive. But that male child died in my womb in the 8th month. It was a real shock. As soon as I got home from hospital, I closed my room, and cried like a child lying on the floor asking God why this happened. Suddenly there shone a very bright light around me and I heard the voice of Jesus in my heart – “Next year by this time, you will have a baby in your arms”. I was so happy that the marvellous peace of God filled my heart. My doctor’s verdict was that it was almost impossible for me to conceive again, since my ovaries were really inactive. But my unfailing God, as He had promised, gave me a boy on 30th September 1977. ( I got His promise on 19th October, 1976). Praise be to God. We named him Samuel Ben Solomon.

After 3 years I got my second son BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON. Even in his cradle, he was always smiling. At the age of 3, he was quite happy to go to school. After getting home from school, the first thing he used to do was to open his bag, throw down all his books on the floor and do his home work. Only after doing all his home work, will he go to play or watch T.V. He was quite studious. During his 11th and 12th grade in school, he made up his mind to study medicine like his brother. He studied at Scott Christian Higher Secondary School and stood first in his final examinations at 12th grade in 1998. In Science subjects he scored 198 (Maths), 199 (Physics), 197 (Chemistry) and 189 (Biology) out of 200. His marks in Biology (189) was not enough to get admission in medical college that year and hence decided to improve the score in Biology – writing Biology test again hoping he would get medical admission the next year.

My husband did his B.D. in the United States of America for three years. So, he has many friends there. One American couple, close friends of my family wanted David to study medicine in U.S.A. They promised to get him admission with full scholarship, and agreed to be his sponsor and guardian while in the States. He was to do four years B.S. Course (Pre-medicine) before joining Medicine. Before going to the United States he

had to write two tests – TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) and SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test). As for my son David, he needed no push to study! He was never tired of studying and reading as many books as possible before going for these two tests to Bangalore. Even sleep eluded him. As usual, he scored, more marks than prescribed by the College where he got admission in the United States. He became eligible for full scholarship too. Finally when he went to the American Embassy in Chennai for his Visa, embassy refused him Visa saying ‘you are to study medicine in America for ten years. After such a prolonged study, we are highly doubtful whether you will return to India’. On one side I felt sad for him because it was a great disappointment. On the other side as an affectionate mother, I had a great sense of relief because the worry of my son having to be away from me for such a long time was removed from my heart. May be I was too possessive! But the Lord whom I serve did not allow him to be discouraged. After getting back from Chennai, the first thing he did was to take his Biology book in his hand and started studying for his improvement test. Without anybody’s help, he worked hard and wrote his improvement test. As a human being, I had a lingering doubt whether he would manage to get admission for medicine. I was a bit confused. One day early morning when I was praying, I heard the voice of God talking to me. I knew without any doubt that it was my Lord speaking because I had heard that voice twice before. He said ‘If David dedicates himself as a medical missionary, I will give him medical admission’. Immediately my thought went back to the incident that happened in 1993.

It was summer vacation in 1993. We had two day retreat at Puthalam beach. In the last session Brother Stanly Prince from Friends Missionary Prayer Band, who was the speaker at the retreat, gave a missionary call. David was only thirteen years old then. With David by my side, I too was on my Knees in prayer. Suddenly David stood up. My immediate reaction was ‘shock’. I feared that David, without realizing the real implication, was standing up. I felt it was a child’s innocent prank. Even after getting home, I didn’t feel like asking my beloved young son about that. Gradually the whole episode was forgotten. After 6 years, when I heard the voice of my Lord, I remembered his dedication for Missionary work at the age of 13.

Then I told David about the Lord speaking to me and asked him whether he really meant to be a Missionary when he committed himself at the age of 13. He immediately said, he had no second thought about it. When Brother Stanly Prince said, ‘you have only one life to live on this earth. Will you spend it for Jesus?’, David was very much touched. David assured me that his dedication was not a thoughtless childish act. I was very much moved and thanked my saviour profusely. Our Lord helped David to score high marks in Biology and in the entrance test. He had no problem in getting admission for medicine (free seat).

In Tamil rh ;nt!;tuh ck; re;epjpapy; te;jpLk; ,r;rkak; rh ;tKk; ckf;fha; rkh ;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ck; rpj ;jk; epiwntwnt

1. rkh;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ve;jd; iffs; rkh;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ve;jd; fhy;fs;

2. rkh;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ve;jd; fz;fs; rkh;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ve;jd; brtpfs;

3. rkh;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ve;jd; tHpfs; rkh;g ;gpf ;fpnwd; ve;jd; thH;it

Translated in English (Not according to tune)

Almighty God in Thy Presence I come before Thee, this instant I surrender all to Thee Let Thy will be done 1. I surrender my hands to Thee I surrender my feet to Thee 2. I surrender my eyes to Thee I surrender my ears to Thee 3. I surrender my ways to Thee I surrender my whole life to Thee.

Then David started his life in the Medical College. He kept on telling his friends and College mates that after completing his studies (M.B.B.S.), he would go as a medical Missionary to Bihar State and work in a Mission Hospital. After working for a few years, he would go for higher studies. Again after completion of his studies, he would continue to work at the same place, helping the sick, the poor and the needy. Even as a student, he started his ministry. In his medical College hospital, he was supporting many poor patients. A group of committed Christian boys and girls in his medical College met regularly every Tuesday evening for prayer and worship. He was in charge of singing. Mostly he played keyboard, and at times guitar.

During Summer Vacations, he attended Vacation Bible School sessions in our Churches. He was never tired of carrying his keyboard to Churches. He was a member of the “Christian Youth Welfare Association Gospel Band” of our Churches which visited and still visits all our Churches. Being a great lover of music, he made sure to go with the gospel band to all our Churches. So, all our congregations knew him. When Churches have special meetings (Conventions) for two or three days, they ask David to play the keyboard. He never said ‘No’. After College, he got back to Nagercoil (45 miles) in his motor bike, ate something from home and went straight to the meeting. He had to drive 25 to 40 kilometres to the meeting and got

back home around 10.30 p.m. Again he left for College at 5.30 in the morning. If there were special meetings during the week-ends, he did the same. Members of our Youth Association used to visit a Church once a month in the afternoon. David was always part of that group. Youth divided themselves into small groups and visited houses of the congregation. At 6 p.m., they used to meet the youth group of that Church and close the meeting with a sing song service where the whole congregation took part. David enjoyed this very much. He never got tired of walking while making house calls. As usual he used to be back home after 10.30 p.m. and left for College at 5.30 the next morning.

Our Youth Association used to conduct a one-day retreat once in 3 or 4 months. It is conducted in tourist or scenic spots, and sometimes in one of our Churches. There was not even one retreat where David did not participate and sing. He was very particular that singing should be good. In the same way he took part in all Free Medical Camps organized by the Youth. Often he brought doctors from his College to help. If there were too many patients, he himself checked blood pressure and dispensed medicines. The important thing was he was very, very happy to get involved in all these ministries.

During week ends we used to spend our time at our beach house in Puthalam. On Saturday evenings he gathered the village children and taught them songs with his keyboard. In the Sunday morning worship service they used to sing those Songs. Sometimes he got back from his College after 7 p.m. on Saturdays. Still he wasn’t tired to teach them new songs. He sang tenor.

His brother Dr. Samuel Ben Solomon and David were very close to each other. Since Samuel had completed medicine already, almost every day David contacted him through the phone to clear some of his doubts. When David got home during the week ends, they used to lie down in the same bed and discuss many things till late night. Samuel also said, David had a better knowledge about the patients because he had the opportunity to examine various types of patients in his Medical College Hospital and his knowledge helped him (Samuel) much. David’s death was a terrible shock for Samuel. Samuel said, ‘Amma, I feel very lonely and left alone now’. His grief was too much. Our Lord alone should console him. Likewise David and his cousin (my sister’s son) who is 12 years older than David were close. In his college also, all his fellow students had very good relationship with him. In our beach village also all the boys, young or old, were close to him. In short, on the earth, every one was his friend which meant he led a real Christian life during his short span of life in this world.

His life in the College is another story. His friends said he was always well- dressed. It was hard to find him without books in his hands. His aim was to stand first in his class. He stayed with a group of boys in a rented house. He avoided staying at College hostel because he felt, students, from other rooms would disturb his studies. As his friends said, he used to study up to 2 or 3 a.m. Everyday when his fellow students went to bed earlier, he stayed at the verandha and studied. He never went to bed without reading

his Bible as well as Daily Bread- portion for that day. It is more important that he shared what he read with his fellow students whether they were Christians or not. Finally it became a habit for his friends to ask him for the Bible portion and the message for the day and he shared it with them. Of course, it was not just all study and no play. He very much enjoyed playing cricket. He was an important member of the team. Strange thing is, even when going to play, he took a text book along because when he had some leisure in between games, he could study. For David not a minute was to be wasted. May I say he was a typical example for perseverance and hard work !! Please don’t think he was concerned about his studies only. For two years during summer vacation I was giving some free special coaching in Chemistry to final year (12th) high school students. David was good in Physics. He used to accompany me to Palliyadi and taught them Physics both in English and in Tamil. Even though he studied in English medium and not quite familiar with technical terms in Tamil, he studied Tamil text carefully and taught Tamil medium students. Likewise when he was in Medical College, he was Coaching 11th, 12th grade students Mathematics and Physics in Tamil at the beach village. For any favour for anybody, it is hard to get a ‘No’ answer. May be the word ‘No’ was not in his dictionary. To us he was a perfect son, never got angry for anything with his parents, the same with others. Do you wonder, how can you find a young boy like this? Yes, David was an exception. May be our Lord loved him more than I did and called him to be with Him for ever. When some poor friends or relatives went to his medical College hospital to take scan, X-ray or for special checkup, he took them to the concerned departments and doctors personally. If it means waiting for a while, he stayed with them. Always he made sure to carry one of his College text books with him so that he could study during the waiting. At times, he took blood pressure monitor from home to check pressure for some old aunties living close to his College. If blood pressure was high, he took them to his College hospital in his motor bike, got medicines and took them back to their homes. Another interesting trait of David was that he was a very jovial person. At puthalam beach house during week ends, we could always hear laughter of his friends gathered around him. He used to give special pet names to his friends and used to call them affectionately by those names. In any situation at any time he was talented in making jovial comments which used to make every one laugh including his parents and brother. David’s father used to repeat his jovial comments and laugh heartily. All of a sudden our laughter in this world came to an end. But we are eagerly waiting for the day, when we shall meet our darling son David again face to face in our eternal Heavenly Home to hear him speak and continue to laugh for ever.

I want to put down few incidents to show our beloved son David's concern for his parent's difficulties. It is a very rare quality, parents find in their children. At the year, David completed his 12th Standard, he got lower marks in biology. We know he couldn't get a seat in a Government Medical

College in Tamil Nadu. Since, he was completing his 12th standard, we saved some money for his higher studies. One day, I asked David, whether he wanted to join under payment quota in a private medical college where the annual fees would be much higher. Immediately, he replied "defintly no. Since you have some money now, you may be able to pay the higher fees for the first year. But in future years, you will find it very difficult to pay such huge amounts, because you have to support my brother also. I' ll study hard, write the improvement exam, will try to score higher marks in biology and get a seat in a Government Medical College." What a considerate son!! Like that he worked hard, got higher marks & got a seat at Tirunelveli Government Medical College, with annual fees of Rs. 5000/-. In the same way, three weeks, before David, left us for his Heavenly Home, I went to Palayamkottai (where David studied) to buy a medical book for my elder son who was preparing for Post Graduate Medical Entrance Examination. David met me at the bus stand, took me in his motor bike to his college book store, telling that the price would be lower there. So we bought the book. Then I asked David, whether he wanted any book. He replied that he needed a book, but he would manage for the time being by borrowing that book from his friends. I felt very sad. We asked the price and it was only Rs. 350/- !! I actually compelled him to buy that book. He did it reluctantly. But when he got it, he was so happy to have a book of his own. In the same way, he never asked for anything costly thinking that it would be a burden on his parents. When I went to Palayamkottai to buy the book, I took my elder son's mobile phone with me. David didn't have one at that time. He never asked for one also. David took the phone from me and sent messages to his friends. So when returning home to Nagercoil, I got back the phone from him and I felt very sad. During the bus journey I had a very strong urge to buy a mobile phone to David at any cost. As soon as I reached home, I told my intense desire to David's father. We borrowed some money and kept it ready when David came home during that week-end. We told him about our decision. He was so happy. He and his brother went to the shop and got a mobile phone of his liking. How happy he was!! He recorded a beautiful music also in his phone. Afterwards we were also happy that we bought one for him. David used his mobile phone only for 2 weeks in this world. But Jesus in His tender mercy, gave David the greatest privilege of talking to me as long as he likes, without spending any money or changing mobile phone cards!! Finally, let me share with you the happenings that took place during the last few days, before our Lord called him to His eternal home. All those things, I was and am convinced, happened with a definite purpose. October 2, 3 were government holidays. So, we arranged a fasting prayer at Puthalam beach on those days. Previous week David phoned me from College these days being holidays, (Oct. 2, 3) he was planning to go to Ooty (a hill station) for a change. I told him about the fasting prayer meeting and asked him whether he could play keyboard, and help us with singing. He immediately cancelled his plan to visit Ooty and agreed to participate in the fasting prayer. His friends were a bit sad, but he didn’t mind. He gave priority to Jesus in his life. He took part in the meeting till the end and he too did not take any food till the meeting was over. The fasting prayer was from 6 p.m. to 3 p.m. next day. The meeting

came to a close with holy communion. He helped his father in preparing for the holy communion. He only filled cups with grape juice and set the table. He finally took part with the others. He was sitting on the floor only. He played the closing hymn in his keyboard. e mee At the close of the meeting, he with some other boys served meals to the participants. Then he took a group of ladies in his father’s car to the bus stop two miles away, saw them off and got home. Next day was Saturday (October 4, 2003). A short tour was planned for the beach village Sunday School, and choir members. We had our car and with 5 motor bikes of his friends, we visited Thengapattinam beach, Colachel harbour, Muttom beach, Chothavillai beach and finally got home. While going, David’s father was his pill ion rider. On the way back I (mother) was his pill ion rider. He enjoyed this tour very much. This was his last pleasure trip with Sunday School Children, Choir and especially his childhood village friends. He very much enjoyed having me and his father riding with him. “Honour thy father and mother” – David was a good example to that commandment. On Sunday (Next day) he played the keyboard, as usual in our worship service, gave sweets to Sunday School Children (which he did every Sunday) and taught in the Sunday School. At noon we got back to Nagercoil to our home. In the afternoon, he had a long sleep, (to compensate for a whole week’s loss of sleep). As usual he had a long night studying. On Monday morning he left for College 45 miles away at 5.30 in the morning in his bike. My husband and I prayed with him and said good bye. David used to call me and his brother often since he had a cellular phone. We were specially glad because contact with him became easier, and I, as his mother enjoyed hearing his voice. As usual, on 6th October (Monday), 2003. I talked to him a few times. 7th October, 2003 was his last day on this, as Paul puts it “Earthly Tent”. It was also the last day to complete his ministry in the College. A group of medical College students were meeting regularly for prayer and worship in a Chapel “Bethel” every Tuesday. David, too attended this fellowship often and played the keyboard. This particular Tuesday, he only chose the Hymms and Choruses. He practised singing for two days, got those songs typed and then took Photostat copies for distribution to the participants. That fateful afternoon, he called me twice to pass on some information about his brother’s (Samuel) higher education. Finally he said he would look in the internet and give me more details after his chapel service. That was the very last piece of conversation my son had with me in this world. His friends told me he sat on the College verandah and studied from 2 to 4.30 p.m. Then he took his keyboard and another junior student to the Chapel. Le me give you the song and some Choruses which he selected and sang in that Chapel service. They all sound as if he prepared himself to meet his beloved saviour after completing his earthly course.

First song in Tamil

ck;nkhL ,Ug;gJjhd; cs;sj;jpd th";iriaah ck; rpj ;jk; bra;tJjhd; ,jaj;jpd; Vf;fikah

,nairah ck;ikj;jhnd vd; Kd;nd epWj;jpa[s;nsd; - (2)

1. vdf;fhf ahita[k; bra;gtnu bra;J Kog;gtnu vd; ghu';fs; vd; Rikfs; - (2) ck; ghjj;jpy; ,wf;fp itj;njd; - (2)

2. ,uf;fKk; cUf;fKk; ePoa rhe;jKk; fpUiga[k ; cs;stnu vd; $Ptid mHptpy; epd;W kPl ;ltnu vd; nka;g ;gnu

3. kd;dpg ;gjpy; ts;sy; ePnu Rfk; jUk; bja;tk; ePnu ck; md;iga[k ; ,uf;fj;ija[k ; kzp Koaha; Nl;Lfpd;wPh ; .

English Translation (Not according to tune)

To live with you my Lord, is my heart’s desire To do Thy will is the longing of my heart

Lord Jesus I always keep Thee Alone just before me (2) 1. Thou art doing everything for me And completed my tasks I unloaded my burden and my cares at Thy feet 2. Thou art the God of compassion, Grace and tender Mercy My Shepherd who saved my Soul From eternal death. 3. Thou art the God of abundant forgiveness Thou art the God of healing Thou art crowning me with Thy love and Thy compassion

A Chorus at the middle of the service

“I will enter His gates with thanks giving in my heart, I will enter His courts with praise, I will say this is the day that the Lord has made, I will rejoice for He has made me glad”.

The following chorus was the last song he sang in this world. Since it was a new chorus, he taught it to the students before the beginning of the service, and at the close of the service, he sang the chorus loudly Thrice, playing at his keyboard.

Lord I l ift your Name on high, Lord I love to sing Your praises I’m so glad you are in my life, I’m so glad you came to save us You came from heaven to earth to show the Way From the earth to the Cross, my debts to pay From the Cross to the grave, From the grave to the sky Lord, I lift your Name on high.

Don’t you agree that all the gospel message he was supposed to preach for a long time (if he was alive) is contained in this particular chorus? I must say this was my beloved son David’s personal testimony. On the way back after the worship service, he died in a bike accident. This happened within 10 minutes after the service. A lady in a vision heard angels saying that David died in an instant without any fear of death and was taken to his heavenly home surrounded by a host of angels clad in bright, white robes. When my sister cried in agony at the feet of Jesus, regarding David’s death, Jesus in His tender mercy revealed to her, that David was carried by the angels before he dashed, by giving her Ps: 91:12 He is safe in the arms of his beloved Master and Saviour Jesus Christ. As Paul says, David fought a good fight, kept his faith and finished his race.

Just imagine the agony we, his parents, brother, relatives and friends must have gone through. His friends, classmates, the whole student body, his professors and Dean showed their love and respect for David – a well behaved, a very studious and a real Christian, in every possible way which was indeed touching. The whole medical college student body was present at his funeral. The weeping and wailing of students, especially boys showed us how much he was loved. Samuel, David’s father and me were terribly shocked and all our dreams for our Missionary son stood completely shattered.

Of course we have no right to ask our Lord “ why Lord why” you took him away from us at this tender age who had dedicated his life for the Lord’s ministry. Still what is God’s will? At this agonizing moment, my dear, precious saviour started revealing His purpose for David. Let me share with you what my Lord said to me.

It was a Sunday (26-10-2003). At 5 A.M. when I woke up, my heart was aching for my beloved son. My heart was too heavy and I kept on telling, “Lord you took away my precious son”. Suddenly I heard the voice of my saviour Jesus speaking clearly in my heart. Previously in my life, when I was very much frustrated, I had the experience of hearing His voice. So, I knew for sure it was Jesus. He said: David? - He is my son. Immediately I folded my hands and said, ‘Lord, I do agree’ but you chose him to be a missionary and even helped him to get admission in a medical college. That purpose was not fulfil led, Lord”. Immediately Jesus said; “So, you wanted him to work in only one place? No. I will send him (David) around the world as a ministering Angel with a healing touch”.

Suddenly, the peace that passeth all understanding fil led my heart.

A CONVERSATION WITH MY DARLING SON DAVID

ON 28TH OCTOBER 2003

Still, I terribly missed my son David. I couldn’t get over the unbearable loss. Two days later on Tuesday (28th Oct., 2003) I woke up at 3 ’O clock in the morning. I was praying to remove the pain in my heart. I prayed ‘LORD I cannot live with this agonizing pain in my heart for long”. AT 5.30 in the morning, I dozed off. Suddenly I heard somebody calling Amma, amma! It was a soft sweet voice. David : Amma ! please don’t grieve for me. I am so happy in heaven. I cannot possibly express my happiness and the beauty of this place. Ammamma (my mother, David’s grandma) is with me. Amma : Oh! my darling son! How are you? What are you doing there? David : I am in ammamma’s house. Young people are gathering for a choir practice. Uncle Titus’ Son is with me. You don’t know others. But they sing beautifully with perfect voices. Ammamma is also singing with me. I met Grandpa (my father). But now, he is not here at home. My two grandpas are very very busy. I don’t know what they are doing. Amma : Darling son! Did you have any premonition about your death while singing in the last chapel service near your college? David : No amma. But I was extremely happy while singing those songs. Amma : Tell me about the accident. David : I don’t remember anything about it. I could only see a host of angles surrounding me to take me HOME to JESUS who warmly enfolded me within HIS ARMS. Then I was embraced by ammamma and all my grand parents and relatives. Amma : Are you missing your studies?

David : Definitely NO. It is a great burden off my mind. Though I worked hard, it was a great burden. But I remember everything I studied. That is a great surprise. After a few days David told me that Jesus asked him to talk to me and console me. Since then once in 2 or 3 days when I read, lie down or am busy, doing some thing I could hear my David’s voice inside me distinctly calling me Amma (mother). Knowing immediately that my son is going to talk, I sit quiet and ask him to speak. His way of talking is the same as when he was in the world–same words and same expression. I was fully convinced that I should put down his messages in the form of a book. The Holy spirit once told me “David is an ambassador for Jesus to convey Heaven’s messages to earth”. I too had the strong conviction that David’s talking is the beginning of his ministry. The following incident convinced me that ‘David’s calling to be with the Lord; was not accidental, but was His will. There is a girl (23) who has the anointment of, the Holy Spirit. 24 hours before my son’s death, she had a vision. On 6th October, 2003 while she was having some rest around 6 p.m. she had the vision that she was sitting in side the building where we have worship service on Sunday mornings. She saw David standing on the platform in the place of worship. He raised both his hands and went on praising God non stop for a very long time. He was surrounded by men in spotless white dress. David and this girl had known each other right from childhood. She was very much surprised for she had never seen David doing this before. She suddenly awoke and told this to her mother. On the other side she was sad about this Heavenly vision. Her mother told her a vision about a particular person need not be fulfilled in his life, it may happen to some one else because that girl was afraid something bad might happen to David. She didn’t want to share this with me immediately thinking not to upset me with her vision. Only after David’s, death, she was so sad that she did not share this vision with me earlier. As far as I am concerned, it was our Lord’s will for David, revealed through that girl. In this context I like to quote two similar experiences passed on to me by my father Rev. A. N. Bensam, a long time minister who served Christ as a pastor (43 years) in a big congregational Church and my aunt Mrs. Nancy Bright. 1. After getting home from College, I used to spend sometime with my father and mother every evening. One evening my father told me that he was talking with his elder sister late Lilly for half an hour. He said “she told me many things about Heaven”, “especially about meeting her parents and relatives and the joyous reunion in Heaven”. She also said, “one could easily identify their loved ones. Heaven is indeed a wonderful place”. 2. My uncle Rev. Bright David was also a long time minister (18 years) and died at the age of 49. At the time of his death my aunt was only 39 and left with the burden of bringing up her 5 children. Her eldest daughter was doing B.A. in a College and youngest son was only 10 years old. How could she possibly bear this loss? She was involved in ministry among women But our Lord who was and is faithful did not let her down. My uncle talked to her from above often giving suggestions about her children’s studies, marriage etc. When I was in the 10th standard, I stayed in her house. She often used to say, your uncle talked to me to day. She told me once that she was

going to attend a women’s fellowship meeting (She was then the women’s fellowship General Secretary). As she was about to leave the house with many files, she heard uncle telling her, “Nancy, you forgot to take two important files. Take them with you”. What a surprise! When I got back from school, my aunt told me excitedly about this incident. I was happy for my aunt’s sake. Now, from my own experience, I do know what she said was real. Now, the special privilege given to my son (talking to me) continues to comfort me. With the guidance of the Holy Spirit I put my experience in words. “Even though I accept my son’s departure from this world as Gods will, yet as a human being the pain of separation from my darling son lingers in my heart. Our Lord did take him with a definite purpose. I am sure that His purpose is partly fulfilled through this book. It is my earnest prayer that this book should console many who lost their loved ones, especially at a tender age. I also feel that the reading of this book will dispel the fear of death for the Christians. For His children as a whole, this book may create a longing to be with the Lord in that glorious Kingdom of the King of Kings.

Kamazh. K. Solomon 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil – 629 001,

Tamil Nadu, India. Phone : 04652 - 230778

Fax : 04652 - 237439 E-mail : printland @rediffmail.com

DAVID AS A FOUR MONTH OLD BABY IN HIS MOTHER’S ARMS

ONE YEAR DAVID PLAYING AT PUTHALAM BEACH

ONE YEAR OLD DAVID IN HIS CRADLE (RIGHT)

THREE YEAR OLD DAVID (EXTREME LEFT) WITH HIS FAMILY

ELEVEN YEAR OLD DAVID WITH HIS ELDER BROTHER SAMUEL

DAVID AT NINETEEN

DAVID GIVING WITNESS AT THE MISSIONARY DEDICATION SERVICE ON 7TH AUGUST 1999 (19 YEAR OLD)

DAVID PLAYING KEYBORD AT THE 2003 SUNDAY SCHOOL RALLY

DAVID CHECKING BLOOD PRESSURE AT A FREE MEDICAL CAMP (JULY 2003)

DAVID HELPING DOCTORS AT A MEDICAL CAMP

(EXTREME RIGHT) (AUGUST 2003)

TRIBUTES TO BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON

I have known David from the time he was just seven years old. My acquaintance with him has mainly been in the Puthalam beach, where I too have a cottage, our holiday resort.

The charm of his face, with its ever-radiant smile, is the attraction that any acquaintance of his would find irresistible in him. Humility, modesty and sincerity are the gems that adorn his character. So intelligent and brilliant in his studies and so talented, yet so humble and modest – so cultured and refined, yet so accessible to and one with the unlettered and the unrefined – beloved of all, from the rustic uneducated villager to the scholarly Dean of the Medical College, where he studied – it is almost impossible to find another child of his caliber on this earth. He could never refuse any help to anyone anytime. He was a veritable angel on this earth.

On Saturday evenings, one could see him hurrying to the Church in the Puthalam village beach, carrying his keyboard for the choir practice for the Sunday morning service there. I too have helped him with soprano once or twice in these practices. The pains he takes to train the rural church choir – members, mostly very young girls with absolutely no ear or sense for music is indeed remarkable. He never failed in any of his missions for Christ because of his dedication, commitment and indefatigable industry. His commitment to his Lord and saviour was cent percent. There was never a moment of wavering. David was indeed a very warm sunbeam that radiated many a human heart. The free medical camp that he had arranged for the poor rustic villagers of the Puthalam beach, with the help of his senior doctors and friends which the villagers attended en masse and benefitted, only showed his kind concern for the very poor villagers there. The care and concern he evinced to get each poor villager tested freely, was just typical of his nature and character. He persuaded even me to get myself tested for sugar and pressure, even when I told him that I was sure I had neither of these complaints. His burden that not a single person should miss the benefits of this free medical camp was ever so obvious.

On Saturday David could be seen playing cricket in an open ground next to my cottage, with the teenagers of that village, most of whom were drop-outs from school and with no regular employment. I always used to wonder how David could level himself with these boys. He was their friend, hero and idol of worship. He knew them from his childhood days, when he had played with them, without any inhibition and so even when he grew up and had earned his seat in the medical college in the right royal way, he never alienated himself from them. Like water on a lotus leaf, he could keep himself unsullied, and incorruptible, what ever the company he may keep.

During the Sunday service in the choir, he used to play so spontaneously and effortlessly on the keyboard and sing tenor in the mike. It is no exaggeration at all when I say that his singing and accompaniment on his keyboard added to the richness and meaningfulness of the Sunday Service in that village. Occasionally when I attend the service in that church now, tears automatically trickle down my cheeks and I feel unable to sing, choked with grief at the void he has left there.

With his charming face, very sweet smile, willingness and readiness to help any one any time, darling David has left us all for his heavenly abode, leaving behind him just fragrant memories that can never be dimmed or erased by time. Like the sweet child Lucy Gray of William Wordsworth’s poem, David was veritably “the sweetest child that ever grew beside a human door.”

Mrs. Indra Alexander (Rtd. Principal and Head of the Dept. of English), Women’s Christian College, Nagercoil.

A REQUIEM FOR MY LOST NEIGHBOUR

Once I had a caring neighbour Along the side of a beautiful seashore His name was BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON – God fearing and so dear

He was a pleasing and lovable character He appeared on the earth with mighty talents Suddenly he vanished like a bubble in yonder Like a crimson sun drown on the deep sea, I muse over the memories of the departed soul A gifted son to his parents – the star of the family Obedient son to his father Ever loving son to his mother Always jovial with his brother His smiles were sunbeams and voice melodious In church he was the best singer and Sunday class teacher

In choir he was a strong tenor He played rhythmically on the keyboard and guitar He had an ambition to join a great choir He strained every nerve to achieve that aim. At studies he was very clever He desired to become a missionary doctor When time permits he was a player and reader

Played cricket and volleyball with pleasure. On the stage he was a best actor To his friends he was a well wisher With all noble qualities like a leader For the weak students he was a guide and guardian More concerned and generous to the poor With pure and sacrificial manner For the sick and needy he was a timely doctor At free medical camps he was an active doctor To the neighbours he was a helping hand Never he changed his face in anger

Along the seashore he was a lover of nature No. No. he has gone for ever But gone before us to be a receiver He was like an angel before But now he himself an angel forever.

Oh! dear. Be our angel and guiding star. Near the sweet shore of Puthalam and everywhere How can I ever forget my caring neighbour?

O’ Dear Child David

O’ Dear Child DAVID We won’t forget you Though the work is half done We will make it full We will follow your path We will follow your foot - steps O’ Dear Child DAVID Your are in every heart You are dearer to all.

Mrs. Vimala Singh Rtd. Teacher, Nagercoil.

OUR NEPHEW DAVID, A COMPASSIONATE CHRISTIAN

When I think abut our Lord Jesus, the picture that comes into my mind is that of the compassionate Saviour. We read again and again about His compassion to the poor, the sorrowful, the persecuted and the sick and suffering. A compassionate Christian is a real follower of Christ and His teachings. The last time my husband and I lived in India was between 1997 and 2000. In 1997, David was 17 years. The first thing you noticed about him was his quick smile that lighted up his whole face. He was such an intelligent boy, and at the same time very industrious. This combination resulted in very high marks throughout his school years, and made it possible for him to continue this high academic success in the medical college too. Apart from the time spent on studies, he devoted his time to music. He was in-charge of music when we attended services on Sundays. He used this talent that God had given him in many positive ways. In August of this year, my cousin Kamazh had sent me snaps from a free medical camp held in a village. Samuel and another doctor along with David and other volunteers examined and gave free medicine to the poor villagers. We gathered from the snaps how much time and care these doctors including David were willing to give the sick and poor. This was one example of David, the compassionate. A relative from Nagercoil sent this account of David – A poor man, who had been in an accident, was suffering from an open sore. He was told that nothing could be done about it. But David had urged him to come to the Tirunelveli Hospital, and had helped him in every way and cured him. How much compassion he had shown this poor man! Although David has been taken away from us at such a young age, he will always be remembered as a caring and compassionate Christian.

Shakuntala and Erik Carlquist, Nov. 2003 Åkersberga, Sweden

TO MY DEAR FRIEND AND CLASSMATE

As a roommate and friend, there are lots of things to tell about Benz. (as we used to call him).

During our first year M.B.B.S., he was not my room-mate. He stayed in his Aunty’s home. At that time he was very much afraid of the seniors because of ragging. He used to go home by Auto rickshaw. For that he had to walk some distance to catch an Auto. I was having a bicycle that time. I used to drop him at the auto stand. Thus our friendship started. Then he bought a motor bike. Then it was his turn. He used to drop me at my room. During the first study holidays, he used to come to my room to study. That time he impressed everybody in and around our room including seniors and even our cook.

From the second year, he became my room-mate. We used to go to the hospital by bike. He was very adjustable. I learned many things from him. He was an encyclopedia. He was having answers for anything about our subjects. I am interested in General medicine. Actually that interest came from Benz only. He was also my unit mate in hospital. While we were discussing about our subjects, he used to clear all my doubts. He was having great memory power and learning ability. He could answer the questions asked by our roommates, who were preparing for post graduate studies. I was very much impressed by his ability.

He used to talk to the patients very softly and politely. He never used harsh words. There was never any misunderstanding between Benz and me.

He was a good Musician. He was having a keyboard. It was in our room for awhile. He used to play pop music and Christian songs very beautifully. He also taught us to play some songs.

He used to play keyboard in our College functions. Always his performance used to be the best event in those functions. Everybody in our College was impressed by his music.

During examination times (including class tests) he would have some tension. He wanted to do the tests very well, even if it was only a class test. Always he used to score the first mark. Still he never had any head weight. He was simple and not talkative, but sincere in his works. He was loved by all.

During nights before going to sleep, he used to read the book Daily bread. He used to give some information from that, daily to us. He was the pet of all our roommates.

Finally, his last day on earth was unforgettable. I can never forget that day – 7th October 2003. I want to talk about that day.

That day we completed our surgery posting. For that we decided to give a treat to our Chief Professor and Assistants, in our unit. In the morning, while we were inviting the Chief, Benz came there a little late. We planned to go for the treat in the evening. I told Benz, “Bye, see you in the evening.” That was the last thing I talked to Benz. In the evening I only saw him. He was not able to see me.

His death affected me, my friends and my roommates terribly. It was a great loss for us. I couldn’t accept his death.

He was a good roll model to me. I am trying to reach that height. But I can never ever become a Benz. With the lovely memories of my dear Friend Benz

Dr. Basupathi, M.B.B.S. (Roommate of Benz)

TRIBUTES TO MY LOVING SWEET SON DAVID

Our perfect sweet son David is now the ‘Beloved son’ of Jesus, revealing the marvellous splendour and grandeur of Heaven to his loving (Amma) on earth, so that the world will know about it, according to the perfect will of our Mighty Father and our loving Jesus. David was chosen for this task because of his resplendent life on earth, which was overflowing with the love of Jesus. He had been an angel from his birth to the day when he was carried by the angels to our lovely permanent eternal Home above. In our short temporary abode on earth. David had been a perfect sweet infant, an angel in his cradle, with a radiant smile on his lovely face, diffusing happiness around him, without giving any trouble to his adoring Mother. He had been a perfect child obeying his parents in every way and doing his duty exceedingly well, to the full satisfaction of his teachers in school, securing laurels and getting the first rank, to the delight of all his loved ones. He had been a perfect teenager dedicating his entire life to Jesus at the tender age of thirteen. He had been a perfect and understanding son, a sun beam to his adoring parents, making them happy in every way possible, by implicit obedience and love, filling the house with his beautiful music. He had been a perfect loving brother, full of affection and adoration for his elder brother and he had been a friend to him. He had been a perfect sweet son to all his adoring loved ones including his loving Periamma, Aunts and Uncles, always thoughtful of their needs and doing his maximum to alleviate their sufferings and making them happy.

He had been a perfect and sincere friend to all his classmates, roommates, cousins and others who had come into contact with him. He had been a perfect student to all his teachers in college, and who had been a delight to them in class and outside, securing the first rank even in the most difficult subject ‘medicine’. He had been a perfect choir-Master in Puthalam, teaching music to those children with all his might, energy and enthusiasm, even if the out come was not to his expectation. He had been a perfect lover of children, understanding their needs perfectly and making them happy in every way possible. He had been a perfect Missionary in the Medical College leading many to Jesus by his spotlessly pure, radiant life and sacrificially giving a lot to the poor. He had been a perfect angel in helping any one at any time at the expense of his leisure time, study time and his health. He had been a perfect follower of Jesus in loving and helping the poor, the needy, the sick, the old and the lonely and forgiving all those who had hurt him. He had been a perfect disciple of Jesus, showing in his radiant life all the fruits of the Holy spirit - love, joy, peace, long suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness and temperance in abundance. He had been a great lover of Jesus and music, making all religious meetings, services, conventions, retreats and religious plays lively, glorious, grand and splendid with his wonderful magnificent and excellent performance on keyboard. He is loved and adored by every one who knows him on earth as well as in heaven. He had been doing every task assigned to him on earth perfectly using all his God-given talents to the entire satisfaction and joy of Jesus and he is continuing that in heaven including his studies with his talents increased and with ease. He is crowned with privileges enjoyed by only a few redeemed in Heaven, since Jesus loves David as his own son and Jesus knows that David will do any task assigned to him with perfectness. His mission on earth had been to make others happy and comfortable. Now also my sweet son David, whom we all love and adore, is sending his love and consolation to his family and friends through his adoring amma and he has never forgotten his Periamma, for whom he had been an affectionate and sweet son on earth, he is my son of consolation at present and he will be my son of radiant glory in my Home for ever.

Mrs. Pugal Sampson David’s Periamma (Aunty),

Rtd. Lecturer, Women’s Christian College,

Nagercoil.

A BRIEF NOTE FOR BOOK III

I am writing this brief note for those readers who have not read my previous 2 books in this series of books ‘David talks’.

My son David’s heart’s desire while on this earth was music and singing. He used to play keyboard and guitar perfectly. We used to visit our Puthalam beach house during week ends and used to take part in the worship service at the worship Hall there. On Saturday evening, David used to gather a few boys and girls from the nearby village and teach them songs playing his key board. He used to take great pains to teach music for those village folks. He used to sing tenor and thus he formed a simple choir there. For Sunday service he used to play the keyboard and sing along with his choir. Often he used to tell me “Amma I want to sing in a ‘big’ choir. That is my heart’s desire”. Has Jesus called him Home, to fulfill his heart’s desire? Anyway Jesus has arranged a perfect youth choir for David in Heaven. There are about 30 youths between the age group of 13–30 from different countries of the earth. There are 20 girls and 10 boys. Most of the girls are young teenagers. He has organized a perfect choir with those youngsters. He is teaching them many songs and anthems. He gives them perfect training and he has become their beloved director. The members of his choir, used to visit many places according to the direction of Jesus. David says John, an English young man is serving the Lord in an information centre and he gets the instruction from Jesus and takes the group to the appointed places. David tells me regularly about those places and the people they meet. I am writing them in the form of a book. David is living with his maternal grand parents in their mansion along with a 3 year old son of my parents. David’s ammamma, my mother, wanted David to call the small boy ‘mama’ (uncle) since he is David’s mother’s brother. David was very good in giving pet names to his friends, even while he was on the earth. So he gave a pet name to his 3 year old uncle and calls him ‘Mamu’. David's paternal grand parents also live nearby in Heaven. In the first two books I have, grouped similar topics under a few headings. But in this book, for a change, I have written the messages continuously, according to the dates on which they were conveyed to me. This book contains the messages I received from 4th August 2004 to 28th November 2004.

CHAPTER 1 VISITING A COLONY OF ACTORS AND FILM PROFESSIONALS IN

HEAVEN Date : 4th August 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “To one he gave five talents to another two, to another one, to each according to his ability.” Mat. 25:15 I went to bed at 10.00 P.M., because I felt very sleepy. Rain was pouring down. I was worried about my sleep and I prayed to God, so that I should not fall into sleep, since my darling son David would start talking after sometime. Then I heard a voice (Holy Spirit) telling me, “Even if you sleep, David will wake you up and talk to you”. Then I thanked my precious Saviour Jesus and I slept. Suddenly I woke up at 11.15 and heard David’s voice.

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We reached the river in front and sailed along the left side of that river. We passed the worship complex and many familiar sites and we sailed steadily forward for a very long time. Finally we crossed the mountain ranges, forest areas and suddenly we sailed into a very charming country. There were well arranged gardens of exquisite beauty on both sides of the river, with green trees which burst into gorgeous flowers of many hues and also laden with fruits of different varieties. We saw many types of flowering plants with a network of pathways in between the flower beds. We sailed farther enjoying this beautiful sight. Then we saw a broad road, starting from the right side of the bank of this river at right angles and leading within the vast gardens. We landed there and walked along the road enjoying the delightful gardens on either side. After some distance we saw very attractive mansions of one storey and two storeys within vast well arranged lovely gardens. We didn’t see many people around them. We walked farther and came to a beautiful park at the centre and the road split up into two branches and went around the park and we entered that park. There was a huge stage and we caught glimpses of seats here and there amidst the flowers, facing the stage. We went and occupied the seats near the entrance. We saw some people sitting deep within the park some reading and a few talking to each other. After some time we saw a young lady entering the park. She looked extremely beautiful with long golden hair. She smiled at us and came near our group. John introduced us and she started telling about the residents of that area and also about herself.

LADY : The residents of this town belong to the professionals of the art of acting in the world. There are many actors, actresses, play directors, play wrights and also many other persons connected with that profession. A large number of these people were involved in producing Christian movies, plays and other programmes and thus helped

our Lord’s ministry in the world. Others were saved by Jesus, when they were involved in their acting profession. I want to talk about myself. I am the only child to my parents. Now I am with my parents in this Heavenly abode. On the earth, I was a wayward child, though my parents were real Christians. I never attended Church Service or Sunday school. I heard only the name of Jesus and nothing more about Him. As a child I was very much interested in acting and I used to see all the movies and plays. In my college, I studied many subjects, connected with the art of acting and I became a successful actress and I broke almost all connections with my parents. One day I drove past a huge open-air evangelical meeting. Now I don’t remember clearly what happened at that time. I was almost physically forced inside the venue where that meeting was going on. There I accepted Jesus as my personal Saviour, when I knew that He was the only way to Heaven. The preacher asked the audience whether they were prepared to go to Heaven, if the call came that night itself. Then I started reading the Bible. But it became very difficult for me to disentangle myself from friends. Within a few weeks I died in a car accident. Thanks to Jesus! Since I accepted Him as my Saviour, I am in this wonderful place. Now I am doing the same profession, which I loved on the earth, but with a different motive - Serving Jesus. As you know, here in Heaven, there are millions of children, who haven’t heard about Jesus at all. Also there are many tribal villages, whose residents just knew Jesus as a Saviour and nothing more about the teachings of Jesus, His parables and His apostles. So now we are involved in enacting plays of the stories of the Bible and more. There are many journalists here, who regularly visit St. Paul and others. They collect many stories which are not given in the Bible. They also visit Martyrs, Missionaries, Evangelists and Saints of old, whose stories were not written in the world. Now they write their stories and the play wrights write them as play scripts. We have many troupes of actors and actresses and I belong to one such youth troupe. We select many stories, both Biblical and others and practice them to act for the children and tribal villagers. Many groups of children used to come here and see us acting in one of the huge studios in our complex which is behind this park.

DAVID : Amma, we heard her wonderful witness with great joy and then she took us around that huge central complex and then we went within an immense beautiful studio with a very huge stage, with lovely golden curtains hanging in shining folds on its two sides in the front. There we saw some people watching the actors rehearsing the play of "Good Samaritan". Though we know the story, it was wonderful to see it enacted by great actors and it had a tremendous impact on us. In between different scenes, they gave the messages of Jesus, comparing Him to the Good Samaritan. Then only we realised the importance of acting them as plays. They used a living animal for that play. Our actress friend then invited us to go there with our children. She promised to contact John through their information centre. Their business complex had many offices and we saw a large number of people in that area. All these complexes were within the two broad roads and beyond those roads, we saw many beautiful mansions deep within the woods and flower gardens. We then thanked her and bid her farewell and started back home.

Now I am in my room and I am going down to tell everything to Ammamma.

Be happy Amma dear! Bye! “Upward then and onward! Onward for the Lord! Time and talent all in His employ; Small may seem the service, sure the great reward Here the cross, but there the crown of Joy!

- E.L. Nathan

CHAPTER 2 VISITING POLITICAL LEADERS IN HEAVEN

Date : 6th August 2004 Time : 11.10 P.M. “O Kings, be wise; be warned O rulers of the earth. Serve the Lord with fear, and rejoice with trembling ...... Blessed are all who take refuge in Him.” Ps. 2:10, 11, 12

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We reached the river in front of our mansions. From there we sailed towards left along that river. After crossing the branch on the right side which would lead us to the palm grove island, we sailed farther and turned to the next branch on the right side of this river. At our right, we saw a lofty mountain range, which we used to see on our left when we sailed towards the palm grove island. The mountains were completely covered with beautiful flowering trees and we caught glimpses of flowing streams here and there. When we sailed along the left side of the bank of this river, we saw on our left picturesque stretches of woodland, filled with flowering trees. Deep within the woods, we caught glimpses of shining pools surrounded by seats, which were arranged in small circles. We saw some people sitting in those seats and talking to one another. We sailed farther and when we saw a broad road leading from the river bank, we landed there and walked along that road. After some distance we saw a cross road running at right angles to our right and left. On our right we saw beautiful grand mansions of immense sizes, deep within the wood, encircled by very beautiful gardens. On our left we saw a few men, seated in a circle near a pool and they were involved in deep discussion. We went near them and they welcomed us and asked us to occupy those seats. They looked like great men and their appearance was very dignified. One of them told us, “All these mansions belong to great political leaders like Christian Presidents, Prime Ministers, Cabinet Ministers and Members of senate or parliament. Whenever a Christian leader comes to Heaven, we used to meet him and discuss the present conditions of the nations of the world and how Christianity had its influence on leaders and subjects. We used to bring such people to our auditorium for lectures and discussion. We also discuss various problems they faced during the time of their leadership. Also we used to discuss that if Jesus were in their place, how He would have tackled such problems, with His mighty power, glory,

knowledge and love. That used to be a prelude to the discussion of millennium rule of Jesus over the earth. Some of us write books on these topics. Also we used to have a large number of visitors from other parts of Heaven. Our youth and children will be at a natural swimming pool at the back of our auditorium and you can meet them there”. They advised us to go by boat to reach the auditorium. We felt some kind of reverence for them and so we bowed our heads and left them.

Then we sailed farther by boat and reached another broad road leading from the bank of the river. We got down there, walked along the road and reached an immense building of two storeys. The first floor was a huge auditorium and in the ground floor, there were a large library, conference halls, office rooms etc. Then we went behind the building and at a distance, saw a beautiful swimming pool with many boats and a large number of children within its crystal clear water. Around that pool, were a number of circular recreation halls, open on all sides with sloping roofs. We saw many groups of youth there, some playing musical instruments and some singing songs. When we went nearer they invited us to join them. They said that they used to visit the music complex for regular music training. So they knew Steve well. They asked us to sing. We sang many choruses with guitars which they gave us. The children from the pool also came to hear our songs. As usual our girls entertained the children. Then their youth in different small groups sang with their musical instruments. While John and others were conversing with the youth, my younger friends dragged me into the pool to collect beautiful transparent red marble pebbles which were shining within the pool bed. We were told that far away, there were red marble rocks called “Red hills” and people from other parts of Heaven used to go there and collect that special red marble. Since water was flowing through those rocks and joining this pool, this pool contained such red pebbles. Our girls collected them and dropped the heavier ones into my pockets and only the lighter ones went into their pockets. They are becoming naughtier and naughtier. Finally, the youth asked us to visit their store house near one mansion. They had a huge collection of things, brought as presents by people coming from different parts of Heaven to visit their great leaders there. They asked us to take whatever we liked. Our younger girls took some baskets and collected many things. I told them if they were to collect, they had to carry them to the boat without making any fuss on the way. I took one small basket and collected some beautiful toy boats in silver decorated with gems and many articles made of red marble stones like paper weights, lovely jars etc. We then thanked them, bid them a fond farewell and reached home. Now I am going down.

Bye Amma dear! “From every kingdom of earth they come To join the triumphal cry of “worthy the lamb that once was slain”! will you be there and I?”

- M.C. Wilson

CHAPTER 3

WORSHIP SERVICE AT A FARMERS’ COLONY – JESUS TALKED ABOUT TRUE VINE

Date : 8th August 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “I am the vine, you are the branches. He who abides in ME, and I in him, He it is that bears much fruit, for apart from Me you can do nothing” John 15:5

DAVID : We had a wonderful worship service. We reached the river in front of our mansions and then we sailed towards our right along that river. We crossed all the familiar places and then we passed the white marble mountain range. After that we saw vast stretches of plantations of many types on the right side of the river and we saw a broad road starting from the river bank on that side. There we left our boat and walked along that main road which led us into the farm which was divided into many sections by a network of pathways. On our right we saw many small plants like cotton plants and silk and fur like plants whose flowers were of different colours. Each section had a particular colour and the sight was exceedingly beautiful. On our left, fruit farms flourished and the trees in each section contained different coloured and different type of fruits. Those trees were not very tall, but resembled our apple trees on the earth. We then saw people coming from the three directions from their mansions deep within the fruit gardens. They said, "There are more than two hundred and fifty mansions in this place. We all were farmers by profession on the earth and we are from different nations of the world. Here God has given us mansions amidst a vast area of farm lands. We used to deposit our farm products in the shopping complexes which are connected with our farm land by rivers. Now we all are going to the chapel across the river for worship service."

We all accompanied them, crossed the river by boats and reached the other side. Along the bank of the river near the chapel, we saw a row of beautiful trees with glossy green leaves and they looked like our Christmas trees on the earth. Then we walked along the main pathway which led us to the Chapel encircled by a very beautiful well arranged garden. The Chapel had two short wings and from a distance, it looked like a huge golden cross lying on the ground. It had sloping roof made of gold and its walls were laid with white marble tiles decorated with much gold. There were numerous seats arranged in galleries within the chapel. At the left wing, there was a large human choir in three sections. We went and sat near the front seats and we saw people on the right wing too. There were a large number of children occupying the front seats. They were holding small branches of flowers with one or a few fruits. It was a new sight for us and the front looked like a fruit garden. The three choirs sang in unison and it was really good. Some of their tunes were familiar to us. Angels glided in and occupied the places along the walls within the chapel.

Then suddenly, we saw a bright white dazzling light falling on the stage and then it was spreading throughout the chapel. At once we all stood up raised our hands and

started praising Jesus who descended along, with a host of angels playing their beautiful golden musical instruments. Jesus sat on a magnificent golden throne in the front of the stage. Then the whole audience sang a beautiful praising hymn with the accompaniment of the angel orchestra. We didn’t know the song and so we continued praising Jesus along with the children. Then Jesus gave a wonderful message.

JESUS : I want to give a message on the vine. The branches are attached to the true vine, which is Me. When you get salvation, you become attached to Me as branches and My blood of Salvation flows through the branches so that you bear fruit. After the tender shoots, the flowers bloom and then come the fruits. My Father prunes the branches to bear more fruits. For those who accept Salvation during the last stage of their lives on the earth like my child on the cross who accepted My salvation at the last moment of his life, the fruits of the spirit will grow after coming to Heaven. I don’t want him to be referred to as a thief. He is not a thief anymore after he became a child of Mine. I want you and My Children on the earth to refer to him as “Once a sinner who became a child of God at the cross. For such people there is spiritual growth in Heaven where they learn about My teachings and bear fruits of the spirit. In Heaven, in the Divine presence, they bear all the fruits of the spirit and you all must try to attain perfection here in Heaven.

DAVID : Then Jesus extended His hands over the children and blessed them. After that he extended his hands over all of us and blessed us. Then the ascension of Jesus with the host of angels took place. We all praised Him by raising both our hands and shouted in great joy. After Jesus ascended, the children placed their flowering branches with fruits over the steps leading to the stage and started streaming out with shouts of joy. We expected them to jump into the river in front of the chapel, but they walked towards the back of the building. Somebody told us that there was a huge children park at the back and they always used to go there after such services, to play in that park. Our teenagers wanted to follow them. But we persuaded them to return home. I told them that I would tell them stories on our way back home in the boat. That was how I could persuade them to come with us. Finally we started back home and I told them stories of our Puthalam beach village. I always used to finish the stories by explaining the power of Jesus over satan and devil. I described how He cast away the evil spirits, which possessed them, by the wonderful power of His blood and the cross.

We all came home joyfully, but the journey took much longer time. Since I was telling them stories, we had to sail slowly. Now I am in my room and I will go down to tell everything to Ammamma.

Bye Amma dear! Be happy!

“Land ahead!” its fruits are waving, O’er the hills of fadeless green; And the living waters laving Shores where heavenly forms are seen”

- Rev. E. Adams

CHAPTER 4 VISITING BUILDERS IN A VALLEY OF GOLD

Date : 9th August 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “I will open rivers on the bare heights, and fountains in the midst of the valleys .....” Is. 41:18

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river at the back touching our gardens, towards the left of our mansions and reached the sea through the lake and the river flowing from it. In the sea, we turned left and after crossing the children’s mansions at the shore, we turned and sailed at right angles away from the shore. After a long time we saw a huge mountain island soaring out from the sea. From a distance itself we could see a high golden tower similar to a light house in shape. We sailed around the island first and we could see only the mountains with clusters of trees here and there. When we came around, we saw a flight of beautiful shining golden steps between two mountain ranges, through which a thin stream of water was rippling down. When we reached the summit through those steps, the sight we saw, was of immense splendour. There were four huge wide valleys among the mountains. On the slopes of those Valleys, were many mansions, at different levels. Three main roads started from the summit where we stood. The central one led to the huge golden tower. Each of the other two roads ran between two valleys, one on the left and the other on the right. We stood there for sometime and enjoyed the wonderful beauty of the place and then started walking along the road on the left side. When we went nearer to the valley, we saw many steps here and there leading into the Valley and there were also many bridges across the Valley connecting almost the middle of the two slopes. When we went down and reached the wide bottom of the Valley, we heard the refreshing sound of running water in a pebbly stream, inbetween beautiful small rocks of gold and small golden sand dunes. There was a large crowd of children playing in the water with gold nuggets. At the starting point of the Valley, we saw water gushing out from the clefts of the mountains. First we heard some rattling sound in a place, where the water fell over the rocks at the bed of the stream. When we went nearer, to our great amazement and immense pleasure we found that the water carried gold nuggets from the clefts of those rocks. Then we learnt that the water was seeping from the sea and the streams again joined the sea waters. While we were enjoying the lovely sight, we met a young man called Robert. Amma, to my great surprise he talked “Malayalam” language. [This language is a sister language to Tamil, spoken by people of the state of ‘Kerala’, which adjoins Tamil Nadu – native state of David]. Then I told him that I belonged to Tamil Nadu. He was able to recognise the

state only when I told him the name “Kanyakumari” (Cape Camorin), the southern tip of India. [The name ‘Tamil Nadu’ is given to this state only recently]. Amma, “when somebody speaks, the sound of the spoken language only falls in our ears. If, the language is unknown, it is translated in our brain, in a known language to us. So I found out that he was speaking in Malayalam.” [David gave me this above explanation when I asked him, how he knew that he was talking in Malayalam]. Then I introduced all my friends to Robert. He told us, “We all belong to families involved mainly in manual work like construction of buildings etc. Most of our family members are masons and other helpers. Our women used to help the experts in interior decorations of mansions and other buildings. [Amma, from the children, we could see that they belonged to all races of the world]. We all enjoy living in such beautiful surrounding of mountains and Valleys. [Only later on while writing the manuscript I (Kamazh) realised that the word ‘Malayalam’ whose equivalent Tamil word means ‘mountains and Valleys’ – ‘Malai’ means mountain and ‘yalam’ means Valley, because the state ‘Kerala’ is full of mountains and Valleys]. Our adults both men and women have gone to other places in Heaven to help in construction works. Usually I don’t go with them. I used to collect the bigger gold nuggets and take them to goldsmiths and other workers who use gold in their artistic work. This gold is very soft – a special variety. It is mainly used in making jewelled tiles. They will be embedding this gold in those tiles”. Amma, we spent a long time there sitting on those small flat golden rocks and over the golden sand dunes and collecting gold nuggets. I told my friends to collect only very small balls of gold of uniform size. Robert gave two baskets with narrow mouth and broad cylindrical lower portion with a handle. (like our Kudam). So we had to select and pick up such round small balls only and it was very, very interesting. Their children also helped us in collecting such balls. We spent a, very long time there and really enjoyed that picking session. Robert then took us through the pathway running over the slopes of the Valley touching the mansions perched on the slopes at different levels. We then turned back, reached the top and went to the golden tower, accompanied by that large crowd of shouting children, which gave great pleasure to us, especially to our younger friends. All along the way, they were talking with those children and making them laugh. At the base of the golden tower, there was a huge hall open on all sides and it could accommodate around five hundred people. Robert told us that Missionaries used to go there and took scripture classes to their children and adults also used to attend them, since most of them were ill iterates. Then he took us to the top of the tower through the winding staircase. Almost at the top, we stood on a balcony and saw the, marvellous view of mountains, Valleys with their mansions surrounded by the golden sea on all sides. We stood there holding our hands and sang many choruses and our voices vibrated along

the open space and hearing our songs, more children emerged from the nearby valleys and joined us. Then we had a programme in the ground floor of the tower for the children. Our girls taught them some choruses and told them funny stories and we all enjoyed the programme very much. We then walked back to our boat accompanied by the jubilant joyful crowd of children shouting all the way long. Robert carried the two baskets of gold nuggets even from the valley itself. Finally we parted from Robert and the children with a fond farewell and sailed back home. I carried some gold balls in my pocket for Mamu and I stepped down from the boat at the door step of my mansion and rushed to talk to you Amma. Now I’ll take some rest and go down to Ammamma who was not at home when I came in.

Be happy Amma dear. Please go to sleep. Bye!

“We speak of its pathways of Gold, It’s walls decked with Jewels so rare, It’s wonders and pleasures untold; But what must it be to be there!”

- Mrs. E. Mills

CHAPTER 5 BIRD ORCHESTRA, SINGING WITH HUMAN DRUMS

Date : 12th August 2004 Time : 11.00 P.M.

“By them the birds of the air have their habitation; they sing among the branches. From Thy lofty abode. Thou waterest the mountains; the earth is satisfied with the fruit of Thy work”. Ps. 104 : 12,13

DAVID : Amma, you’ll be surprised to hear about the experiences we had in our trip, from which I came back home just now. Wonders of Heaven are unfolding in much splendour.

We walked along our front road towards the right of our mansions, turned left and reached the river in the front. From there we sailed along the river towards the left. We crossed the palm grove island, mountain ranges, beautiful gardens and plains. As we travelled farther and farther the patches of open country grew smaller and smaller in area until finally the plains disappeared and we entered forests which became denser and denser with glimpses of mountain ranges here and there. Finally we sailed through a

narrow gap in between two mighty mountain ranges and reached an immense lake, shimmering in the golden light, surrounded on all sides by lofty mountain ranges, covered with a mantle of extremely dense forest. There was an exit for the river on the opposite side of the lake and it plunged once more into the unknown land. Almost at the foot of the mountain, we saw a beautiful road to the left of the river before it joined the lake. The road was running between close knitted woods on both sides. Because there were tall and short trees with branches almost touching the ground, we couldn’t see anything beyond those trees. But we strolled along the road hearing and enjoying the wonderful singing of birds amidst the denseness of the jungle. We were excited to hear the intense sound of their sweet songs which pervaded the whole area. After some distance, we saw some steps at our left and we climbed up to reach a similar parallel road deep within the forest. When we walked towards the right in that road for some time, suddenly we were attracted by the sound of distant drums coming from the top on our left. As we walked farther and farther, the sound became louder and louder. Again we saw another flight of steps at the left, leading us farther up. There we saw another parallel road and nearby was a huge round community hall, open on all sides. A group of people were sitting on the floor and playing some kind of drums which are used by people on tropical countries. Amma, we were fascinated by a most wonderful sight there. Hundreds and hundreds of lovely colourful birds were singing melodiously and blending beautifully sitting at the top of that hall and also on the branches of green trees of the thick forest, closely encircling the hall, to the accompaniment of drums. We didn’t want to disturb them and so we stood behind the trees and watched the wonderful orchestra of human drums and the music by the great host of birds. Amma I never heard such, a tremendous volume of the singing of birds - another wonder of Heaven. When they stopped beating the drums the singing stopped and again, when they started beating their drums, the symphony commenced. After sometime we emerged from our hideout and stepped inside the hall. Immediately the leader, a black man came to us, bowed low with great respect and received us. We went and sat on the floor around the drummer boys. We saw black, brown and yellow among them. We signed them to start their orchestra again. When they started playing their drums again the huge choir of birds started their music and the sweet air was full of their happy songs. We saw the lovely birds on the top of the hall, and also those that perched on the lower branches, but not the ones on the top of the trees, since the foliage was very, very thick around the hall. Then they took off their drums and kept them in one corner. Knowing that the orchestra was over, the swarm of birds started flying across the hall and outside in rippling colours, singing all along the way. Then the leader started telling about themselves.

LEADER : We, the inhabitants of this huge mountain forests, came from similar mountain forests on the earth, mostly from tropical countries. There we used to worship birds as gods every morning. In the centre of our village on the earth, we had a small open lawn where we had idols of our gods and each morning we gathered there to feed the birds. Before feeding we used to beat our drums and the birds used to sing together and then the birds had their sumptuous meal and then only we started our work. That was the way of our worship on the earth. One day a group of white Missionaries came to our place along with some native black men. Though we were not aggressive people, stil l, the presence of our men helped a lot to receive the white Missionaries in a friendly way. Our native men told us that they were very good people and would help us in all possible ways. We cleared a ground for them. They brought tents which they installed and we also built small tents for them in our traditional way with palm leaves. They gave us clothes, biscuits etc. Slowly they learnt our language and started telling us about Jesus with the help of pictures. They also told us that they were also great lovers of birds and used to feed them. But they asked us not to worship them as god, but to worship Jesus, the real almighty God. They asked us to praise the real God along with the birds and feeding them was good. So we broke all our idols and used to have a small prayer meeting every morning, conducted by the white Missionaries in the same place. We used to play our drums accompanied by the singing of birds. Then we used to feed them and start our day’s work. During the evenings we used to gather in the worship place, a huge thatched shed for service. In the mean time, with the help of native teachers from town, the Missionaries arranged for the education of our children at the worship place. Also, they taught our women sewing, embroidery work on clothes and taught our boys carpentry work to make various small articles in wood. They used to send all those finished products to their country and used to give us silver coins as wages. That was the first time, we saw such coins. Until then, we used to take our products like edible roots, firewood, meat from the forest to the nearby towns and in exchange got whatever things we needed. Thus we found the great light of salvation and also we were uplifted economically and socially. So now in Heaven Jesus gave us beautiful mansions with well – laid roads amidst the same type of beautiful mountain forests. So we continue our same method of worshipping Jesus along with the singing of birds and playing our drums in Heaven too.

DAVID : Amma, we enjoyed hearing the story. By that time, a huge crowd of children, youth and adults – both men and women – gathered in the community hall. They seemed to come from nowhere since all their mansions were hidden among the green foliage of thick woods. Amma they were all very affectionate people. Those ladies held our hands and kissed

them. We sang some choruses with the accompaniment of one of their drums, which they played rhythmically. Our girls were so lazy that they left their guitars in the boat itself ! They told us that there were many such lakes surrounded by mountains with forests nearby and in one such mountain, there was an auditorium, where they used to worship Jesus.

Then, according to the instruction of the leader, the women brought their embroidered finished products like table mats in many shapes done both in cloth and big thick glossy green leaves. Amma they were very beautiful and they asked us to take as many as we wanted. Our girls selected many and they bundled them up in a big cloth. Then we went down and walked along the next parallel road. The crowd was growing gradually and we saw many beautiful mansions with sloping roofs and wide verandas, along the road. We were able to see them only when we went just in front of them. Then they took us to a huge carpentry workshop, where they were making beautiful wooden articles in different coloured woods. The perfume from those woods was just wonderful. They showed us many wooden articles like elephants and birds standing over small wooden planks. They asked us to select as many articles as we wanted and they put our collection in a big cloth and bundled them up for us. John introduced all of us. They recognized me as a brown boy. I told them about our district in the southern tip of India – Cape comorin district. I said, “One side of our district is edged with a beautiful mountain range at the west called the “Western Ghat” completely covered with green forests and many hill tribes live there, though I didn’t meet them personally”. John told them, “Don’t think that David is an ordinary boy. He is a doctor”. John told me, “David, they will not be able to understand if I tell them that you are a medical student. The word ‘doctor’ only gives them any meaning”. They were greatly surprised on hearing this. The leader said, “We have seen only ‘white’ doctors’ on the earth, who used to come to our village once a year to give us medical treatment. This is the first time that we are meeting a ‘brown doctor’.” At once our girls became jubilant since they got a new name for me. Till now, they used to call me “sweet, smiling boy David”. My American friend Bob used to call me by that name. Now my young friends started calling me “Sweet smiling brown doctor boy David”. The way they called me by that name in different tones, made us all laugh loudly. We laughed and laughed for sometime. Then we started our homeward journey. The huge crowd of children and adults accompanied us with their bundles of presents and left them in our boat. They asked us to sail around that lake before leaving their place. Their children also accompanied us in a few boats with great joy. As we circled around the lake, we were captivated by the music of our graceful feathered songster friends. All the inhabitants of that place were standing near the river and when we crossed them they all shouted and waved their hands and bid us a fond farewell and we also waved back with great love and affection. While sailing we decided to come again with our children and adults. Our girls promised to collect various types of jewels and other playthings for the children from their homes and from shopping complexes. We decided to take a large number of presents to them when we would visit them next. Amma, I think that it would be an ideal place for my missionary work since they remind me of our hill tribes in India. We also decided to take all our musical instruments to entertain them and also to take some musical instruments for the children of that place and teach them to play the instruments and also to sing choruses.

Finally we reached home singing all along the way. While walking along our road with our bundles of presents our children followed us shouting with joy and went with our teenagers to the museum. I came home taking some of those presents in my pockets. There is nobody at home now and so I came straight to my room to talk to you Amma. Now I am going down to see whether Ammamma has arrived. David asked me to be happy realising their happiness in Heaven, visiting the ‘wonder lands’ there. When the time comes according to the will of the Father, David will fly down with angels to take me, Appa and Periamma and fly back Home along with the angels. What a great Joy! I am just waiting for that day of my going HOME to my beloved JESUS and to DAVID, My darling son. “All creatures of our God and King, Lift up your voice and with us sing, Alleluja! Alleluja!”

- St. Francis of Assisi

CHAPTER 6 WORSHIP SERVICE AT A COLONY OF GREAT SCHOLARS AND

SCIENTISTS – MESSAGE ON THE POWER AND WISDOM OF FATHER, THE CREATOR

Date : 14th August 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“Have you not known? Have you not heard? The Lord is the everlasting God the creator of the ends of the earth”. Is. 40:28

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful Worship Service. We reached the river in front of our mansions by our usual route. Then we sailed towards the right. After crossing all the familiar sites, we came to a beautiful mountain range covered with flowering trees and plants. In that place we saw a branch to the right of this river and we entered it. That river joined an immense lake, shimmering in the golden light, surrounded by mountains, not very high and studded with lovely mansions in three levels. The mansions were connected by three parallel roads in the three levels. We were struck with the beauty of that place. It abounds in gardens of all kinds of flowers and also rows and rows of different coloured flowering trees. The entire place was blooming with blossoms of exquisite beauty. Before entering the lake, we saw a flight of broad golden steps leading to the top of the mountain and we reached the summit through those steps. There was a beautiful broad road with gardens on both sides and a row of very beautiful grand mansions on the left, deep within the gardens blooming with lovely flowers. At some places, we saw water springs, from where water was gushing out, soaring upwards and then coming down like fountains of golden spray falling all over the garden. Then it flowed across the road and rippled down the mountain slope. We saw children playing near those water sources. All those mansions were looking like hanging gardens, since their balconies were filled with plants in pots with beautiful colourful flowers in bloom.

When we walked farther, we saw a woman and a man walking in front of us. They turned back, stopped and waved their hands and we joined them. The man told us that they were Germans and his name was George and he was a great mathematician and the lady was a great physicist. He said, “The inhabitants in this lovely mountain colony are all great scholars, scientists, mathematicians, engineers, historians, economists, philosophers etc. We have a great scientific complex at a distant place and we can reach there through the rivers. There, we do some research with our knowledge of science, which we had acquired during our stay on the earth. We remember everything we have studied and some of us write books here also and it is very interesting. My favourite subject is astronomy. The historians, economists and philosophers have many conference halls and libraries in their mansions. They gather there often for discussions. Now we are going to one of our friend’s place. Why don’t you come along, with us?” We gladly accepted their invitation and they took us to the terrace of the second floor of an elegant three storeyed mansion, through the winding steps going around that structure. We saw beautiful blossoms all over their gardens and also on all their balconies. In the terrace also, the flowering plants were kept in beautiful pots and the garden was blooming with gorgeous blossoms of different shades. There were many comfortable seats and we saw a few people seated there enjoying the delightful view of the lake, mountains and the net work of rivers around it. We caught glimpses of some of the mansions and also the golden towers and domes of a worship place poised on the top of the mountain. There we met another great mathematician and his wife, who was a great musician and also others. John introduced us and told them that we were all great lovers of music. They asked us to sing. We stood in half circle and our girls took the treble note and we all hummed the starting notes of other parts and I started the anthem ‘Praise the Lord’ and then I joined the tenors. Amma, always I used to feel very happy to conduct our choir and we sang well. As soon as we finished singing, they shouted their great appreciation and the lady came near us and shook my hands as well as the hands of others, saying that we sang wonderfully, with perfect harmony and our anthem was a beautiful piece. We sang a few more choruses. John then introduced me as, “David, an Indian, a medical student and a perfect choir director”. They were surprised to know that I was a medical student and at the same time a choir-director. They also said that I looked very young for a choir director and that our choir was perfect. Amma, I am very, very happy to get the appreciation of a great musician and also a group of great scientists who are lovers of music as well. John talked about his information complex and he had many common topics to discuss with them. Then we saw many people walking along the roads and coming up to reach the place of worship. Also many groups of angels with musical instruments whizzed along above us in very great speed to reach the chapel

and it was a spectacular sight Amma. We heard their songs too. Then we all went down and reached the chapel. It was encircled by many lovely gardens with pathways in between. All the pathways were fil led with radiant angels. The grand chapel looked like a golden sun at the centre, radiating white shining beams on all its sides. We went within the building. It was an immense circular place with seats arranged in semicircles in galleries facing the stage. A large human choir was standing at the left of the stage and a large human orchestra on the right and the central portion was empty. About fifty percent of the audience was whites and the rest, from different races of the world. The choir was singing, beautifully with the accompaniment of the orchestra. When they stopped singing, suddenly, we were overwhelmed by the mighty strains of music of the angels’ orchestra, blending beautifully with the immence volume of their singing which burst forth from outside, surrounding the chapel. We were surprised by its sudden occurrence. All of a sudden we heard music above, which combined, wondrously with that outside music so that the whole chapel was enveloped by the grand music of the angels which was of tremendous volume. At that instant Jesus descended on the stage in all His glory with a magnificent smile along with the angels. At once all of us stood up in great joy, raised our hands and praised Jesus with immense rapture. Then the human choir, along with their orchestra started singing ‘Praise Him Praise Him, Jesus our blessed Redeemer’, in different languages. We all joined the singing with great joy. Then Jesus enthralled the audience with His divine speech and there was a sweet smile on his glorious face. JESUS : I am very happy to meet a group of great scholars. I feel happy that I have earned salvation on the cross for so many people. Through My suffering on the cross, you were saved and now you all are gathered here in Heaven and I feel so happy that I had suffered for you all. By your great knowledge, you have learnt about the mighty power and the great wisdom of My Father, the great Creator. I am proud of, my wonderful Father. Aren’t you proud of our Father, the mighty Creator? DAVID : Amma, immediately we all stood up and shouted, “Amen, amen, praise the Lord, praise the Lord”. The shouting of praises continued for a long time. All that time Jesus was standing there with a wonderful smile on His divine face. Then He raised His hands over us and asked us to be seated and He continued His wonderful speech. JESUS : Because of your great wisdom and knowledge, you are closer to My Father, the source of all wisdom and knowledge. Now you are steadily growing in your knowledge and wisdom which is part of your spiritual growth, since you will come to know more and more about My Almighty Father, His infinite wisdom and His indescribable glory. I bless you all in your

endeavors in Heaven. Glory, Power and Honour be given to My Father. Amen. DAVID : Immediately, Amma, the whole chapel was engulfed by the wonderful music of the angels, who were standing outside and inside. With that grand music of immense volume, Jesus started His glorious ascension, extending His hands over us and smiling at us. At once we all raised our hands and voices in praise with rapturous joy. We heard the ethereal music which had engulfed the chapel, slowly moving upwards. The volume of their song became softer and softer and finally stopped. We kept on shouting praises for some more time and then started dispersing from the chapel. We stood at the top and watched the white-robed throng moving out in all directions. There was a flight of wide steps leading down to the lake, crossing all the main roads. Finally we descended holding our hands and singing joyfully. When we reached the lake, we walked along the road there, stil l singing. To our great joy, people from the mansions and those who were walking along the road, shouted in appreciation of our music. Finally we sailed back home. My friends asked me to go to the museum along with them. I told them that I would go home, talk to my Mom and then come back. So Amma, if I don’t go now, they will come over here to take me. Amma be happy. What great joy, we enjoy in Heaven!!

Bye Amma dear! “Then let us adore And give Him his right; All glory and power, All wisdom and might; All honour and blessing, With angels above; And thanks never-ceasing And infinite love.”

- C. Wesley

CHAPTER 7 ATTENDING A YOUTH CAMP

Date : 16th August 2004 Time : 11.30 P.M. “Thou art my hope, O Lord God: Thou art my trust from my youth” Ps. 71:5 DAVID : Amma, We had a wonderful trip. We sailed in our boat towards the right of our mansions in our river touching our rear gardens. Before reaching the lake at the end of the river, there was a branch on the left side and we turned in it. After sailing a long distance between mountain ranges, woods, flowering trees, green lawns etc., we reached an immense lake, shimmering in the golden light and studded with lovely islets here and there. A grand mansion was poised on each of those islets. The mansions were encircled by beautiful flower gardens, which were surrounded by flowering trees or palm trees. It was a fascinating sight Amma. We saw many boats sailing along that broad golden water way and also a large number of youth swimming and floating in its transparent waters. In one of the islets, we saw some girls sitting on the steps near their mansion and singing. We landed near that islet and went in. They received us warmly and took us to the front portico of their lovely mansion. It was a two storeyed building with an open Veranda on all sides and many beautiful rooms. They told us, “We are residing here temporarily since we came here to attend a youth camp. Now a meeting will be held in a hall in the central beautiful island. Many youth groups have come here and they are residing in about twenty to twenty five mansions in these islets. It used to be a thril ling experience to all of us”.

Then they took us to the central island-a very beautiful place. That island had a border of green woods, which was torn, aside to reveal a beautiful golden pathway. After we crossed the green woods, walking along that path, we came to the central elevated place. There we saw a lovely spiral pathway, winding around the slope of the small hill and leading to the summit. On both sides of this pathway, we saw beautiful gardens which were blooming with lovely blossoms of many colours. There was also a flight of steps from this golden pathway leading straight to the top. We climbed those steps and reached the summit. There was a huge round hall open on all sides with a sloping roof. Within the hall, there was a semi-circular stage and there were six columns of seats arranged in a half circle with walking space in between every two columns, facing the stage. Each column of seats was subdivided into four sections from the front to the back. In one section, youths from one area were seated. We were seated in the 2nd section of the 2nd column. They gave names to each section as 2-2, 5-3 etc. The first number designated the column and the second number, the section in that column. Soon all the sections were filled up. We could see the different races of the earth among them. That was the meeting site of the youth Camp.

The meeting started with a song of praise. They sang well in unison and the song was unfamiliar to us. There were many musical instruments on the stage. Then one young person gave an introductory speech. After that the singing session started. They called the youth groups as 2-4 or 5-3 and

so on. Immediately that group went to the front, took whatever musical instruments they needed and sang well. Many sang their native songs with their native drums in different languages. All the items were really good and we enjoyed them. Then the leader called our group (2-2). When we went to the front, he introduced us, as youth from the river-side mansions-as their guests. John then gave all our names and profession – most of us as students and others as different professionals – John introduced me as, “David, a medical student and the choir – director of our group”. Then our girls took three guitars from the stage and we sang many choruses. They were very good Amma. After each item, the audience gave a great shout of appreciation. After the singing session, the witnessing session started. One from almost all the sections gave their witnesses – how they accepted Jesus as their personal saviour. From our group, Lynd the American girl gave her witness – how she accepted Jesus as her personal Saviour in one of the high school camps on the earth. That session was very interesting and meaningful and we all enjoyed it very much. Then a Bible discussion session started. It was something like a quiz programme. One youth from one group put forward a question to a particular group. That group gave the answer and sometime we had a discussion over that question and answer too. Then the variety entertainment started. Many groups enacted stories of Jesus and also sang many funny-action-songs and we all laughed together and enjoyed them. They taught us many new choruses and finally, with a song of praise, the meeting came to an end.

Many of them invited us to join their camp by staying in the guest mansions or along with them in their camp mansions. John told them about our inability since many of us had other regular jobs to do. Anyway, we promised to attend another camp sometime in future. The problem with our teenagers is that, they won’t stay back without the senior members of our group. The camp leaders told us that they used to have many games such as boat-riding, swimming etc after that meeting. Finally we bid them a fond farewell and we sailed around the lake, had a look at many of those mansions from our boat. On the way, we met many boats and the groups were singing beautifully while sailing along. Many were swimming or just playing in that lake, which was not very deep and it was a splendid site for such camps. We were told that children and adults also used to have such camps.

Finally we sailed back home singing all along the way. Amma I am going to rest for sometime before going down. You also go to sleep Amma. Bye Amma dear!

“O Brother have you told how the Lord forgave? Let us hear you tell it over once again; Thy coming to the cross where He died to save,

Let us hear you tell it over once again.” - J.M. Whyte

CHAPTER 8 MEETING PILGRIM FATHERS AND MISSIONARIES

Date : 18th August 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for their’s is the Kingdom of Heaven Rejoice and be exceeding glad : for great is your reward in heaven”. Mat. 5:10,12 DAVID : Amma, Jesus has given us the privilege of meeting wonderful people in a sea – island. We reached the sea by our usual route. As soon as we entered the sea, we turned left and after crossing the huge mountain resort, we turned at right angles and sailed away from the shore. After sailing a very long distance, we saw a shore across its shining waters. We thought that we had reached another shore of the wide ocean of Heaven, because when we sailed nearer, a vast stretch of lovely land was visible on the left and the right as far as our eyes could see. The shore was extremely beautiful and the land was almost at the same level of the sea and water was not deep near the shore. As we sailed along its shallow transparent waters, we were thrilled to see beautiful different coloured shining pebbles intermingled with sparkling gems of many hues, here and there in that sea-bed. Our boat then sailed into that attractive shore where the small waves were coming in as shining ripples. We then crossed the lovely white sandy shore with pebbles and reached a very wide golden road which ran parallel to the shore. We turned, left and walked along that road. It was a magnificent place with that wide road lined by one row of green palm trees and several rows of flowering bushes like our bougainvillea which were blooming with different coloured blossoms of exquisite beauty. After some distance, we saw a right branch to this main road and we turned in it. It was a place of wondrous beauty Amma. On both sides of that side road, we saw a net work of pathways, edged with the same kind of flowering bushes, dividing the place into various sections. Deep within each section, we saw a magnificent castle like mansion encircled by well – planned garden with flowering plants and beautiful pots with lovely blossoms. We walked along that road enjoying the sight of many such grand mansions on both sides, but we didn’t see anybody. As we strolled steadily forward a long way, we heard the ringing of bells on our right side. There we saw a very grand cathedral of magnificent splendour with a tall golden tower, from where we heard the peal of the bell.

Then we entered into the cathedral which had many golden towers and its interior was cross-shaped. There was a beautiful altar at the front. In the main block, seats were arranged on both sides of the central aisle. The members of the congregation were kneeling over the cushions in front of

their seats. They were raising their hands and singing along with the choir at the left wing. The music was like a chanting. A large human orchestra was on the right wing. They were playing violins very softly and uniformly. A speaker was standing on the altar. We went within and occupied the vacant seats on either side of the aisle and we also knelt down along with them. Then the speaker recited some prayers of praises and the whole congregation repeated the prayers after him. He was praising Jesus for His wonderful presence while they were under great tribulations in the world, and helped them to keep their faith intact during that time. Also he praised Jesus for having given them the great reward in Heaven, providing them with beautiful mansions by keeping up His promises of the Bible verses in which He said, “Blessed are those who are persecuted for righteousness sake, for theirs is the Kingdom of Heaven ...... Rejoice and be glad, for your reward is great in Heaven, for so men persecuted the prophets who were before you”. (Mat.5:10,12) .... Every one who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother or children, or lands for My name’s sake, will receive a hundred fold and inherit eternal life. [Mat.19:29]”. Thus the praising was going on. In between they sang songs of praises and continued the prayers of praises. After a long time, when that prayer session was over, we all occupied our seats. Then the speaker welcomed us saying, “I see a group of youth among us who have come as visitors to our place. I welcome them in the name of our beloved Jesus and on behalf of our congregation”. Then he told us about the residents of that lovely place. He said, “We are the ones, who left our countries, houses for the sake of the Gospel and many of us belong to the group called the ‘Pilgrim Fathers’ who left England in a small ship called ‘May Flower’ to reach America, because of the great tribulations we underwent for the sake of the true Gospel of Jesus in our own native country. Some of us left our native countries to other parts of the world due to great tribulations in our own countries. Also some of us left our place to preach the Gospel to the ends of the earth. Jesus gave us all castle like mansions in Heaven in this charming place and our families are reunited, and we all l ive in great happiness in Heaven”. Then the speaker called us to the front to introduce ourselves. Amma, we all went to the front and John spoke as follows. “We are greatly privileged to meet our wonderful ‘Pilgrim Fathers’ and all those who suffered for Jesus and for the sake of the true Gospel and who left their countries, houses and families. Now we are able to see your great happiness in Heaven, living in very grand castle like mansions in this wonderful place of flower and gardens near the sea shore of immense beauty. When a burning fire-wood is violently stirred or blown by strong winds, the sparks of fire spread to different places and start the fire in those places. Likewise, because of your great tribulation, you were scattered around the world and the fire of the Gospel was spread throughout the world. I can give an example of David, (He drew me to the front) who

came from the southern tip of India, a medical student and a dedicated Missionary doctor.” [Immediately the congregation raised their hands and shouted “Praise the Lord”.]. John then introduced all other members of our group, giving their names and their countries. Then John asked me to give my witness. I said, “A German Missionary, called Ringeltaube from London Missionary Society spread the light of the Gospel in our part of India, in the early nineteenth century. I accepted Jesus as my personal saviour, at the age of thirteen in a ‘Missionary call service’ and I promised to go as a Missionary in Future. My Missionary dedication service took place in which I dedicated myself to go as a Missionary doctor to Bihar, one of the most medically backward states in India. Even now, there are millions of Indians who have not heard or received the message of the Gospel.” Then we thought of singing some songs. First we sang the wonderful song, ‘Faith of our Fathers’ Holy faith’. I gave the starting note to treble and other parts and while we were humming the tune, John recited all the stanzas of that song. Then we sang the whole song. As soon as we finished, all of them stood up, raised their hands and shouted in joy expressing their profound appreciation. In the same way we sang the anthem “King of Kings”. I gave the starting note to all the four parts and directed the choir. Amma, I felt very happy to do that. What a great privilege to sing the praises of our Jesus in front of the great “pilgrim Fathers’ and other great Missionaries!! The service then came to a close with a song of praise. Then the speaker came and congratulated every one of us, hugging me and John. We then went nearer to the members of their choir and orchestra and bowed to them. They waved their hands and smiled at us with great warmth. The speaker then walked in front of us and we followed him and all the congregation raised their hands in appreciation. We bowed to them as we walked along the central passage, within the chapel. Outside also many of them met us and talked with us. The speaker, who is a member of the ‘Pilgrim Fathers’ asked a group of youth to take us to the beach at the back of the chapel, where, he said, that we could see all the children of that place. Then only we realized that it was an island of immense length and of a shorter width. Some adults also accompanied us. We bid a fond farewell to the speaker and others, who asked us to go there again with all our musical instruments. Then we reached that white sandy shore, shining with sparkling gems. There we saw a large crowd of children playing in the shallow waters. Some were floating upon or swimming in the water. Some were sitting within its glassy waters and were playing with the beautiful colourful pebbles and precious stones. Our younger girls joined the large crowd of children, playing and laughing with them as usual. We sat in groups in circles with adults and youths within the water – waist deep when seated. It gave us a wonderful experience and also a sense of joy. They told us their experiences and we shared ours with them. We spent a long time there and we enjoyed that session. In the meantime our younger girls and the children started collecting gems and they filled their pockets. When they got some very beautiful and rare ones, they put them inside my pocket from behind without disturbing me in our discussion. Such sweet friends I have Amma! Finally we started back home, walked along that road to the opposite shore. The large crowd of children, adults and youth accompanied us upto our boat. Along the way,

people waved to us and we bid them all a fond farewell. Children shouted a joyous farewell to us and we sailed back home. Bye Amma! “Faith of our Fathers living still In spite of dungeon, fire and sword; O how our hearts beat high with joy Whene’er we hear that glorious word. Faith of our Fathers holy faith We will be true to thee till death”

- F.W. Faver

CHAPTER 9 WORSHIP SERVICE AT A COLONY OF

FIRST CENTURY CHRISTIANS

Date : 20th August 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M.

“....Killed the Author of life, whom God raised from the dead. To this we are witnesses. ....For we cannot but speak of what we have seen and heard” . Acts 3:15, 4:20

DAVID : Amma, Jesus has given us the privilege of attending a beautiful worship service with wonderful people. We walked along the road in the front towards the left of our mansions, then turned right and reached the river. At the river, we sailed towards the left and after crossing many familiar sights and sailing a long way, we saw a branch going towards the left and we turned in it. The view, while sailing, was one of wondrous beauty. Everywhere we saw lovely lawns of green and also of many bright colours. After sailing a long distance, a magnificent mountain of immense splendour rose in front of us. Since there were no tall trees on the mountain we could very clearly see a beautiful golden temple, with a golden dome and a tall tower over it, glittering on the mountain top. Along its slopes, we saw many lovely mansions of two storeys, very clearly at three different levels. When we sailed closer to the mountain we saw the river splitting out into two branches and flowing around that immense mountain. We stopped at that point as we saw a flight of broad golden steps. We then reached the road going around the mansions at the lowest level climbing through those steps. In front of those mansions, facing the river, we saw beautiful flower gardens and at the back there were many short trees laden with fruits and they were not taller than their, house tops. The mansions were built not very far apart from each other and so there were a large number of mansions in one level. We walked along that road and again we climbed another flight of steps and reached the second level of mansions and then we climbed to the third level and finally reached the summit. There, a beautiful golden temple stood in imposing grandeur on a vast area. The temple was surrounded by a wide golden ground which was enclosed by short golden wall. The temple was

similar to the famous temple in Jerusalem at the time of Jesus, but this one was much grander and richer than that one on the earth. Within the temple complex, we saw a few men walking along the pathway to reach the temple. We met those men and they said, “Most of us living in this mountain belong to the country Palestine at the time of Jesus. We had the great privilege of meeting Jesus, hearing His messages and seeing the miracles performed by Jesus with our own eyes”. Then we all went within the temple, which was completely fil led with people. Women had covered their heads with garments. The whole congregation was seated on the floor in a half circle, overlooking the grand immense golden altar. There were passages in between and so we reached the front and sat at the right side of that huge temple. They were singing the Psalms as some kind of chanting.

Then all of a sudden the songs of angles enveloped the whole temple and the next moment, thousands and thousands of angels fil led the entire temple within and even floating above the audience as a radiant cloud. Then they drifted and stood along the walls within and also they fil led the whole ground around the temple. In the mean time, Jesus descended on the altar along with a large host of angels with musical instruments. They all started singing playing their musical instruments. We all stood up, raised our hands praising Jesus. There was an immense crowd of children at the front with palm leaves. They raised their palm leaves and shouted ‘hosanna’ ‘hosanna’, to Jesus. Jesus then smiled at the children first extending His hands and started talking.

JESUS : I am extremely glad to be with you again. Whenever I visit you, I always remember My days on the earth. Most of you lived on the earth when I was there. You heard my sermons, which I preached sitting on the mountains around the sea of Galilee. You had partaken of the meal I supplied to the multitude by blessing five loaves of bread and two fishes. You personally saw the miracles I performed. You were there when I turned the water into wine at the marriage house in Cana. You saw me raising the dead to life and many, many more miracles. Many of these children were there praising me with palm leaves when I entered into the temple of Jerusalem on a colt. Then you were the eye witness to the Salvation I earned on the cross and you saw me after my resurrection. In a court of law, the eye witnesses are considered to be the best and they have much impact on the proceedings. So I want you to go around Heaven to different places and give witness to the redeemed souls, of what you had seen and heard with your own eyes and ears. That will help them to grow spiritually. I am happy that you are doing this wonderful job. As I told you while on the earth that “A city set on a hill cannot be hid”. (Mat 5:14) Likewise your city in Heaven is like that and your light is shining everywhere.

DAVID : Amma, Jesus, then blessed the children and extended His hands all over us and started ascending. Then, to our great surprise, the angel crowd filled the whole temple for a moment as before from all over the place and the whole host ascended

along with Jesus singing songs of praise. This is the first time that I saw the angels doing this kind of marvellous entry and exit. Then we were praising Jesus for a long time and started dispersing. First the children streamed out shouting ‘Hosanna and raising the palm leaves. Then we all left the temple and stood at the top to see the people getting down through the several openings on the walls of the temple complex. Then some men standing near us gave more details about them. They said, “As Jesus said, we all in groups both men and women used to visit many colonies in Heaven to tell about Jesus, His teachings we heard and the miracles He performed. The people in Heaven knew about them only by reading the Bible or hearing from others. But we tell them, what we saw personally with our own eyes, giving more details. Among us there are people like Martha, Mary and Lazarus. Many of us were there when lazarus was raised from the dead. Many of us saw the crucified Jesus with our own eyes and also the resurrected Jesus and heard Him after resurrection. What a great testimony we can give!! Among us there are people both men and women, who were cured from leprosy, blindness and devil possession. Also there are many who got cured from various diseases by Jesus personally”.

Amma, we really enjoyed talking with them and we also invited them to our place. They said, “You arrange a meeting and then send word. We’ll collect some important people and we’ll definitely visit your place and tell about the wonders of Jesus as actual eye witnesses”. We thanked them and asked John to make the arrangement. Then we bid them a fond farewell and started back home. Amma, what a great privilege!! I am going down to tell everything to Ammamma. Bye Amma.

“I will tell the precious story, And proclaim the wondrous love Of my Saviour now in glory Seated on His throne above; Once He came, despised, rejected, Everlasting life to bring; Now exalted Prince and Saviour He is Salem’s mighty king!”

- Dr. J.J. Maxfield

CHAPTER 10 MEETING 19TH CENTURY TAMILS

Date : 22nd August 2004 Time : 10.45 P.M. “He raises the poor from the dust and lifts the needy from the ash heap, to make them sit with princes with the princes of His people”. Ps. 113:7, 8 DAVID : Amma, Jesus has given me the privilege of meeting our own ancestors, (Tamilians of 19th Century). We walked along the road in our front towards the left of our mansions, then turned right and reached the river. From there we sailed towards the right. After crossing the first branch on the left which would lead us to the forest and mountain colony of Russians which we visited once, we sailed straight and then we saw another branch on the left side of the river and we turned to it. On both sides rich farms of cotton and silk flourished. One section was blooming with cotton or silk of one colour. As our boat swept along the river, we passed surges of different coloured sections and it was a splendid sight Amma. After passing that fascinating farm-land, we saw many beautiful mansions on either side of the river. The steps from their front gardens reached the transparent waters of the river. There were a few fruit and flowering trees around those mansions. But we couldn’t see anybody near those mansions. We sailed steadily forward and we saw a broad white marble road leading from the left bank of the river. We landed there and walked along that road. After strolling a short distance, we heard voices singing some kind of oriental songs. But the tune was slightly familiar to me. As we went closer, to my greatest surprise they were singing Tamil Songs. Their community hall was round in shape, open on all sides with a stage in the front. People were seated on the floor. A few men and boys were seated at the left side of the stage and they were playing our native drums and metallic cymbals (rpq;fp). They were singing uniformly and a middle aged man was standing on the stage and he was also singing. When they almost finished singing that song, we went nearer. With very great joy, the whole congregation rose to their feet with folded hands to greet us. The leader also came out with folded hands with great reverence and received us. Amma, as you know, our people have great respect for white people because of those great white Missionaries who brought the Gospel light to our dark country. Then he invited us within the hall. We went and sat on the two long, broad steps leading to the stage. The whole building was made of white marble decorated with gold. By this time, boys brought mats (similar to our mats)

and spread them over the floor of the stage. Then the leader started talking – telling our own story of about six generations back Amma.

LEADER : All of us are Tamil speaking people from the southern part of India. We belong to places near Cape Comorin which belonged to the Travancore state. The light of the Gospel was brought to our place by white Missionaries of the London Missionary Society at the beginning of the nineteenth century and most of the people living, here are early Christians of the nineteenth century. In India, the evil of the society is the caste system. The middle and the lower caste people were suppressed and ill-treated by the upper caste people. So the Missionaries not only brought us into the light of Christ, but also uplifted us socially. They built many schools, hospitals, orphanages etc. The kings and queens of our state donated lands as gifts to the Missionaries because they uplifted the down trodden. Our people were mainly Palmirah (a palm tree) climbers. They used to take the Palmirah juice and boil it to make sweet cakes called Jaggery. Most of the people were farmers and were very poor. They lived in huts with walls and roofs made of Palm leaves. Their floor was covered by cow dung paste. Here Jesus has graciously provided them with well furnished beautiful mansions. My name is Vethanayagam. Since I was a Tamil song writer I was called Vethanayagam Sasthiriyar. I used to come here often to teach them Tamil lyrics. I also visit other such community halls to teach such songs. Our white Missionaries also used to come here often and so also our native pastors and evangelists. So we always have great reverence for white people and we warmly welcome you all to our place.

DAVID : All the congregation stood up raised their hands and shouted ‘Hallelujah’. Then John asked me to talk first.

DAVID : (I talked in Tamil)

I am extremely happy to say that I belong to you and you are my own people. My native place is called Nagercoil (They seemed to know this place) near Cape Comorin (There was a great shout of joy from the audience) My maternal grand father was a pastor for forty years in one big church and my paternal grandfather was a great Tamil Pandit (Scholar) who composed many Tamil songs. Your music teacher’s songs are in our Hymn and Lyric book. He is a great scholar”. Then I told them my story Amma – about my missionary dedication service etc., when I said ‘Missionary doctor’, again there was a great shout of joy from the audience. I told them that I was extremely happy to meet them – my own people. The leader came near me and hugged me in great affection. Then I introduced each and every one of my friends, their name, profession / student etc and their country. I introduced John as a boy from England, where the London Missionary Society was founded who sent Missionaries to our place. Then I asked John to talk.

JOHN : Now I know from where our very dear friend David got his very sweet attractive winning smile, and also his very friendly warm character which attracted all of us to him and also all our people in our area and others in Heaven. I can see such wonderful broad smile over all your faces and I do feel your very friendly and warm character. We are very happy to see the people who belong to the native place of our greatest friend David who is our choir director as well and we all love him very dearly. DAVID : Amma, then we asked them to sing a song. They sang a Tamil Lyric. The tune was slightly familiar to me – not one of our known songs. They sang very well, rhythmically with their instruments. By that time our girls went to our boat and brought the two guitars. First we sang our Tamil Choruses “NaRtpd; gpd;Nd Nghfj; Jzpe;Njd;. (I have decided to follow Jesus)” and “NaRNt Mz;lth. (He is Lord)”. I recited the words to the congregation first and I told them that the pronunciation of my friends would be slightly different. Then we stood in a semicircle, held our hands and raised them over our heads and then sang those choruses in Tamil and also in English. We sang many other choruses in English playing our guitars. There was a great shout of appreciation from the audience. Then the adults came to the front. The women took our hands in both their hands and kissed them. The men took our extended hands in both their hands with great affection and reverence. They were extremely glad to see me Amma. Then they took us to their workshops, where they were making very beautiful boxes with covers using the green palm leaves interwoven with golden ribbon. They were also making beautiful small square mats using the same green palm leaves with different patterns in gold using the golden ribbons. The mats were very beautiful. They were also making shining lovely lace as ribbons and also as table mats with gold and cotton threads. They packed palm products and lace samples for us to take. They also told us about the vast area of palm groves. They used to climb over those trees to cut bunches of nuts. They gave us the milky contents of the nuts to drink. It was very delicious and we greatly relished it. They gave us a few bunches. Finally they all came upto the boat with all our presents. I promised to send my two grandpas to their place and they were very happy about it. Finally we parted from them with a fond farewell and we came back home. Amma I am going down to tell everything to Ammamma. Be happy Amma dear! Bye Amma! [Before David talked to me today, while I was praying, I heard a voice saying the following: Holy Spirit : You are concerned about your own pain due to the loss of your son and also about others’ remarks that it may be a curse on your family. But this life on earth is very short and soon you’ll be with Me and with your son for ever. Don’t bother about what others say.You have to be concerned about two things. First you must always think of your son’s happiness in Heaven where he is having such a glorious happy life. Then you must be concerned about ME, who died on the cross to save souls. You must do a ministry to win souls for Me. These messages will console you.] “Some of every land and race, Souls redeemed by Jesus’ cross, Now are in the shepherd’s fold, Bought with neither gems nor gold;

Saved from endless death and shame, Saved to grace the saviour’s name; Other souls are still to win- More must yet be gathered in”.

- Rev. John Telfer CHAPTER 11

VISITING A CHILDREN HOME WITH PET ANIMALS - MET A CATHOLIC NUN

Date : 24th August 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb and the leopard shall be down with the Kid...., a little child shall lead them.” Is. 11:6 DAVID : Amma, Jesus has given us the privilege of visiting a mini-heaven. New beauties of Heaven are blossoming forth in abundance. We sailed along the river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After a long distance, we turned to a branch on the right side of the river, which was fenced on both sides by tall green trees laden with lovely flowers. After sometime, we saw that the river was flowing rapidly with greater speed and so we knew that we were approaching a falls. We then sailed towards the left bank of the river, where a road was running, parallel to the river’s course. We landed there and walked along the road and reached the falls. It was not a huge one, but it was of immense beauty. Its sparkling water was flowing among different coloured marble rocks and rippling along its clefts and joining some waterway at a distance, which looked like a lake and beyond that we saw the golden sea. We climbed down through a flight of steps and strolled along and then we turned left into a broad beautiful road, which led us into a lovely place, brimming with green trees laden with blossoms and fruits. Then we turned right which took us straight to the lake or we could call that delightful water way as bay or backwaters since it was joining the sea at the opposite shore. We turned left and walked on the road which ran along the bay. To our right we saw attractive gardens along the bank with many comfortable seats overlooking the beautiful bay with a large number of launches going in to the sea and coming to the shore with children. On our left we saw an immense three storeyed mansion and we started walking towards it along a pathway. Then we saw a lady (yellow in colour) coming from that mansion. She received us with a warm friendly smile and took us to the building. On the way she said, “There are several huge mansions, facing the bay, where live the children who came to Heaven during times of great distress and disasters like wars, earth quakes, floods, cyclones etc. In this place, children in the age group of six to twelve are living, in great joy. Behind the mansions of the children, there is a row of mansions for the mothers and fathers who look after these children”. Then she took us inside the ground floor of that mansion, where there was a huge front portico with lovely seats to sit and watch the bay. There was a huge central hall with a large number of seats. She told us that it was a music room. In all other mansions also, there were such huge halls meant for teaching scripture, painting, drawing, music, reading and other such arts to these children. Then she took us to the first floor where there were a front balcony and two huge halls with many small beds for the children. She said,

“In each mansion there are about one hundred children and there are ten mansions like this for children”. Then we went and sat at the back portico which was overlooking a huge children’s park and garden. She told us “I am a catholic nun and there are four more nuns with me and also a large number of mothers who are great lovers of children. People from all denominations of the world are here in Heaven. My friends and I knew that Jesus was the only way to come to Heaven. Some Evangelical denominations used to preach more about Jesus and His wonderful Salvation and it helped the congregation to accept Jesus. Some other denominations used to give more importance to rituals than to the salvation of Jesus”.

Then a wonderful thing happened. She called some names and a large group of animals, similar to dogs, cats, sheep and small varieties of wild animals emerged from different parts of the wood and came nearer jumping in great joy. She asked them to go and play in the park. At once they ran there. Some jumped over the seats and some on the swings, which automatically started swinging. It was a marvellous and fascinating sight Amma. I can say that the place was a mini Heaven which unfolded all the wondrous beauty and overwhelming happiness of the whole Heaven. Then she took us deep within the wood and there we saw the many dwelling houses of the animals, beyond the road. They had one floor with sloping roof. They were open on all sides. There were beds and seats for all those clean soft sweet animals. The nun said, “The children used to come with baskets of assorted fruits and feed them. For the children, there is a particular time to play, time to study and time for rest. Now they are enjoying their play-time”.

Then we returned to the bay. A group of animals followed us. At the bank of the bay we saw a crowd of children and animals waiting for boat riding. When a set of two boats arrived at the shore, the animals were the first ones to climb the boat by the two flight of steps at the front of the boat. We also went in along with their children and pets. The pets occupied the seats and when the children asked them, to give us seats, they sweetly and obediently vacated the seats for us. Many of those lovely pets put their front two legs over the railings and stood like that ready to enjoy the ride. When the children asked the pets to move aside to give them space to sit, immediately they obeyed them. Such sweet pets Amma! We were amazed to see their marvellous behaviour and their intrinsic sweetness and we enjoyed that wonderful sight. Amma, we can say that children and their animal pets are living together in great affection and love in that beautiful part of Heaven. Then we sailed across the backwaters of the lake towards the sea. At the place where the lake joined the sea, there was a wonderful display of shining spray of water thrown high up in the air, with exquisite beauty. When our boats entered that shower of golden spray, water was sprinkled all over us and it gave us a thrilling feeling of happiness. The children and the pets shouted with joy making all sorts of sounds. We all enjoyed that trip immensely, especially our teenagers. They wanted to stay back for a longer time to play with the children and their pets. They asked me to stay back with them. Finally we coaxed them into accepting our suggestion of going there soon with all our children. Our nun-friend said, “There is a

huge chapel facing the sea and Jesus used to come here often, since He loves children. When Jesus comes, the crowd of children used to go and meet him in a long procession with flowers. Then they will welcome him with immense joy and take him and the angels to the chapel in a procession. There is another enormous building with a huge stage. We use that auditorium for conducting meetings and entertainments. Groups of people from different parts of Heaven often come here with their children to enjoy the wonderful boat ride with the animals and play with them”. We then bid her a fond farewell and promised to go there again to entertain the children with our musical orchestra and other interesting items by our girls. We then sailed back home. Be happy Amma dear. I am sure that Appa will enjoy the crowd of children and their pets. Ask Periamma to be happy thinking about the wonderful and marvellous happiness of Heaven. I am going down to tell everything to Ammamma.

Bye Amma! “Jesus lives for e’er and ever In His home with children sweet, Oh how happy we shall be From sad heart forever free Jesus with His little children joyfully”

- unknown CHAPTER 12

WORSHIP SERVICE AT A CHAPEL COVERED WITH FLOWER PETALS AND ITS FRAGRANCE

Date : 26th August 2004 Time : 10.45 P.M. “Truly I say to you as you did it to one of the least of these my brethren, you did it for me”. (Message of Jesus) DAVID : Amma, we attended a beautiful worship service. Marvellous wonders of Heaven are unfolding with great splendour. We sailed along the river in our front and crossed the palm grove island. As we sailed farther, we found a right side branch of that river. It was almost invisible since it was fenced in on both sides by thick woods with tall flowering trees whose branches on either side met to form a low beautiful arch over the river, which was completely covered by the fallen petals of flowers of different colours. At our first glance that river looked like a flower garden. We turned to that branch and our boat sailed on steadily for a long time. We found the picturesque stretches of wood-land to be very quiet except for the melodious songs of the birds. The most delightful and wonderful beauty of that place was that the flower-petals were falling on us constantly with sweetest fragrance. It was completely a new wonderful experience to us. We enjoyed this shower for a long time. Then the river turned sharply to the right and when we reached that point, we found that the river again turned to the left

after some distance. At the first turning we saw a flight of beautiful broad golden steps and also a golden road fenced in on both sides by the same kind of flowering trees whose branches were interwoven to form a low arch which was a net work of gorgeous flowers and green leaves. Flower petals were falling on us, as we walked along that road. Everywhere, we could see a bed of flower petals making it a wonder-land and the air was sweetened by the perfume of those petals. After a short walk, we saw an imposing golden chapel just in front of us. Because of the low arch and thick wood we couldn’t see it from a distance. It had a front high golden tower and the chapel was a long oval shaped building with a sloping roof. The top most part of the roof was rounded beautifully. To our great surprise, there wasn’t anybody inside the chapel or nearby. That place was so calm and serene. But flower – petals were falling over the chapel and all around it!! The golden ground encircling the chapel was strewn with those colourful petals. Another surprising fact is that, though the petals were falling all the time, the ground had only a thin layer of petals. Then we went to the back of the chapel and a broad golden road was going straight from there. There also we couldn’t see any house. While we were just lingering there suddenly we heard the grand music of a band far away. Then the distant music was coming nearer and nearer slowly and then we saw a long procession coming along that road. In the front, a group of men and women were walking. Among them two people were holding flags of red-cross on a white background. Behind them came that wonderful band with a large number of men in some kind of uniform, carrying pipe instruments alone. Amma, I have no words to explain the wonder and grandeur of the music and the marching tunes they played. We recognized only three songs. They were 1. Onward Christian soldiers. 2. Am I a soldier of the Cross? 3. Only, an armour – bearer, firmly I stand. Behind the band came an immense crowd of children marching, holding flowers in their hands. Behind them we saw a large crowd of men and women singing the songs played by the band. We were standing on one side of the road in a line. When they approached us, without knowing, all of us gave them a salute. Then we joined the procession, two of us with each line. Then somebody told us that among them were great leaders like General William Booth of the Salvation Army who served the Lord by uplifting, the very poor and the down trodden in the world by sacrificially spending their time money and energy. Amma we were greatly surprised and then all of us reached the chapel. Seats were arranged in a half circle in gallery. The band marched to the left and stood at the foot of the stage. The children sat in the front and the leaders, who came in front, sat next to the band. We also went almost to the front and enjoyed the wondrous music played by the band. Suddenly the members of the band started marching along the central passage of the chapel, between seats on either side and went out playing their instruments all along. All of a sudden, we saw an intense white brilliant light flashing within the chapel from the front door. We all stood up and turned back to see Jesus walking at the centre, surrounded by the members of the band and followed by a large host of angels at the back. Amma, Jesus looked extremely handsome, taller than everyone there, and he was wearing a beautiful crown. He walked majestically since he was the King of Kings and Lord of Lords. He came with a

magnificent smile on his divine face and sat on the throne. One group of angles stood around him. Some stood along the inner walls of the chapel and the rest outside. Then the chapel rang with a beautiful song of praise (unknown to us) along with the band and also with the shouts of triumphant praise and joy by all of us and the children. Then Jesus gave His precious message.

JESUS : When I was on the earth, I told you, “...As you did it to one of the least of these My brethren, you did it to Me”. (Mat 25:40). In the same way, you have done great work on the earth to uplift the down trodden. When you were doing it, you have done it for Me. When My children do great things for the poor and the needy, I want them to remember that they musn’t expect any reward or praise or appreciation from others. Sometime people will come to know about it, without us telling that out. That we cannot avoid. But we, ourselves must not go for advertisements and popularity. Another time I told about giving alms as follows: “When you give alms, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing”. (Mat.6:3). That will apply not only to alms, but to all services you render to the poor and the needy. Some may do great things; some may not have the money and chances to do great work. But when you give a tender smile to somebody in need, remember that you are doing it for Jesus. When you speak a kind word of love or encouragement to a needy person, remember that you are doing it for Jesus. When you give a small amount as alms to somebody, remember that you are doing it for Jesus. Also you do such charity privately and personally and not in front of a great crowd. I honour you all, since you have done such things to the poor and to the down trodden. When we honour somebody, we honour them with flowers and now you live in a place with constant shower of flowers.

DAVID : Thus Jesus gave a profound principle for people on earth. Then when the band started playing again, Jesus ascended with the whole host of angels. The band then marched out, playing music, to the back of the chapel. And the entire crowd followed them. They went in a procession and after some distance, the crowd split into three groups. Two groups went along the left and right, over the bridges and one group went straight. John, then told us that he was talking with somebody who sat next to him. That person told John, “We have immense beautiful mansions along the fringes of parallel rivers with two parallel roads on the two sides of this main road. The fascinating thing about our place is that flower-petals from the nearby trees always fall over the roofs of our mansions and also around our gardens spreading an intense fragrance”. Amma, then we started for home singing all along the way joyously, with our boat full of flower petals, and remembering happily the wonderful experiences and the inspiring message of Jesus. Amma I know that your loss is great, but remember that your loss is for Jesus. Please tell periamma that whenever she feels unhappy or some body hurts her, ask her to bear it with patience and remember that she does it for Jesus. Amma, always try to give a tender smile and sweet words to

everyone. Even if you can’t give all the money people ask you, speak with kindness and remember that you are doing it for Jesus. Please tell appa that when people are ungrateful and hurt him, not to feel discouraged, but continue to do the work remembering that he is doing it for Jesus and not for men. Amma, I am going down to tell ammamma about the wonderful experience. Bye amma dear! “Bear the cup of loving service, Listening for the Master’s voice; Ready always for His errands, In the blessed work rejoice, Yes, we know, for He hath told us- And His word is still the same- He will bless the cup of water Humbly offered in His name”.

- E.E. HEWITT CHAPTER 13

VISITING A RECREATION COMPLEX Date : 28th August 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“For what is a man advantaged, if he gain the whole world and lose himself or be cast away”. Luke 9:25

DAVID : Amma, just now, we reached home after enjoying a wonderful trip. We sailed towards the left of our mansions along the river touching our gardens at the back. From the river, we reached the lake and then again entered the next river flowing from the lake. We didn’t enter the left side branch of this river, which would lead us to the sea. But we sailed steadily forward and after a long way we turned to a right branch of that river. There was a spectacular difference in that branch from the usual branches, which flow almost in a straight line. The branch in which we entered, was winding all along its way, between beautiful mountains covered completely with flowering trees and they were devoid of any mansion. Finally the river plunged into a vast golden water way through an immense gap between two lofty mountains. Another mountain rose sheer up into the sky across its shining waters, on the opposite side as well, so it was like three mountains occupying the three corners of an immense triangle with a vast area within, which was full of water. We cannot call that waterway as lake, since water was moving onwards from that place. It was spreading out as a magnificent inland sea, studded with many mountains and this picturesque scenery stretched out as far as our eyes could see. Amma we were struck with the wonderful beauty of that place. We caught glimpses of many beautiful mansions on the slopes of the first three mountains perched on the vertices of the triangle. Amma don’t imagine a small space between these three mountains. It was a vast area of shining waters with many small lovely islets. Each islet had a beautiful garden of flowers or a park with a small cabin. Also, there were many

boats with cabins floating or moving around the whole area. Only when they were moving we were able to recognize them as boats, other wise they looked like beautiful islets with gardens of flowers in bloom. When we sailed nearer to one of the islets, we saw a cabin – boat in its vicinity. The inmates waved their hands and invited us to their cabin-boat and we all went in. It was a very beautiful, slope roofed cabin with a single room and a very wide deck all around. The cabin also had a very large front portico with steps leading to the transparent waters below. All around the deck were pots with gorgeous flowers nearer to the railings. The cabin wall was completely made by some transparent glass-like material and beds were fixed all along the wall within the cabin and they can be used as seats also. There were tables and chairs in the middle. On the deck long seats were fixed along the walls and there were many individual low seats which could be moved anywhere we liked. All of us occupied the seats in the front portico. They told us that they were English people and he was an aeronautical engineer. His wife and children were also there. There were about seven youths and six children with them. They told us that they were the off springs of their friends and also their own. They didn’t point out their own children. All those children and our teenagers sat on the steps and were feeding and watching the beautiful fishes, of different colours. Others occupied the seats in the portico and the boat started moving. The engineer told us, “This place is an immense recreation complex of Heaven. Each of the mountains around these three mountains is a mountain of one particular recreation. We, call them as ‘Kingdom of music’, ‘Kingdom of animals’, ‘Kingdom of games and sports’ etc. Like that, there are many Kingdoms such as that of birds, shopping complex, children parks, precious stones, painters, poets, writers, variety entertainments, botanical gardens, libraries, falls and many, many more. Whatever good hobbies we enjoyed in the world and more, one can enjoy in this realm of splendour with nothing but perfect joy, happiness and peace. That is why Jesus told us, “What does it profit a man if he gains the whole world and loses or forfeits himself”. [Luke 9:25] Just imagine, even if one had all the money to buy the whole world, he wouldn’t have got the time and peace to enjoy even a little on the earth. One can understand the preaching of Jesus, word by word in Heaven only”. They, then took us to their guest mansion on the opposite mountain. He told us that all the mansions on those three mountains were guest mansions only, where people from different parts of Heaven used to go and stay for a short or a longer time. It was a holiday resort for the citizens of Heaven. In that mountain, the mansions were at different levels at random. We climbed a flight of steps to reach their mansion. From there one should climb another flight of steps to reach the next mansion. There was no road connecting all the mansions since they were at different levels. Their mansion was a very huge beautiful building with two storeys with a wide veranda on all sides, surrounded by beautiful gardens. We could see thin shining streams dancing down the steep slopes and rocks and pouring into the great waterway. Our host told us, “We can only sail around the different mountains. If we go up into one mountain, it will take the time of a whole trip to enjoy its beauty and

excitement”. So we sailed again in their cabin-boat singing, talking about ourselves, about Jesus and Heaven. When ever we approached a mountain, our host would tell us, the recreation provided in that mountain. He showed us a mountain with broad roads with large buildings at different levels. He said that it was the ‘Kingdom of shopping complex’, where we could get everything under Heaven. Like that we went around several mountains encircled by the flowing water. When his family used to start for a trip, usually he used to get down near the mountain of sports and games, since he himself was a great sportsman on the earth. Though the games and sports were different from those on the earth, he enjoyed these more than the games he played in the world. Then his wife would take the children to the Kingdom of animals or parks, while their youth would go to different mountains of music and other entertainments of their own liking. Finally they would all go back to their own guest mansion for rest, at the end of their trip.

I told them abou t India and about myself. They were surprised to know that I was a medical student and dedicated to become a missionary doctor. I said that about one thousand doctors graduated annually from my own state alone.

We enjoyed our trip by looking around almost all the mountains from our boat cabin itself and finally they left us in our own boat, asking us to go over there with our families and children and stay there for a longer time and enjoy all those places of recreations which Jesus has arranged for His children in all those beautiful mountains.

Amma, even if we go there to enjoy a holiday, going to each mountain would be a trip for me to convey to you, one at a time. Amma are you able to imagine all the wonders and happiness of Heaven, that Jesus had prepared for His children?

Our hosts gave us a large number of things as presents specially meant for children. Then we bid them a fond farewell and started back home. In that place we saw all the races of the world, going, around in many such ‘beautiful cabin-boats, joyfully singing and waving to each other while sailing. It was a real wonder land.

I stepped down near my mansion at the back and others would be received by the children and adults and my friends would distribute the presents.

Amma how are you? Are you happy now? Whenever you feel sad, pray to Jesus. Even when you pray alone, try to pray aloud, telling the name of Jesus repeatedly and it will bring you joy and peace.

Bye amma dear!

“Bright and fair the hills of the Home land Clad in all the bloom of the spring;

There to Him who loved and redeemed us, Our joyful praise we sing”.

- F.J. Crosby

CHAPTER 14 VISITING RED RIVER VALLEY

Date : 30th August 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“Thou makest springs gush forth in the valleys, they flow between the hills, .... from thy lofty abode, thou waterest the mountains....” Ps.104:10,13

DAVID : Amma, Jesus has given us the opportunity of visiting a place of exquisite beauty with a vivid colour. We walked along the road on our front towards the left of our mansions and then we turned to a right road, reached the river and sailed’ towards the left. After a long way, we saw a river from the left joining this one, flowing towards it. We entered that river and reached a vast lake surrounded on all sides by lofty mountains with marble rocks of rosy red colour. Due to this colour, the lake was shining in golden red colour. We could see clusters of trees laden with flowers of flaming red colour, which added to the existing beauty of the mountains. Water was flowing from the top, rippling down, covering almost all the rocks of the mountains and so they glistened in the golden light. But we didn’t see any mansions on those mountain slopes facing the lake. We sailed along the left bank of the lake. After some distance we saw a beautiful valley between two mountains at the left side of the waterway. The whole valley seemed ablaze with flaming red flowers. We could see only the flowers and nothing else from a distance. When we sailed nearer, we saw a small stream emerging from the valley and joining the lake. It was just enough for our boat to go in and so we entered that stream. It was a wonderful experience since we were travelling under the branches of the trees with flaming red flowers. The water of the stream shone red. Almost at the middle of the stream, we saw two flights of steps, one to our left and the other on our right. When we came around the mountain and entered the stream, we saw mansions on three different levels on the slopes of the mountains, overlooking the Valley. We climbed through the steps on the left side and reached the mansions perched on the first level. The one storeyed mansions were not very big, but they looked extremely beautiful, built with the same kind of rosy red marble tiles decorated with gold, so also the road, running along the front of that same type of mansions, surrounded by lovely gardens and fruit trees. Through another flight of steps, we reached the second level, which contained mansions of the same architecture and structure. In these two levels we didn’t see anyone. Another flight of steps led us to the third level, which contained five large buildings, open on all sides. In all those buildings, we saw a large number of people, adults, youths and children. We could see all the races of the world there. The smaller children were playing in the shining, thin water streams flowing from the top of the mountain. In the work shop, people were making thin rosy red marble tiles decorated with gold, in many

different sizes and in various shapes like square, hexagon, diamond shape (four sides not at right angles with each other). They had rolls and rolls of gold ribbzon with scallops on both sides. At many places on the marble tile, there were small projections like cones. When the gold ribbon was placed over the tiles and pressed, the cones got inserted within the gold and the ribbon was fixed. They were fixing the ribbons so as to get different patterns and in the empty spaces of those tiles sparkling red rubies of different sizes were embedded with ease. Amma we had never seen such beautiful tiles before, with the marvellous blending of the vivid rosy red of the marble with the glittering gold and the radiant blood red rubies. We all sat around them and watched. Amma, how easily they did all those works!! The Garden of Eden must have been like this, before sin entered there. Then God gave hard work as a curse to human beings. But in Heaven, every work is done with ease and pleasure. They told us that there were many professionals among them. But most of them were not professionals. They were coming from different parts of Heaven to learn and do that work as a hobby. Many of them were permanent residents. Others stayed there for a short time in their guest mansions. There were heaps and heaps of rubies. They said that they collected them from the beds of streams, running in those lovely valleys. They were sorting them out according to the different sizes. They were cutting the edges of those rubies by just rubbing them over stones. All those works were done very easily and beautifully. They told us that they would pack samples of those tiles and tie them with golden bands and cross bands so that it would be easy for us to carry them home. They asked their youth to take us to the places where they cut those marble rocks and also collect the rubies. A group of youth and children took us to the opposite side of the mountain through that golden red road. There we saw many people cutting the marble rocks neatly, so that their road could be extended easily in between rocks. From that height the view was just breathtaking amma. We saw glistening red mountains here and there and a fascinating blaze of flaming red colour of the blossoms lit the whole valley between the mountains. They call that place as ‘The red river valley’ and its beauty surpass that of the setting sun which paints the sky with a flourish of flaming red.

They took us down, through a flight of broad steps deep within the valley. There we saw a stream flowing beautifully, studded with the same type of marble rocks, within its crystal – clear water. They knocked those rocks with a small axe and they broke like clay pots. From those openings rubies were just flowing out with water. They put their hands inside those holes and scooped the shining rubies and filled their small bags. Even children were doing that work. It was a wonderful sight. The stream bed was strewn with sparkling rubies which came out through those openings and our teenagers were greatly excited and they wanted to collect them. We, the seniors told them not to collect them in many bags. They just got one bag from those children and started filling it with those rubies. We all sat down within the cool, clear water of the flowing stream. Some of my friends were lying down and enjoying the crystal-clear water flowing over them. Our teenagers were busy collecting the rubies. John told me, “David, our friends will be calling you now from different places and you are the proper person to see that

they collect only samples of those beautiful rubies and not the whole lot, since we can’t carry the whole content of the stream – bed!!” Amma, so I was going from one group to the other, asking them to collect only beautiful samples of rubies. Soon all our four pockets were filled with rubies and one bag full of those beautiful precious stones. We spent a long time collecting them. Finally, all of us sat in a large circle within the water along with our host of youths and children, holding our hands and singing choruses of praise. Some of our hosts knew many of our choruses and they joined in our singing. We enjoyed it very much and we all felt like staying there permanently. After a long time we rose from the bed of that beautiful stream and came back to the workshops. The adults said that usually their tiles were used in big palaces, chapels etc. Palaces were built not only for the royals but also for the poorest of the poor who left everything for the sake of Jesus. They invited us to stay in their guest mansions and spend more time there. But John and some of our senior girls had to go for their regular jobs. So we promised our teenagers that we would take a holiday from our working and study centres and come here with our children and stay for a longer period in those mansions. Finally the youth and children carried our gift packets of tiles and accompanied us to our boat. We bid them a fond farewell and sailed back home. From the boat we glided back home, each one carrying two packets. I went with them to our museum site and left my two packets there. We saw our children group coming from the opposite side and they were excited to see the many packets we carried. Then I came home and left my coat with its four pockets full of precious rubies at the back portico and came upto my room to talk to you. Amma, what wonderful and joyous trip we had!! Amma, after visiting the South Indian Colony, I requested my two grandpas to visit them. They gladly agreed to do so.

Bye amma dear! “With His dear and loving care, Will the saviour lead us on, To that good and pleasant land, over Jordan? Yes, vine and olive grow, And the brooks and fountain flow, Thirst nor hunger shall we know.”

- Mrs. M.B.C.Blade

CHAPTER 15

SING – SONG WORSHIP SERVICE WITH JESUS

Date : 1st September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “I will give thanks to the Lord with my whole heart. I will tell of all Thy wonderful deeds. I will sing praise to Thy name O Most high”. Ps. 9:1

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful sing-song worship service in the presence of Jesus.

After coming home from our last trip, John sent word that we had to take part in a sing song service and we had to give a choir item. So we started practising before I left for my medical study centre. We had a doctor’s conference and I didn’t want to miss it, since they would discuss the healing touch of Jesus. As soon as the conference was over, I returned home immediately and again we practised. Our girls won’t make any fuss in having a long practice, if we have to give an item in the presence of Jesus. Amma we had our final rehearsal of the anthem ‘The Lord is my shepherd’. This anthem was suggested by the French lady music composer. She said that it would be good and suit a small choir like ours. In the anthem there are beautiful duets, while others hum and there are many, many variations.

Finally, we took one guitar and walked along the road in our front towards the right of our mansions, turned left, reached the river and sailed towards the left. After crossing our usual auditoriums, in the picturesque landscape of the ‘worship complex’ on the right side of the river, we found a flight of beautiful golden steps. We climbed those steps and walked along the broad golden road, which ran at right angle to the river, leading, us to the interior of the vast worship complex. On both sides, we were delighted to see beds and beds of beautiful lily flowers in bloom and their fragrance filled the air. They were of different varieties and various vivid colours and they were blooming in different sections. Each section diffused a different delicate perfume and as we crossed each section we were fascinated by the beauty of those blossoms and enjoyed their sweet fragrance. There was also a network of golden pathways within those wonderful gardens, so that one could walk in them and enjoy all the sections with different types of lilies. This charming view of the same type of gardens was visible on every side. After walking a long distance through these beautiful gardens, we reached an immense auditorium with a broad portico and wide open veranda on both sides. Within the large building, we saw four rows of , seats in galleries with three lengthwise pathways leading to the huge stage in the front. We decided to see the descent of Jesus first and then join the choirs which were waiting on the right and left veranda to give items. When we were walking in the road we saw hosts and hosts of angels descending over the gardens. Within the auditorium also we saw thousands of angels standing with their musical instruments on the two sides and at the back of the stage. Below that stage there was a lower stage, for the choirs to stand and give items. On both sides of this lower stage stood the large human choir on the left and the human orchestra on the right. They were singing with prelude and interludes by the orchestra. The human choir and the angel choir were giving items alternately. It was going on for sometime. Then, when the angel choir was singing, Jesus in all His glory descended at the centre of the stage with a host of singing angels. Amma, the sight was of immense grandeur. Jesus came down, extending His hands and sat on a beautiful golden throne. The whole stage was ablaze with a strong golden light, so that Jesus’ garment and hair were glittering with golden radiance, and all the silver angles, were transformed into golden ones and it was a glorious sight. All of us stood up, raised our hands and shouted praises to Jesus. Then

we went out and joined the Choirs on the right veranda, where a French Choir and an African Choir were standing at our front.

Then the singing programme started. First the French choir went in and gave their item followed by a choir from the left side of the veranda. Then the African Choir went in, sang beautifully with their drums and hand pieces. After an item from the left side choir we entered. Before starting the performance, all the choir members bowed to Jesus and then started singing. Our choir stood in two rows at the right side of the lower stage. I stood almost at the front of Jesus, next to my choir members. We all bowed before Jesus and started our singing. One of our girls gave the starting note in her guitar. Then I conducted the choir. Amma, Jesus was smiling at us. He must have thought, “How this boy David was transformed from being the instructor of a small village choir of Puthalam beach on the earth, to a choir-director in Heaven!!” Amma I felt so happy to stand before our beloved Jesus and sing our anthem ‘The Lords my shepherd’. Our choir sang beautifully. At the end Jesus extended His hands over us and smiled at us. We bowed before Him and returned to our seats at the back of the auditorium. As usual after each item, the audience raised their hands with Jesus and shouted to express their appreciation. After that the American choir with their director, Bob, my friend gave a wonderful item, in which Bob sang solos here and there when their choir sang softly as background music. Bob’s rich baritone voice filled the auditorium with a unique charm. A children choir gave an item, directed by a teenage girl. It was really wonderful. Finally Jesus stood up, turned around, and extended His hands towards the angel choir saying; “Now the angels will sing”. Immediately the angel choir with their musical instruments burst into singing a wonderful song. Jesus, then turned towards us and said, “Now let us all praise our Father”. Amma, you must hear the tremendous volume of the shouts of joy and praises, not only by the vast multitude of the redeemed souls but also by the immense crowd of angels within and outside the auditorium. As Jesus started ascending along with the angels, the angel voices (of shouting praises) started soaring upwards. It was a wonderful sight. We continued our praises even long after Jesus left the auditorium. Then the white robed throng started dispersing singing all along the way. Heaven was filled with music and praises.

Then we went to meet my dear friend Bob. As usual he hugged me and greeted me and all my friends. He said, “My darling son David has become a great and perfect choir-director”. We also appreciated his choir and especially his wonderful solo in between. Bob said, “I wish David is with us in our area”. Immediately my friends protested playfully. For that Bob said, “Don’t be afraid. I won’t take your friend, David from you. I only said “I wish”. Also there is no competition between us, because, while David is your friend, I only can call him ‘my darling son”. At once everybody laughed and we had a wonderful time together. Finally we bid a fond farewell to Bob and came to the front and met all our friends in the choir and orchestra. When we came out we saw groups and groups of people, walking along the garden roads, holding their hands and singing all along the way. Then we also started walking along the golden road, singing all along the way. In the boat also we started singing and we heard songs

ascending from all boats sailing along that river. The whole area was filled with, Heavenly music praising our Father and Jesus. While walking along the road in front of our mansions too, we sang holding our hands. In front of us we saw adults of our mansions walking and singing.

Now only I reached home. I think Ammamma and grandpa had attended this worship service since it took place in the worship complex near our mansions. Now I’ll go down. Be happy Amma. Please tell Appa, Jeba Annan and Periamma to be happy knowing the wonderful happiness which I enjoy in Heaven. Bye Amma dear!

Before David started talking, I was praying to Jesus to comfort me and fill me with His perfect peace. Then I heard a voice speaking within me.

HOLY SPIRIT : I know the deep agony of a human mother, because I know the agony of my mother’s heart at the cross. That was why I left her in the care of my beloved disciple John, with whom she could share her heart’s agony and get consolation. Definitely I’l l console you and fil l your heart with perfect peace. When you know the great purpose and ministry, I have planned for David your heart will be fil led with peace. I intend to use him not only in this generation, but also in all generations, till the end of this world.

“Singing singing, we are singing Of Thy wondrous love so free, How it floweth ever on ward Like a Vast and mighty sea; And our souls mount up with gladness While we swell the lofty strain, Glory, glory, hallelujah To the Lamb for sinners slain!”

- Grace J. Frances

CHAPTER 16

VISITING A PALM GROVE ISLAND NEAR THE SEA

Date : 3rd September 2004 Time : 11.05 P.M. “There the Lord in majesty will be for us a place of broad rivers and streams”. Is. 33:21

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now we reached home.

We sailed towards the right of our mansions in the river at the back touching our gardens. After crossing the lake where, once we attended a sing – song worship service, we sailed along the river which continued from the lake and then turned in a right side branch in the river. After some distance, we saw many branches of that river in the right and left and those

branches turned into a net work of rivers with palm trees all over that place. We entered the second branch in the left side. The view was marvelleous. In that place, there were many beautiful mansions within each section surrounded by the shining rivers on the four sides. There were one, two or three mansions facing the river in each section. The steps from those mansions touched their transparent waters. All the mansions were built by white marble stones decorated with gold in abundance and they were surrounded by green palm trees and the intermingling of green and gold looked extremely beautiful. We saw many groups of children playing inside the river, but we couldn’t see any adults around those mansions and so we kept on sailing. After crossing a few sections, we saw a huge auditorium on the left. So we stepped down from our boat and walked into the auditorium, where there were many beautiful seats. We saw a large group of adults and youth, within, enjoying the music items given by a youth group, standing on a huge stage in the front. The youth group sang beautiful choruses with different parts to the accompaniment of many guitars. We sat at the back and enjoyed their music. Some of the choruses were known to us in English. After some time, one person seeing us, went to the front and informed the speaker of our presence. After one item was finished, the speaker announced that they had some visitors – a youth group and invited us to go to the front. John introduced all of us individually. Then the speaker introduced them as follows:

SPEAKER : All of us are people from Malaysia and other islands near by. We are Christians of the 19th and 20th centuries. There are many professionals among us like engineers, pastors, poets, writers, musicians, botanists, horticulturists etc. During our working time, all the adults will go to the different places of work and other places of their interest. Youth will go to the music complex to learn music. In our place there are many Evangelical pastors who are well qualified and at the same time strong believers, who worked among poor villagers on the earth and spread the Gospel among them. Many of those villagers are also with us. They are making different kinds of Crafts in their workshops. Our youth are involved in teaching scripture to their children. This meeting is a sing-song service where our youth and children are giving items. We used to have Bible discussion sessions, in which we used to discuss all the verses from the Bible about Heaven.

DAVID : Then they asked us to sing some songs. We got a guitar from them and sang some choruses. We then, realised that they were interested in western music and so we sang our, famous anthem ‘Praise the Lord’. As soon as we finished, the whole audience stood up, raised their hands and appreciated our songs with a great shout of joy. Then John told about Joe, introducing him as our Malaysian friend. He introduced me as “David, is an

Indian medical student, who organinsed our choir. Though we all are interested in music and several of us were members of choirs on the earth, we began to give items only after David came to Heaven. He taught us music in a systematic manner and organised our choir”. Then the meeting came to a close, after a praising session and a praising song in their language. Then they came and greeted us and asked us to go around their place in our boat So that we could see the sea on the other end of their colony. They told us that they used to like rivers, sea and palm trees and Jesus in His tender mercy had provided them mansions in such splendid surrounding of their liking. Then some of the women invited us to go to their working place which was two sections away from their community hall. They glided over the river, while we reached their workshop by sailing in our boat. It was a huge hall open on all sides with a large number of round low tables surrounded by beautiful chairs. We were amazed to see their exquisite handicrafts. To our great surprise they showed us how they were making long chains with precious stones. They put a hole in those gems with a needle and then a fine golden string was threaded through the holes. In between they put a knot in the golden string and put together some precious stones. It looked like our chain of beads or sea – shells which our villagers make on the earth in India. But these were sparkling with beauty. Their selection and combination of colours of precious stones was fascinating. Then they attached a golden cross or a golden bell at the end. They were also making several decorative things with small golden bells, hanging from small artistic pieces of wood, which when shaken, produced beautiful tinkling sound like the toys of our children. They can ornament our parlours as well. They gave each one of us a long golden chain with precious stones and asked us to wear them. I also put one around my neck. I asked the girls to put the chain in two rounds with one short and one long by twisting the chain. The sparkling double chains looked very beautiful around their necks. Then those ladies asked us to take other items also. I took one toy with tinkling golden bells for Mamu. They also gave us many exquisitely embroidered tablemats in lace which they themselves made. They gave us delicious juice of the palm nuts and we relished it. By that time a large crowd of children, who were playing in the water, gathered around us. All those women and children came up to the bank of the river, where we left our boat and we bid them a fond farewell. We waved to them and started a short tour around the place. We saw the sea, shining at a distance, through the green palm trees. All along the way, we saw many mansions, from where adults and children waved to us. Many of them were sitting on the long steps and they were enjoying themselves by dangling their feet within the cool clear waters of the river. Finally we turned right, entered the main branch of the river and reached home, where we were welcomed by the group of children marching with their drums. They followed our younger friends to the museum, while I came home. After my sing – song worship service, I met ammamma only after my trip to the medical study centre. She said that she attended another worship service in another part of Heaven in the presence of Jesus. I think that Jesus, after attending our sing song worship service, went to that service attended by ammamma and others.

Now I am going down to tell everything to ammamma and then I’l l go to the museum. I promised my friends that I would go there.

By amma dear !

“I love to think of the heavenly land, The saints eternal home, Where palms, and robes and crowns ne’er fade, And all our joys are one”

- W.B.Bradbury

CHAPTER 17

MEETING GEORGE MULLER AND MULTITUDES OF CHILDREN

Date : 5th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Jesus said suffer little children and forbid them not to come unto me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven. And He laid His hands on them.....” Mat. 19:14,15

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful and fascinating trip to children’s mansions.

We sailed towards the right of our mansions along the river touching our gardens in the rear. After sailing a long distance, the river flowed in between lofty mountain ranges. There we saw a branch on the left side almost hidden amidst the thick woods covering the mountains. We turned in that branch and sailed on steadily for a long time. There also we saw the same scenery of mighty mountains and thick forests. After a long distance our river joined a vast lake. The thick wood land surrounding that waterway was broken up by numerous rivers pouring into that great lake. Our river left the opposite shores of that lake to plunge once more into the unknown realm of Heaven. There also we could see nothing but the tall flowering trees of the thick forest. We sailed along the left bank and entered the first river which flowed into the lake. On both sides of that river we saw very beautiful mansions, both big and small, built of white marble stones decorated with gold in abundance and encircled by lovely gardens. Everywhere we saw children playing in the river and also in the gardens and we could hear their shouts of laughter. This river led us into another small lake, which was surrounded by broad falls flowing from a low mountain range encircling the lake. We sailed near one such falls where we saw a wonderful sight. A large crowd of children were sliding on those falling waters flowing into the lake amidst the spray, thrown into the air. The joyous shouts and shrieks of those children echoed everywhere while they were flying down the glistening slopes of the shining water. Our teenagers wanted to join them, but we persuaded them to go to the top first. There were two flights of golden steps on either side of the falls. There were also many golden white mansions on the mountain slope facing the lake and the falls. The children climbed those steps and again glided down along the falls. We left our boat there and reached the summit through those steps and we were fascinated to see the breath taking beauty of that place. The ‘gem’ of the marvels, was another lake shimmering in the golden light on the summit and a golden road was going around the

lake. There was one row of golden white mansions, on a low elevated place, encircling the lake. Those mansions were surrounded by beautiful gardens, flowering trees and parks. Small streams were rippling down from the top and flowing into that lake. There was another row of mansions perched on a higher level facing the lake. We saw hundreds of children floating on the water. Some were climbing the trees and hanging like monkeys and some were jumping into the water from the overhanging branches and some were playing with animals in the parks. As we walked along the road in ankle deep water, we saw another road branching towards the left and we entered that road. It was climbing mildly on a gentle slope to reach the higher elevation. Along the two sides, we could see many more mansions. The most wonderful thing was that crystal – clear water was flowing down as a thin stream covering every inch of the road and we enjoyed walking through that water. When we reached the top, we saw another golden road, running parallel to the lake. At the place of joining that road, we saw a community hall with a sloping roof. The central hall was open on all sides with two veranda on both sides. There were many seats in the hall and also on the veranda. We saw a group of people seated at the central hall and a praising session was going on. They raised their hands while singing and in between the songs they were shouting praises to Jesus. A leader was standing on the stage and conducting that session. We went around that building and saw clusters of marble rocks of different colours from where the streams were originating. Then we went and joined the praising session from the Veranda. When they finished that session, they were seated and the leader invited us and asked us to occupy the seats on the stage. John introduced each and every one of us giving our name and our native place in the world. Then the leader gave details of their place in Heaven as follows. LEADER : I have come from the beautiful country Switzerland, a place full of mountains, valleys and rivers. But this place far exceeds in beauty than any place in the world. There are thousands of children who have come from all over the world and the adults are leaders and members of many orphanages in the world. Though these children were orphans in the world, now we don’t call them as orphans. All of them live with foster parents in small and big mansions. In small mansions, there is one couple with their own children and many other children. There is no difference between their off springs and other children. They treat all the children as their own. In big mansions, youth and children live as a joint family with one mom and one dad. The great leader George Muller the man of tremendous faith who ran an immense orphanage on the earth is also living in one of the mansions with many of his co-workers, who helped him in running the orphanage on the earth. Now those people are great leaders in Heaven. This is our time of recreation and so the children are playing and we, a group of adults are having a praising session.

DAVID : He asked us to sing and we sang many choruses of praise. John again introduced me as, “David a dedicated medical Missionary is continuing

his medical studies in Heaven too. He only organsied our choir”. They were very happy to meet us. Then all of us had another praising session and the meeting came to a close. A few of those people took us to the nearby two storeyed mansion. In the ground floor, we saw many huge halls – a music hall, many nurseries with plenty of toys, a study hall etc. Then they took us to the first floor, where there were bedrooms for the children and their foster parents. Then they took us to the terrace. From there, the view was just wonderful and fascinating. The whole mountains and valleys were covered with flowering trees, flowing streams and shining lakes. Then they took us to another mansion where a conference was going on. When we went inside, a middle aged man rose from his chair and he was introduced as the great man of immense faith ‘George Muller”. His face looked radiant. Amma, we all were thrilled to meet such a great man of God. He shook hands with each one of us and asked us to be seated on chairs arranged in a circle. Then he started telling us about his wonderful experiences while running an immense orphanage on the earth with thousands of children with a great and abundant faith in Jesus. He said that he solely depended on Jesus and Jesus never failed him. Then he described his Heavenly abode. GEORGE MULLER : There are seven lakes around the central vast lake in the midst of lovely forests of flowering trees and mountains with falls. The central lake is connected to the seven lakes by rivers. We call these lakes as unit lakes. Around each unit lake there are many lakes over the elevated places (mountains) with falls and streams and hundreds of mansions for children coming from all over the world and from all races of the world. Now we don’t call these mansions as orphanages but we call them as homes. My followers and many other leaders manage this unit and this particular lake is called unit I. Around this lake alone thousands of children are living in the mansions on the mountains. The whole project of looking after the children is well organised by the leaders and youths. Many of these children have never heard the name of ‘Jesus’ in the world. So we divide these children into different sections and they are taught Scripture by well trained teachers and youth with picture story books. We also teach them music, drawing, painting and other arts of interest for children; we have definite time for recreation, study and rest. Those who donated funds for the orphanages on the earth are also residing here. There is a very huge magnificent auditorium over a mountain in the fourth unit lake. Jesus often comes there, and then the immense multitude of children in thousands from all the seven unit lakes used to go there by boats. Then they walk up in large processions. The very sight used to be very wonderful. The children used to sit within the auditorium which is open on all sides and which has a capacity for the

seating many thousands. The adults used to occupy the seats on the two veranda. Jesus used to tell them stories, mingle with them, bless them, smile at them and talk to them with such tender love. The children used to carry flowers for Jesus and they used to love those sessions with Jesus.

I am very happy to see you all, a youth group and you are warmly welcomed to take part in our children ministry.

DAVID : John then told him, “Our teenagers are very good in dealing with children. But our senior members have other regular jobs. So we will try to send our teenagers along with our children and some adults who are interested in children ministry”.

Then we bid that man of God, George Muller and others a fond farewell and started coming down. After seeing the children playing in the gardens and sliding over the falls, our teenagers have half a mind to go over there with our children and adults and to get involved in that ministry. On our way back home, our girls collected beautiful coloured marble Pebbles including some golden ones along the banks of the streams and we reached home. Our members planned to gather near our usual stream for a get- together. So amma, I’l l rest for sometime and then go down to the stream. So amma be happy! What a wonderful and marvellous place is our Heaven!! You all will he here soon. The life on earth and its happiness is nothing when compared to the happiness of our Heaven, the abode of our beloved Jesus.

Bye amma ! “Jesus loves the little children, All the children of the world; Red and yellow, black and white; They are precious in His sight; Jesus loves the little children of the world”.

- Unknown

CHAPTER 18

WORSHIP SERVICE IN WHICH JESUS DESCENDED IN A SWIRLING FIRE Date : 7th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “The lord spoke with you face to face at the mountain out of the midst of fire”. Deuter. 5 : 4 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road in our front towards the left of our mansions. Then we entered the right side road and reached the river and sailed towards the left. After crossing the lofty mountain ranges and beautiful wood – land, we reached a place

where we saw a vast garden of flowers of exquisite beauty on the left. There was a network of golden pathways within the garden amidst the numerous varieties of flowering plants in different sections. That fascinating garden of rippling colours stretched as far as the eye could see. I cannot explain the wonder of the sweet perfume wafting from the garden. We stepped down from our boat near a broad golden road and started walking within the garden. After strolling a long distance in that splendid garden, enjoying the exquisite beauty of blossoms in bloom and their sweet perfume, we reached an immense green lawn of very fine and soft grass, situated almost at the centre of the garden. A large number of lovely seats were arranged in that lawn in semicircles facing an immense golden stage at the centre of that lawn. That stage was open on all sides. There was a gallery in the form of semi circle behind the seats. Amma, we managed to occupy the seats almost in the front near the stage. At the left side of the stage, there was the usual human choir and their orchestra. At the right side, we saw a very large angel choir with their golden musical instruments. A huge host of angles occupied the lawn behind the stage. There was a large crowd of children with flowers in the front.

First the human choir sang beautiful anthems with preludes and interludes by their Orchestra. As soon as the human choir stopped singing, at that instant itself, the angel Choir started with a bang in which all the angels behind the stage also took part. They sang beautifully the songs of praises. Then we had the most rapturous experience. A spectacular display of God’s immense glory was seen. High above, we saw a small circle of swirling fire, and slowly and gradually, its radius increased. When it reached just over us, the sight of that divine glory was wonderful and marvellous and beyond description amma. At the centre of that circle, we saw Jesus. The fringes of that fiery circle were shining brill iantly with a white radiance and that turned out to be a host of bright angles. The Fiery circle with Jesus descended on the stage and the white cloud of angels glided behind the stage and occupied the lawn. Amma, the Holy fire fil led the whole stage and at the centre we could see our beloved Jesus in great majesty. From Him only the holy fire was radiating. As soon as we saw the small fiery circle high above us, we all stood up and started shouting Praises, raising our hands. It was a wonderful and glorious sight amma.

Then Jesus started talking raising His divine Hands.

JESUS : Now we are going to praise our loving, Almighty Father and we are going to bestow all glory laud and honour to our Omnipotent Father. First of all let us praise our Father the great creator, who created the earth and the Heavens.

AUDIENCE : Praise to our Father, the greatest Creator ever.

[Both the angels and the redeemed souls repeated this several times with great shouts of joy.]

JESUS : Let us praise our Father who created the earth and everything there in.

AUDIENCE : Praise to our Father, who created the earth.

JESUS : Let us Praise our Father who created the human race in His own image.

AUDIENCE : Praise our Father, who created the human race.

JESUS : Does any one know the vast expanse of the universe? No. Let us praise our Father who created it and controls it.

AUDIENCE : Praise our Father, the great Creator of the universe.

JESUS : Can anyone measure the love of My Father who gave His only son to die on the cross to save the human race from eternal death and deliver them from the clutches of Satan? Let us praise our Father for His great love.

AUDIENCE : Praise our Father for his infinite Love.

JESUS : Let us Praise our father who sent the Holy Spirit, the mighty source of power and comfort, to the earth, for the sake of His children on the earth and for the perfect guidance of the Holy spirit.

AUDIENCE : Praise our Father for the Holy Spirit and His perfect guidance.

JESUS : My father is a God of Justice. Let us Praise Him for the final judgment day, when my Father will proclaim a just judgment through Me, to all the people of the nations of the earth and destroy the force of Satan.

AUDIENCE : Praise our righteous Father for the great judgment day.

JESUS : Let us praise our Father who created this wonderful Heaven and the glorious happiness of this marvellous place.

AUDIENCE : Praise our Father for this wonderful Heaven and its marvellous happiness. JESUS : Let us praise our Father who created the multitude of millions of Angels. AUDIENCE : Praise our Father for the creation of Angels.

[When Jesus said this, the Angel’s great shouts of joy filled the air] JESUS : Now let My children on the earth praise our Father for every thing. My children are persecuted for the sake of the cross and its Gospel. Let them praise My Father for the great judgment day when justice will be proclaimed. Let them get great consolation when the satanic forces will be removed from the earth and its surroundings.

DAVID : Amma, then angels started singing in the midst of great shouts of praises to our Father and Jesus, who started His wonderful ascension with all the host of angels. The Holy fire ascended as a cone of Fire with white fringes of angels. We all were amazed to see the sight, still praising Him. Afterwards it appeared as a fiery circle and then it became a small swirling fire and finally the divine view disappeared. We continued our Praising for some more time and then the multitude of children streamed out first. Then others started dispersing. We stood on top of the gallery and saw the redeemed souls, spreading out in all directions along the roads among the beautiful garden. Finally we started sailing in our boat. Hundreds of boats swept along the river on both sides. The boats sailing in front of us turned to the various branches of this river on the left and the right and many sailed straight. I think that my grandparents also attended this service, but we haven’t seen them. They must have gone with their groups and will return home only after sometime. Then we landed near the road and walked back home singing songs of praise all along the way. Amma, can you imagine and feel the rapture of this wonderful scene of divine glory? AMMA : David, my son, it is difficult to imagine the scene and feel its rapture, as you have felt. DAVID : I know amma. Satan is also there in the world to depress you and try to block the wonderful Heavenly scenes. But try to imagine for yourself enfolded by the wonderful Holy Fire of Jesus, into which Satan cannot penetrate, so that you can feel the powerful presence of Jesus around you. Amma, now I am going to the lawn near our museum, where we are going to have another short worship service, where many adults will speak about the divine scene of beauty and discuss the marvellous messages of praises, Jesus proclaimed in that wonderful praising ceremony. So I am going there now.

Be happy amma. Bye! “Praise the king of Glory, He is God alone; Praise Him for the wonders He to us hath shone; For his promised presence all the pilgrim way, For the flaming pillar and the cloud by day”.

- E. E. HEWITT

CHAPTER 19 VISTING AMERICAN FARMER’S COLONY

Date : 9th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“The desert shall rejoice and blossom; like the crocus it shall blossom abundantly and rejoice with joy and singing”. Is. 35 : 1, 2

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now we returned home with our boat full of bouquets of flowers. We sailed towards the right of our mansions through the river

touching our rear gardens. Our boat swept across a broad lake and sailed farther through the river which continued from the lake. After sailing some distance we came into a region of vast farm lands on the left side of the river. Almost midway of that farm, there was a left side branch in the river and we turned in it. We saw picturesque stretches of quiet farm lands on either side. We saw very huge beautiful farm houses here and there deep within those farms far away. The farm land looked in a surge of different colours at different sections. Then we learnt that they were cultivating plants of cotton, silk and wool of many colours. They were also cultivating many varieties of flowering plants, fruit trees, many types of ferns, corn etc. After crossing an immense farm, we saw a beautiful wood, with tall flowering trees on both sides of the river. The strip of wood - land on either side of the river was fenced in on both sides by channels of water flowing from the river. There were two rows of beautiful mansions on both edges of the wood, facing the water channels and the farms, which were on both sides of the strip of wood land. First we thought of going straight in the river to see the different sights in that area before landing anywhere. We saw many boats full of flowers, fruits and other farm products, speeding away on the river. They just waved their hands and moved away. Every body seemed to be very busy. When we sailed farther we saw the same view of vast farm lands and wood – land with mansions, in between two farms on both sides of the river. After going a long way, we turned back and landed in the first wood – land on our right. At the centre of the forest, there was a broad golden marble pathway going at right angles to the river. We got out of our boat and walked along the road. There was a net work of path ways branching from the main road and reaching the channels. The mansions on the fringes of the forest were surrounded by beautiful gardens and short fruit trees. We saw lovely fountains with a very fine spray of water like a cloud. After crossing many mansions, we came to a very huge workshop, open on all sides with a sloping roof and we saw many people working there. There were huge heaps of many varieties of flowers. Men and women were seated in low chairs in circles around those heaps of flowers, leaves, ferns, golden ribbon etc. They were making beautiful bouquets of blossoms. They were making many varieties using natural flowers, leaves and ferns intermingled with long golden leaves and they tied those bunches with golden ribbons. It was a busy place. Then we saw a tall, hefty and middle aged white man who welcomed us warmly and invited us to occupy the vacant seats. We saw many boats in the channel in the front and people were bringing heaps and heaps of blossoms in their boats. They carried them in their hands and placed them in that workshop. The bouquets were like the ones we used to give to our guests when we welcome them. That middle aged man explained about their colony of farms and forests. That place belonged to the American farmer’s families and their helpers. He pointed his own beautiful farm house deep within the vast farm.

AMERICAN FARMER : I owned a large farm in the world and many farm hands worked under me. But now in Heaven everybody enjoy equal status and my helpers are called co- workers. (We saw both dark – skinned people and whites among his co – workers). There is no need for big office in Heaven in my place since my own brain is

like a computer and keeps a record of all the orders, I receive, for such bouquets. Either my co-workers used to deliver them to different places or people used to come in boats and collect them. We also deliver thousands of such bouquets and other farm products to many shopping complexes set along the banks of the broad river into which our river flows at right angles. There is a huge worship place where we all used to gather for worship when Jesus comes. Now it is our working time and so everybody is busy, except very small children who can be seen playing within the gardens or in the water. All others are involved in some kind of work like collecting the farm products, bringing them into their working place, making bouquets, packing them or delivering them to different places. After the working time, we used to have time for rest and then time for recreation. For recreation we used to gather in these working places in different groups. The children will have their own programme. Youths used to have sing-song sessions. Some adults used to gather for Bible study and discussions. From our colony many youths and adults used to go to the music complex to learn music. There are poets, writers and musicians among us. They used to go to different places of their interest. We all belong to the 18th and 19th centuries. People used to order such bouquets of flowers, when they start making preparations to meet their loved ones coming from the earth. We also used to get big orders, when great world famous Evangelists and leaders come to Heaven. Then people of different colonies of Heaven used to arrange welcome services in their own areas and for that they used to order thousands of such bouquets to give to their guest of honour. So we are always busy. Fifty percent of the farm products are flowers for making such beautiful bouquets. I’ll keep ready different types and sizes of bouquets as presents for you. You can collect them on your way back home.

DAVID : Amma, the whole place looked so beautiful with many coloured heaps of flowers and green leaves. I cannot possibly explain the sweet smell of the flowers, pervading the whole workshop. Then we walked along the main road within the woods and we saw many workshops in between mansions, where they were packing cotton, silk and other products in huge sacks to deliver them to the shopping complex. They also gave us some type of corns which were very soft and tasty to eat. We walked a long way, but we couldn’t reach the end. So we turned back to the first shop. There they kept ready hundreds of beautiful bouquets for us and they helped us to load them in our boat, which we brought to the channel near that workshop. We thanked them and bid them a fond farewell and sailed back home. Our boat looked like a garden of gorgeous flowers.

In our colony, we were received by our children and we all carried the beautiful bouquets in our hands. Our children also helped us to carry them to our museum site. Amma I took only four of them and came home. Ammamma is now at home. I gave those bouquets to her and told her briefly about our trip. Now I am going down to tell her all the details and I promised to join our friends near the museum, who will be distributing those bouquets to all the inmates of our mansions, keeping some samples for the museum.

AMMA : David, what happened when you returned from the last worship service?

DAVID : Amma as I told you, we had a small service at the lawn near our museum. It was a wonderful service where many of our adults spoke about the worship service and we sang many praising songs. When I returned from there, I met ammamma and grandpa Bensam in our home. Grandpa talked about the service in great wonder and said, “For the children of Jesus in the world, it is a great comfort that Jesus would enfold them with His ‘Holy Fire’, so that Satan cannot go near them”.

Amma, you also pray to Jesus to always enfold you with His holy Fire to protect you from satanic forces and depressions he brings. Please convey my love to periamma.

Bye amma dear! “We shall see our saviour’s face We shall sing redeeming grace, Where the rose and lily grow, Where our tears shall cease to flow, Oh, the joy that we shall know”.

- F.J. Crosby

CHAPTER 20

VISTING CHRISTIAN JEWS

Date : 11th September 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “Paul was occupied with preaching, testifying to the Jews that the Christ was Jesus”. Acts 18:5

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and returned home amidst the joyful shouts of our teenage friends. We walked along the road in the front towards the left of our mansions. Then we turned in the right side road, reached the river and sailed towards the left. We sailed farther and entered a branch towards the left. It was a long river, running down and down, rapidly and it had a distinctive charm of having many small water-falls dancing down some mild slopes. As our boat glided over those tiny falls, it gave us a wonderful feeling of water cascading all around us. We were greatly excited and shouted in joy.(Afterwards we came to know that this river was called river Jordan) Finally it joined an immense lake shimmering in the golden light and surrounded by very beautiful mountains of smooth blue black granite rocks. We saw many beautiful golden mansions, one row at the bank of the lake and many more on different levels on the mountain slopes, covered with green trees laden with gorgeous flowers and luscious fruits. The blending of the colours of the shining golden mansions on those smooth blue black

granite rocks was just beautiful and superb. We saw large groups of children under the small falls flowing from the mountains into the lake.

There were many flat rocks of the same colour projecting from the lake also, where many groups of youth were sitting and singing with some kind of string instruments, similar to harps. When we sailed near one such rock, the youths told us that their adults were assembled in the temple on the mountain just across the lake. They called that mountain as mount Zion. When we looked up, we saw a very beautiful golden temple ablaze with golden light, over the mountain. At once our boat swept across the lake and reached the foot of that mountain. There was a flight of broad golden steps. On the two sides of those steps water was rippling down as thin fine streams and falling within the lake and we saw many children playing beneath the foam. We reached the top quickly, since we hopped crossing a few steps at a time. We were struck with the beauty of the summit. On an immense rock of the same smooth blue black granite stone, stood a magnificent golden temple of imposing grandeur. A worship service was going on in that huge temple and we stood at the entrance. People were seated on the beautiful golden floor and a preacher was standing over the altar and addressing the audience. When he saw us standing in the front, he invited us to go inside. All the people turned back to see us. We went to the front and sat in two rows on the right side, at the foot of the altar. Then the speaker told us about the inhabitants of that colony.

SPEAKER : We are Christian Jews of the early centuries, after the time of Jesus. We were scattered all over the world. As you know our fore fathers crucified Jesus shouting, “Let the blood of Jesus be on us and on our children”. (Matth 27:25) That curse followed us. We were not only scattered all over the world, but also we were persecuted, simply because we were Jews. In those early centuries, Christians also were persecuted and killed by gruesome methods by the kings. Those Christians used to be friendly towards us, but in the beginning we used to hate them, since they were the followers of Jesus. But we were greatly amazed to see their boldness and courage with which they faced their death at the hands of their enemies. They used to gather within the woods to worship Jesus. We used to follow them to spy on them. We were surprised to see their happiness and peace, which we used to see in their faces. Slowly we used to attend their meetings to hear their sermons and participate in their prayers. We wanted to know the secret of their joy. We were wondering, how they could be so happy amidst such great trials. Slowly we realized the truth of salvation through Jesus and came to know the tremendous truth that Jesus was the true Messiah and Saviour, whom the Jews were expecting. Jews were expecting a physical saviour who would deliver them from the Roman Empire. But they did not realize that Jesus came to the earth to redeem them from the clutches of satan, sin and spiritual bondage and death. Thus some of the Jews became Christians and joined the Christian Fellowship. For Christians, they had one group of enemies which was the rulers of the nations. But we

had to face two groups of enemies. They were the rulers as well as our own Jewish people. The non-Christian Jews hated us because we became Christians and we underwent social boycott and we were the outcasts and we were looked down by them. But we had wonderful fellowship with our Christian friends and our loving saviour Jesus was with us and gave us strength to bear the fierce opposition from those two groups. Now you see, Jesus has given us lovely mansions around this beautiful lake. We named this town as ‘Bethlehem’ and the river as ‘river of Jordan’. We call this mountain as ‘Mount Zion’, where we have this magnificent temple similar to the temple on the earth, but much more grand and beautiful than the temple in Jerusalem. Jesus used to visit us often and we used to have an open air worship service over the huge rock near the temple. All our children, youths and adults used to gather for the service.

DAVID : Amma, then John stood up and started talking.

JOHN : We belong to the 19th – 21st centuries and now we are residing in the river side mansions. We feel that it is a great Privilege to meet a group of Christian Jews to whom Jesus belonged. (Immediately they raised their hands and shouted in joy.) You have two types of bonds which bind you with Jesus. While we were saved by the blood of Jesus, you were blood relatives of Jesus and also saved by the blood of Jesus and so you are bonded twice to Him.(Again they raised their hands and shouted in great joy.) Now we are going to sing a psalm of King David ‘The Lord is my shepherd’. We met King David and sang this song before him. We also met King Solomon. DAVID : The speaker then told us that they also had met King David and King Solomon. Then we started singing that song in our usual tune. (Not as an anthem) First John recited the psalm slowly in English. They seemed to understand, since they were nodding their heads with smiles all over their faces. Then we started singing. As soon as we finished, they all stood up, raised their hands and shouted in great appreciation. Then the leader asked them to sing the same psalm and they sang it and it was like a chanting. Then they had a ‘Praising of Jesus’ session, in which we all joined. The service then came to a close and the audience started dispersing. They greeted us in great joy. Some of them took us to the right side of the temple. After some distance, the huge rock ended and there was a shallow valley (gorge) through which a stream was flowing. They called that stream as ‘Kidron’. We walked through the water and reached the other side. They called that mountain as ‘Mount of olives. There were many tall trees. They said that they resembled the olive trees on the earth. We were thrilled to hear the many Biblical names they gave to different parts of their inhabitation. Then we bid them a fond farewell and left those people. Some of them climbed down the mountain and others walked along the two sides of the mountain. Later on we saw bridges over the valleys, connecting all the mountain tops. They also advised us to sail through one of the rivers flowing through a valley and it would take us to another river (parallel to river Jordan) which would lead us to the main river. We came down through the long flight of steps. Amma we could always glide which would be a wonderful experience. Near the bank of the lake, we saw many beautiful round smooth blue black granite pebbles. At once our teenagers rushed there to collect them. Their children, who were playing in the water, also helped us in collecting those stones. Finally all our four

pockets were filled and we came back home. While we were walking along our road, all of us appreciated and congratulated John for his wonderful thoughts and speech he gave in the temple. Our teenagers were sincerely praising him for one moment and then at the next instant started teasing him by calling him John the Baptist. We were laughing all the way back home. Near my home, my teenage friends told me, “David, you are going to tell us a story later on. So don’t forget to come to our place for get together. If you don’t come, we all would dash to your home with great shouts and ammamma would fly from there”. All of us had a good laugh and now I am at home amma. I must go down; otherwise my friends would come rushing. Also sometime Mamu, along with his friends would rush to my room, screaming and shouting to take me out to see what I brought for them. Now he would have known that my four pockets are full of beautiful blue stones. So I can expect him at any moment to come up.

AMMA : David what did you do with the four bouquets you brought home from the American farmer’s colony.

DAVID : I gave one to Palliyadi grandma and I am keeping one in my room. We kept one in our show case downstairs. Mamu would have taken the other one. What a sweet smell coming from those flowers!!

Be happy amma dear ! Bye!

“With His strong and mighty hand, Will the saviour lead us on, To that good and pleasant land, over Jordan? Yes, vine and olive grow, And the brooks and fountain flow, Thirst nor hunger shall we know.”

- Mrs. M.B.C.Blade

CHAPTER 21

WORSHIP SERVICE : AT A STAR SHAPED CHAPEL Date : 13th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of hosts; the whole earth is full of His glory”. Is. 6 : 3 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful service within the worship complex. We walked along the road in the front towards the right of our mansions, turned in the left side road and reached the river and sailed towards the left. Before reaching the auditoriums near the river, we saw a road leading from the river on the right. We stepped down from our boat at that point and walked along that road. The channels of water branching from the river flowed along the two sides of the road. Beyond that, we saw beautiful gardens of flowers in bloom along the banks of the channels. We saw many cross roads with bridges cutting this one. Finally we reached an enormous chapel and we were fascinated by its structural beauty. It was in the shape of an immense star with five cone – shaped wings, (Pentagram). The building was constructed with some kind of transparent material including all its walls and roof. When we walked within, we saw a beautiful altar occupying the front cone – shaped wing of the star. On the other two sides of the cone – shaped wings we saw two large human choirs with their orchestra and the rest of the two cone – wings were filled with seats and in between, there was an entrance and a path – way. We occupied the seats almost at the front. From everywhere we could see the choirs through the transparent walls. The two choirs were singing alternately and we were captivated by their beautiful music. Suddenly we saw a very brilliant white dazzling light coming down over the chapel like a powerful focussing light from above. We all stood up and started praising Jesus, raising our hands and looking above. That light was descending covering the whole area. By that wonderful glowing light, the walls and roof of the chapel started to sparkle with white light. Then Jesus along with a host of angels descended into the chapel. Jesus stood over the altar along with a large group of angels and other angels stood along the glowing walls. Then we sang the grand song of praise “All hail the power of Jesus name” in the tune where “crown Him” was repeated. The two choirs with their full parts led the singing of the whole congregation beautifully. The throne of Jesus was glittering with that same wonderful bright white light. Around Jesus, the light was more intense. Then Jesus started to give His wonderful message.

JESUS : I want to speak about the Holiness of My Father and about the cross. My Father is Holy Holy, Holy. There can be no compromise with sin. You just think about the cross. The upper part of it represents the Holiness of My Father. The two sides of the cross represent His love and righteousness. So to keep up His Holiness, love and righteousness, He sent His only Son to die on the cross to save the human race. So from the upper three sides of the cross, salvation is flowing down the cross to save the souls who are down at the cross clinging to it. So My cross represents My Father’s

Holiness, His Love and His righteousness and salvation. After getting salvation, I want people to grow spiritually. As My Father is perfect, I want you to become perfect. On the earth spiritual growth is retarded by the dark satanic forces. But I am keeping My children on the earth as lights of the world and I want them to realise that My Light can expel the darkness, but the darkness cannot expel the light.

DAVID : Amma then Jesus started His ascension. He was moving upwards with His angels. The glorious light ascended as a cone with Jesus at the apex and the angels, encircling the cone. Finally the marvellous scene disappeared, but we continued our praising for a long time. Then to our great surprise, the two choirs started singing the hymn ‘Holy Holy Holy Lord God Almighty very softly and with great reverence and started leaving the chapel. Two members from each choir joined and walked along the aisle in rows of four, singing that song. It gave us all a glorious and exhilarating, feeling, realizing the Holiness of our Holy Father and beloved Jesus. The whole congregation followed that procession and came out. The multitude dispersed in different directions and some took the front road and went along the cross roads. Finally we also left by the boat and reached our homes, singing songs of praises all along the way. Amma, can you realize the marvellous message of Jesus? Amma, try your best to bring people to the cross, so that they can get salvation and come to this Heaven of light and happiness. Moreover when you face problems and trials, remember it is like travelling through a rugged road. Suppose you are walking along a rough road with sharp stones, ups and downs and you are rushing to board a bus which would take you to our Heavenly Home, you would just rush through the road to catch the bus to reach Home. Please remember this always when you travel through the weary road for a short while which would lead you Home. Amma I am going to take some rest and then I will go down.

Bye amma dear! Holy, Holy, Holy! All the saints adore Thee Casting down their golden crowns, around the glassy sea; Cherubim and seraphim, falling down before thee. Which wert and art, and evermore shall be.

- R. Heber, D.D

CHAPTER 22

VISITING A CALM ISLAND OF PHILANTHROPISTS

Date : 15th September 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M.

“If I take the wings of the morning and dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea Even there thy hand, shall lead me and thy right hand shall hold me”. Ps. 139:9-10 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a sea island. We reached the sea by our usual route and turned left and sailed along its lovely shore. After sailing a long

distance, passing all the familiar places, we saw a strip of wood – land with beautiful flowering trees at the shore. At that point, we turned at right angles towards deep sea, away from the shore. After sailing a long distance, we saw a beautiful island full of flowering trees upto the shore and we didn’t see any rock near the shore. From our boat, the island looked like an enormous bunch of flowers covering a large area. When we went nearer, we saw along the beach many golden pillars connected by thick golden strings, so as to make a golden fence around the island. First we sailed around the island. We couldn’t see anything inside, except the flowering trees. Along the edge of the island the trees were shorter and towards the middle they were taller, so that the island looked like a big bouquet of blossoms. As we were sailing, on the opposite side, we saw a huge golden gate and a road, leading into the island from the sea, There were many lovely boats with cabins. Some were stationary and some were sailing away from the shore. The island was encircled by these boats with cabins. We left our boat near the gate and walked along the road. On both sides we saw elegant golden mansions deep within vast beautiful gardens. There were many rows of tall flowering trees surrounding all the four sides of the gardens, encircling the mansions. We saw one or two persons seated in the garden or on the veranda, reading or just relaxing. In some mansions we could hear soft music coming from some music systems, instrumental or vocal. Otherwise the whole place was very calm and serene. We didn’t see children anywhere. Finally we saw a central garden of exquisite beauty just in front of us and the road ran around the garden splitting into two branches left and right. Inside the garden, we saw an immense library and at its back a lovely grand chapel. First we went into the library, whose walls were made with some kind of transparent material. Around the central hall, there were verandas on all sides with many comfortable seats. We saw some people sitting there and some within the garden. They were reading or writing or just relaxing. There was a wide portico in front of the library building. There we met an English man. He gave the details about the inhabitants of that island. ENGLISH MAN : I am in charge of this library. I help the visitors who come to meet a particular person here. I direct them to that person whom they want to see. People residing in this island are from all over the world, where they led secluded lives. Many of them were spinsters or bachelors who spent their time in prayers, reading and writing. Most of them were very rich people, who helped many charitable organizations, missions, hospitals, Orphanages without revealing their identities (Philanthropists). In their wills also, they left huge amounts to such institutions. Some of these people were not very rich in the world. But they used to help such institutions sacrificially. Now people, who were leaders of such institutions in the world, gather informations about their anonymous donors from the information centres. Then they used to come here to meet them and tell them about the soul – saving ministries they had done with their funds and also the help they were able to give to the poor orphans and sick people. Such people used to come here during the visiting time. These visits used to take place either in their garden or while sailing in their cabin boats. Among the residents of this island there are some catholic priests and nuns as well. You all go and have a look around this lovely place, by walking along the road and if possible go behind one of the mansions and enter the beach. If the front door of a mansion is closed, the inhabitants would have gone out. I will also arrange with somebody to take you all in a cabin – boat to show you many small islands which are used as quiet recreation centres by the residents of this island. DAVID : We thanked him and we started to go around the rest of the island. Behind that library, there was a magnificent golden chapel with many seats and a beautiful altar in the front and at the time of our visit, it was empty. Then we started walking along the left branch of the main road. There also we saw many grand golden mansions. One

mansion was closed and so we walked into the garden silently and went to the back through the network of golden pathways, which led us to the golden railings at the back. When we gave a slight push, a portion of the railing between two pillars moved to stand at right angles from their horizontal position, so as to leave pathways on the two sides of it. So we entered the sea shore and the sight was fascinating amma. There was a narrow strip of shore covered with golden sand (actual gold) and the sea was very shallow near the shore. Also beautiful marble rocks of many colours, were found submerged in the sea. The sea bed was strewn with smooth shining marble and golden pebbles. Our teenagers were jubilant and we advised them not to shout aloud. I went with them within the sea and enjoyed floating and collecting the pebbles. Then my senior friends and I were lying down within the shallow water. Amma it was such a rewarding experience and we were thrilled to be in that place – so calm and serene with flowering trees at the back and the wide golden sea spreading out on all the other sides. After spending a long time there, we walked along the road going around the island and reached the library again. A dark skinned American was waiting for us there and he took us out in his cabin – boat. It was a one room cabin with a single bed, table, chair, books and a music system, within the room, which was surrounded on all sides by open deck with golden railings and decorated with flower pots. We all occupied the seats in front of the cabin and the boat started sailing. He took us around many small beautiful islands with small one room cabins among various types of surroundings like palm trees, forests, rocks with pools or rocky mountains etc . We didn’t enter those islands, but went near them and had a look. Our host told us that the inhabitants of the main island used to go there for spending sometime in reading, writing and to have communion with Jesus. They used to praise Jesus in Heaven instead of their prayers in the world, and thus used to have communion with Him. Finally we thanked him and bid him a fond farewell and started back home. Our teenagers who were silent for a long time, started shouting at the top of their voice and dancing within the boat, as soon as we sailed a long way from the island. We sailed back home singing all along the way. We all brought home two pockets full of golden sand and two pockets full of pebbles. Now I am at home. AMMA : David, what about your study centre? DAVID : Amma, I am continuing my studies. Often I used to attend conferences. Whenever a new doctor comes from the world, we used to have a welcome meeting for him or her. They used to give us news from the world and especially the latest medical advancements of the world. Since our brains are like computers, everything will be recorded in our brains. Some famous medical writers from the study centre immediately take down these speeches and make them as books. Whenever I go there, first I used to go to the information centre to know the special programmes on the list. There will be various types of such conferences going on in different buildings and I used to go to that one which I like best. Amma, what a great privilege! Because I know the limitations of our human brain in the world. I feel so happy about my super brain in Heaven.

Be happy amma dear! Bye! “Take my life and let it be, Consecrated, Lord to Thee; Take my hands and let them move, At the impulse of Thy love”.

- Frances R. Haver Gal

CHAPTER 23

VISITING THE HOLY MOUNTAIN AND THE HOLY PEOPLE

Date : 17th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father”. Mat. 13 : 43 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now we returned home. We walked along the road in our front towards the left of our mansions, turned on the right side road, reached the river and from there sailed towards the right. After crossing the familiar sights we came to a place containing lofty mountain ranges. After sailing some distance, we saw a branch on the left side of the river flowing through the same type of mountain ranges and we turned in it. After passing some distance we saw a very wonderful sight. The top of the mountain range on the left was shining as the glowing sun in magnificent beauty. There were many small water falls, in which water was rippling down from the top. Those streams were also sparkling like molten silver at the top. Only when the flowing stream came down, we could see that it was water. We saw the same resplendent mountain range and shining streams all along the way. Finally another magnificent mountain range rose sheer up into the sky just in front of us and the river turned at right angles towards the right at the foot of that mountain range. At that place we saw very broad golden steps starting from the river and leading to the heights above. As we climbed up and up, we could see the glorious brill iant white light coming down from the top. As we reached the summit, the sight we saw there was glorious and marvellous. Amma, I grope for words to describe its glory. Afterwards we learnt that the whole mountain was called the ‘holy mountain’ and the city was called the ‘holy city’.

Wherever we looked we saw the same dazzling brill iant white light. The roads, the huge mansions, the gardens and every thing around them were radiating that, bril liant white light. Amma I don’t know the nature and the source of that light radiating from that mountain top. Since the gardens were bathed in that dazzling white light, we couldn’t see any other colour. Even our hair, dress and faces were radiating that glowing light and we found it difficult to recognize one another. Then we walked along that road, which led us straight to a magnificent round chapel with a very large tower in the shape of a cone, which started from the roof of the chapel. The whole structure was in blazing white radiance. We took off our shoes and entered the chapel. The altar was in a semi circle with many people standing there. I think that there were white thrones at the back, but we couldn’t see them clearly, since the dazzling light was more intense within. The people on the stage and the audience were praising the Lord so loudly and with such

power that it was a new experience to us. We went and stood at the back of the audience and we watched the praising session with awe.

Then a person moved forward from the crowd standing on the altar, and we heard a loud voice announcing, “John the Baptist”. We didn’t know who spoke those words and we were stunned. Then the great prophet John the Baptist led the praising session. He shouted, “Narrower the way on the earth, greater is the reward in Heaven. Heaviest the cross on the earth, most glorious is the reward in Heaven.” Between each sentence, there was a praising session which went on with tremendous power. Then another person stepped forward and a voice announced, “Apostle Paul”. He also led the praising session using words almost of the same meaning as before. Then came the great disciple Apostle peter and so on. Because they were all enveloped in that glorious light, we couldn’t distinguish their individual features. Later on we learnt that it was the abode of the Disciples and Apostles of Jesus who died as martyrs and the multitude of the audience were the disciples of those holy Men. Those people came there from other parts of Heaven, to take part in that great praising session. It was going on and on. After a long time we came out silently and started walking back holding our hands. On our way, we saw many groups of people going towards the chapel. One group, coming just in front of us, stopped and asked us why we were returning without taking part in the holy procession which would be followed after the praising session. They only gave us all the information about the whole group residing there. They said, “Only those Disciples who died as Martyrs are residing here. Others are their disciples. They have come here to join the praising session in the chapel and then the wonderful praising procession which will be led by the great Holy Men. After going around the holy city, the followers used to gather in different mansions of these Disciples who used to preach about many wonderful miraculous incidents which took place during the Ministry of Jesus and also later during their own ministry. Some of these incidents are written in the Bible and others are not in the Bible”. We told them, “We are a group of youth. We are just visiting this place and we will not be able to join the procession this time. We’ll stand somewhere and watch the wonderful scene.” Then the group passed by and walked steadily forward. On our way we saw many such groups going towards the chapel. Then we came to the cross road, which would lead us to the river. There we stood along the edge of the road. Amma, all along the way we were holding our hands because we couldn’t withstand the intense glory. It was also a new awe – inspiring experience for us. We waited there for sometime and then we saw the glorious crowd coming from the chapel as a very long procession led by the holy men of God. Amma, the whole place rang with their shouts of triumphant praise and joy. They were shouting uniformly with great power and exhilaration. We felt a thrill passing through us and our hearts welled up with praise. After the very long procession passed us, we turned back and walked along the road, climbed down those broad golden steps. We sailed in our boat silently but with great joy in our hearts. While walking on the road towards our homes, we started singing songs like ‘Holy, Holy, Holy, lord God Almighty’ and also ‘Holy, Holy Holy is the Lord, sing O ye people gladly adore him’ (S. S. 223) with all four parts. Finally we

reached home. On the way we decided to form small groups to visit all the houses in our colony and tell them about this wonderful place, so that, we, along with our adult members can visit this holy mountain to take part in the service, the procession and also to visit the holy men in their mansions to hear them speaking about our beloved Jesus. Amma, we felt that as a small youth group, we dare not take part in that worship. We felt inadequate to join that group without our adult members. But we must visit that holy city of dazzling light with all our adults, by all means. Amma, if the abode of the Disciples of Jesus is so glorious, how will be the abode of Jesus!! We cannot even imagine the infinite glory, splendour and grandeur of the abode of our beloved Jesus!! Amma, a few girls would come now to call me so that our group would visit about ten houses assigned to us. I’ll take some rest and start our visit.

Be happy amma dear! Bye!

The eternal gifts of Christ the king, The Apostles’ glory, let us sing; And all with hearts of gladness raise Due hymns of thankful love and praise. For they the church’s Princes are Triumphant Leaders in the war, In heavenly courts a warrior band,. True lights to lighten every land.

- Unknown

CHAPTER 24

WORSHIP SERVICE AT A CHAPEL OVER A MOUNTAIN TOP

Date : 19th September 2004 Time : 11.10 P.M. “Well done, good and faithful servant, you have been faithful over a little, I will set you over much; enter into the joy of your master”. Mat. 25 : 21 DAVID : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road towards the right of our mansions, turned left, reached the river and sailed towards the left. After crossing the worship complex we turned left and sailed straight and steadily forward a long distance. After crossing all the familiar sites, a mountain rose in inspiring grandeur and beauty just in front of us and the river turned to the right at the foot of the mountain. We stopped there to admire the beauty of the mountain. It abounds in a torrent of sparkling waterfalls, starting from different levels of the mountain almost from the top set amidst many flights of golden steps. They looked like streams of molten gold reflecting the golden light of Heaven. On the top we could see a beautiful garden of blossoms in bloom and a huge golden

auditorium glittering in the golden light. There was a circular mountain range containing about eight magnificent mountains and valleys, surrounding this central mountain. There was a wide stretch of water between the central mountain and the other mountains. We could see spiral pathways winding up from the golden water way through the slopes of those mountains studded with lovely mansions. Many mountains were covered with beautiful flowering trees, with different coloured flowers at different levels. Since the trees were not very closely planted, we caught glimpses of the mansions and pathways clearly. Some mountains were looking very grand with golden mansions perched on the different levels of its slopes in the midst of beautiful green pine like trees (cone shaped). It was a realm of indescribable beauty since all the mountains looked so lovely covered with flower-laden trees, pathways and elegant mansions. First we turned left from the river and sailed along the golden waterway near the mountain range enjoying the beauty of that place. Then we sailed around and came to the river from where we turned left. We stepped down from our boat and started climbing the golden steps. There were many such steps around the mountain in between falls. Going up was a very pleasant experience. The whole area was filled with the music of the murmuring sound of the falls and lullaby of the streams. On our way up, there were small platforms in the middle of the steps and there we could stand and look at the heart capturing beauty of the surrounding. Finally we reached the summit and we stopped in amazement at the splendid gardens which were blooming with blossoms of different colours. There was a network of pathways in between the different flower gardens with fountains of fine spray of water everywhere. As we stood near the golden railings at the edge of the mountain top, with the waterway sparkling below, we saw the white-robed throng coming up through the many golden steps around the mountain and even that was a splendid sight. There we met a group of people who gave us details about the inhabitants of that place. GROUP OF PEOPLE : People from different nations of the world are living on these mountains. Mostly they belong to the various European nations of the 18th – 20th centuries. There are all sorts of professionals like engineers medical professionals and others. There are preachers, musicians and also some great Missionaries like Hudson Taylor, David Livingston and many more. During the time of work, most of us leave for our places of work or study centres. Mothers used to collect small children and teenagers to visit the recreation complex. This is our time of rest and worship. Since Jesus is going to come, all the inhabitants will gather at the auditorium for the worship service. DAVID : Then we all went within the auditorium. We also saw hosts of angels descending over the square auditorium which had four towers at the four corners. Inside we saw a long stage in the front and a large number of

seats were arranged in several rows facing the stage. In the front, near the stage, seats were arranged from the two extreme ends facing each other. The front, below the stage was occupied by a large crowd of children with flowers. The whole auditorium, the stage and the step leading to the stage were decorated with gorgeous flowers. The auditorium itself looked like a beautiful garden. A human choir was at the extreme left with their own orchestra. On the stage we saw hosts of angels with their golden instruments occupying the right, left and the back, encircling a beautiful golden throne at the centre. Since the stage was bathed in a bright golden radiance, the angels looked golden.

The human choir with their orchestra was singing beautiful songs and anthems in different European languages. We went and sat almost at the front of the golden auditorium with a sloping roof. Suddenly we heard the tremendous sound of flowing water at the top of the auditorium along with a very sweet music. Immediately the hosts of angels within the auditorium started singing with their golden instruments. At that instant Jesus descended on the stage with his hands extended over us, along with a host of angels. At once all of us stood up raised our hands and started praising Jesus, who was seated on the beautiful throne. The flowing garment of Jesus was glittering in that golden light. Then we all sang a praising song in different languages. Then Jesus stood up, extended His hands and gave the following marvellous message.

JESUS : Peace be unto you. As mentioned in the Bible, My children in Heaven are serving the Lord in different fields. Heaven is our permanent everlasting residence where we are going to spend Eternity in perfect happiness, serving the Lord. Earthly life is only a very short period of training for this Heavenly abode and to serve the Lord. Before you enter into any service in the government, army or any other endeavour on earth, you have to undergo a short, strenuous difficult training. So also before joining the great service and wonderful life in Heaven, one has to undergo the short training period on the earth. So My Father, according to His perfect will, recruit people from the training camp, whenever He needs them, from all age groups. As on the earth, we also need children, teenagers, youth, young people, people in the prime of their life, adults and older people in Heaven too. Children are the joy of Heaven. Teenagers and youth bring happiness to Heaven. Sometime, My children are called earlier to Heaven and they will continue their training in Heaven. Adults, who are almost completing their short training period on the earth, should always remember that their aim in life on the earth is to undergo their training and also to save as many souls as possible for the wonderful life and service in Heaven. I am happy to see many Missionaries here who saved thousands of souls for Me during their earthly life. Everyone here had a part of that service of winning souls for Me

while on the earth – the short training period. At the same time, My children on the earth are grieved when their children, loved ones, husband, wife, sisters, brothers, parents are called to our permanent home in Heaven. I know their agony because I was once on the earth and that is why I sent “The Comforter” to be with them to comfort them and guide them. Our final goal is to bring as many souls as possible to this wonderful, permanent Home to live forever with the Lord in perfect happiness and to serve the Lord. DAVID : Amma, as soon as the message of Jesus was over, all of us stood up and started praising him. Immediately the angels started singing, and the marvellous ascension of Jesus took place with the singing angels. It looked as though a golden wall was moving upwards and we were praising Jesus in great joy. When this great divine scene disappeared, the children left their flowers on the steps of the stage and streamed out with great shouts of joy. The choir started singing again. Finally all of us came out. As usual we enjoyed looking at the beautiful sight of the people descending through the various long flights of steps entering the waterway, which they crossed by boats or by swimming. We saw children playing in the water at different levels of the falls. Finally we sailed back home joyfully. Now I am in my room talking to you. Amma, what a wonderful message Jesus gave to all of us. Amma, be consoled by this message. I am called home according to the perfect will of our Father to serve Him and to continue my training. The training period on the earth may be difficult to the children of Jesus. But remember that it is always short. Please convey my love to periamma who has a difficult training period on the earth, so also for you and appa. Don’t be discouraged because the great comforter is always with you. Jesus has a definite plan for Thuthie annan and Jeba annan to get a perfect training in the world and also to serve Him. One day all of you will be here in Heaven, our permanent, joyful Home to serve the Lord for ever. Now you try to save as many souls as possible for Jesus. Amma, I am going down to tell everything to ammamma.

Bye Amma Dear!

“The thorns in my path are not sharper Than composed His crown for me: The cup that I drink nor more bitter Than He drank in Gethsemane. The cross is not greater than His grace. The storm cannot hide His blessed face”.

- Com. Ballington Booth

CHAPTER 25

MEETING CHILDREN, THEIR LANGUAGE TEACHERS AND MISSIONARIES

Date : 21st September 2004 Time : 11.10 P.M.

“And He gave some, apostles, and some prophets and some Evangelist and some pastors and teachers, for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifyin of the body of Christ”. Eph. 4 : 12, 13

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now I returned home. My friends and I sailed along the river touching our rear gardens, towards the right of our mansions. Then we entered one of the familiar branches on the left side of this river. On our way, we saw a branch on the right side of the river and turned in it. This River was fenced in on both sides by beautiful flowering trees. The blossoms on both sides seemed to beckon us to see their different colours and beauty as our boat approached different sections. Then we saw different sections of many types of fruit-laden trees on both sides with luscious fruits. Then came the region of flowering plants. We sailed on enjoying those beautiful sights. This river then joined another river which was flowing at right angles to this one. At that point of joining, we cut across that river, pushed forward through a channel and entered a very beautiful immense circular pond encircled by vast gardens, surrounding huge mansions. Afterwards we came to know that there were three sets of mansions constructed in three concentric circles around that pond. Branches of the river ran in circles in between those immense circles of mansions. Many channels of water connected the pond at the centre and the rivers running behind those mansions. While sailing along the pond, we noticed that in front of some of those three – storeyed mansions grew lovely palm trees and in others, trees laden with many kinds of flowers. In every mansion we could see a circle of seats under a tree in the lawn. In some mansions, there were vast green lawns with a large number of seats. At the centre of the pond, there were many golden marble rocks – many visible over the surface of the pond and some just submerged in water. The bed of the pond also contained such golden marble rocks. We haven’t seen such beautiful intense golden colour anywhere else before. First we thought that they were real gold. Only when we took a stone and examined it, we found that it was slightly transparent like a usual marble stone. Within the pond we saw a large crowd of children from all races of the world. Some were floating

upon or swimming in the water and some were sailing in small one – seater boats. Many were collecting marble stones from the bed of the pond and building toy castles on the flat rocks. Some were building dams over the slightly submerged rocks with marble stones and allowed the water to flow through an opening in their leaky dams. Our teenagers were just thrilled to see so many children and so they jumped out from our boat and joined them in their play. They also started collecting those glistening golden marble stones from the pond – bed. I told them to collect only the smaller ones. I also collected and My four pockets were full of stones for Mamu. Our teenagers started entertaining the children with their funny songs and acts. Amma, they are really talented. You must hear them making sounds like different animals and also they used to walk like animals with their hands and legs. They are really marvellous. The children shouted with joy. Then we sat on the rocks, dangling our feet within the golden waters and started singing. By hearing our songs many adults from the gardens waved to us. Finally we got into our boat along with the large crowd of children shouting with joy. We sailed across the ponds and reached a mansion. All the mansions were built by that beautiful golden marble stones. In that mansion we were received by a white man who spoke English. But he didn’t mention his nationality. He took us all and the children to his lovely lawn with many seats arranged in circles and we all occupied those seats. Then he started telling about the inhabitants of that colony. He said that Missionaries and teachers from all over the world lived in that colony, with their families. HOST : In this colony, there are many children from the mission fields in which the missionaries worked on the earth and these children live with the families of these missionaries and also with other families residing in this place. There are about one thousand children in this colony of mansions, which are built in three immense concentric circles around the pond. Here we are teaching the children to read in their native language if the missionary knows that language. Otherwise he, along with helpers teaches the children the mother tongue of the missionary. We are teaching about thirty five languages in this colony. The classes used to be conducted under the trees in the beautiful soft lawn. There is one director for one language with a few teachers. Each teacher is in charge of a few children who have been divided into different grades. We teach them to read the Bible Story picture books. This is the time of recreation. Then they will have a time of rest and afterwards comes their study time. Some teachers and pupils come from other parts of Heaven

also. In the same way some of our adults and youth go to different places in Heaven, where they are involved in their own work of interest. DAVID : Then John introduced each and every one of us. When he introduced me as a Tamil speaking Indian, the host asked me whether I could teach Tamil to their Tamil speaking children. I told him that since I had to attend classes in the Medical study centre regularly, I would ask my grandpa Solomon who was a great Tamil scholar to go there occasionally to help the Tamil teachers. He was much pleased. He said that they were teaching Hindi also. Then they noted down the names of our teenagers and the languages they knew. Our teenagers were willing to go there and help them. We then sang many choruses in Tamil, English, French and other known languages and they enjoyed it well. Then they served us grapes like fruits which were deep reddish violet in colour and larger than ours on the earth. They also gave us many fruit – laden branches with leaves. Their youth and children used to collect them from their mansions and also from the fruit gardens we saw on our way, on both sides of the river. They then took us to the ground floor of the mansion to show us the large library which was full of Bible story picture books of one language, which they taught in that unit. They kept the children’s study material in other rooms. The first floor was for their adults and youths. The second floor was for their children. Almost all the mansions were like that with libraries containing books of different languages, which they taught their children in their respective units. The children then kept those fruit-laden branches in our boat. We thanked them and bid them a fond farewell and started sailing through the channel to the next river. That river also contained the same kind of golden marble rocks and children were playing near them. Our teenagers collected many bigger marble stones all along our way and put them in our boat. It was really tempting to collect them since they looked so beautiful amma. All our four pockets were full of the smaller ones. We sailed around those rivers encircling all their mansions. At the extreme back, we saw a lovely wood with many flowering trees and seats underneath. There we saw many adults seated in arm – chairs reading or relaxing. We saw many groups of youth singing, playing their musical instruments. They all waved to us and finally we sailed back and reached home. There we were received by our children who were shouting in great joy. They helped us to carry the fruits and marble stones to the museum site. I came home with my four pockets full of pebbles for Mamu. AMMA : David, periamma gave some cash for printing the II volume of your book. DAVID : Poor periamma! how much she is giving to Jesus and for me, from her meagre income!! Amma, please thank periamma immensely in the name of Jesus and on my behalf. Definitely her reward in Heaven will be great. Please convey my great affection and love to her. Amma, you must realise the will of Jesus now. Before volume I books are given out, Jesus has started collecting funds for the II volume. So don’t get discouraged. Jesus will guide you wonderfully and perfectly. AMMA : Daivd, we had a free medical camp at Aruthalpuram church. Angeline, Abranam and your great friend Basupathy helped us in treating the patients.

DAVID : Please thank all of them for their service to Jesus and to the poor sick people. Jesus will reward them for their service. How is my dearest friend Basu? Has he put on more weight? I think he must have!! Amma, please convey my love to him. Jesus will definitely save him and after completing all his service in the world, I am sure that Jesus will bring him to Heaven and I am sure of meeting him here in Heaven.

Bye amma! “There is a home for little children, Above the bright blue sky; Where Jesus reigns in Glory, A Home of peace and joy No home on earth is like it, Nor can with it compare, For everyone is happy, Nor could be happier there”.

- Albert Midlane

CHAPTER 26

VISITING AMERICAN PRESIDENTS, POLITICIANS AND SECURITY OFFICERS

Date : 23rd September 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M.

“Make a joyful noise to God all the earth; sing the glory of His name; Give to Him glorious praise !” Ps. 66 : 1, 2

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. Since the way was long, it took us a longer time to reach home. We sailed along the river touching our rear gardens, towards the left of our mansions, reached the lake and again entered the next river. We sailed straight in that river without turning to the left side branch which would lead us to the sea. After crossing many familiar sights, we saw from a distance the golden walls of a magnificent city, glittering, touching the river. When we sailed nearer we found a branch on the left side of our river, running along one side of the golden wall, while the main river flowed along touching the adjacent wall. From that point we could see the two massive walls, but not their ends. They were so long. Then we turned in the left side branch and sailed a long distance along the golden wall. There were many golden steps leading from the river to the city all along the gaps in the wall. When we saw a huge gate, we stepped down from our boat and climbed up the steps and entered that ‘golden City’. The golden road was very broad with many side branches on the left and right. The side pathways were laid with bright red marble tiles and they looked like grand red carpets. Amma I just cannot explain in words the beauty of the vast gardens, within which we saw magnificent mansions of exquisite beauty, backed by green woods with tall flowering trees. Inside the gardens there were networks of pathways winding

within the green lawns and different sections of the gardens, which were blooming with blossoms of different delicate colours and varieties. We saw some men in some kind of uniform walking here and there. We walked straight and reached a two- storeyed auditorium standing in imposing grandeur. It was made with white marble stones decorated with gold in abundance. A worship service was going on in the ground floor. Behind the altar, the wall was curved, so that the stage was in a half- moon shape, and it was decorated with very attractive flower arrangements. Inside the hall there were many beautiful seats arranged in rows with a central passage. In the front, on the two sides, the seats were arranged side wise in such a way that they were facing each other. On the left we saw a large male choir along with a grand orchestra and the choir sang with four parts. All of them were dressed in some kind of rich uniform. At the back also, most of the seats were occupied with men and some women in uniform. On the stage a preacher was standing and a praising session was going on. They were all raising their hands and praising our Triune God. In the front on the right side, the seats were occupied by men, who looked like great leaders with dignified countenance. In the front we saw many women and there were some empty seats near them and so we walked silently and occupied those seats. We also stood up and joined in their praising session. From the words of their praises, we realized that they were Americans. The preacher praised the Lord for their great American nation, the Pilgrim Fathers and for their country whose foundation was Christ, the solid rock. He also praised the Lord since their motto was ‘In God we trust’. Among the leaders I was able to recognize the great American President “Abraham Lincoln’. Our teenagers were whispering the names of many other great Presidents of America who were real Christians. Afterwards we came to know that there were many American Presidents who had great faith in God, members of the Senate, heads of American armed forces- the army, the navy and the air-force- and their members. The members of the choir and the orchestra also belonged to the armed forces. After the praising session, the choir with the orchestra sang a song of Praise and then all the congregation joined with them in singing the praising song “Praise my soul the king of Heaven…..Praise Him, Praise Him (2) Praise the everlasting king”. Amma the music poured forth so wonderfully that we were enraptured with enthusiasm and joined the jubilant singing. Then again they had a praising session followed by a song of praise. Like that it was going on for sometime and then the service came to a close. Finally the orchestra played the thrilling tune of the song, “Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord” beautifully and they started marching out. The orchestra was in the front followed by the choir members. Then the leaders went followed by the women and finally, the men at the back marched out. We came out last and saw the wonderful marching group walking along the main road. The leaders and the women in small groups turned in the side pathways on the left and right. But the marching group, along with the band walked

straight with some people behind them. Later we learnt that they would march through all the main roads around the city, while the leaders and the women would go to their respective mansions all along the way. Afterwards the members of the orchestra would go back to the auditorium, leave the instruments there and then only they would disperse. We saw some ladies entering the first pathway on the left and were seated within the garden. We followed them. Seeing us, they invited us to join them. We went there and occupied the beautiful seats arranged in circles on a lovely velvety lawn. John introduced each one of us – our names and our nationality. One lady gave us the following details about their city. LADY : In this city, there are hundreds of mansions, occupied by the great Presidents, leaders of the State and the armed forces of America and they belong to the 18th – 20th centuries. This service was mainly meant for adults. We used to have such services for our youth and children separately. There is an immense lawn with a stage behind the auditorium, where we used to have worship services when Jesus comes. Also, along the river, farther away from our city, we have a recreation complex, where we have separate sections for our children, youth and adults. There are libraries and quiet places for writers, poets and painters. There are play grounds, musical halls etc. From the Americans who come from the earth often, we used to gather news about America, its present political and religious conditions. We are sad to know that the religious faith in God is decreasing generation after generation. At the same time we are happy to know that great Evangelical groups are involved in ministries for Jesus all over the world. All our children and youth are now in the recreation centres, involved in various activities in which they are interested. DAVID : Then we thought of singing a few songs for them. We stood in two rows. I helped our girls to take the treble starting note to sing the song,’ The Lord is my shepherd’ in our usual tune. While trebles were humming their note the alto, tenor and bass took their notes. Then I started the song and joined the tenor. Amma, we sang beautifully. As soon as we finished, there was a great shout of appreciation from those ladies. They asked us to sing some more songs. We sang some choruses and finally we sang the anthem ‘king of kings’ which I directed. As soon as we finished, the ladies rushed to us. One of them hugged me saying “David, it is wonderful, wonderful. All Indians should feel proud of you, so also your parents, who are privileged to have such a wonderful talented son like you”. At the same time my friends gave marvellous reports about me. John said, “Only after David came to Heaven, he organized a choir for us”. Even our teenagers told them, “David is a perfectionist and he takes great pains to teach us songs and makes us to sing repeatedly so that we become thorough”. Amma, I am so happy

to have such loving friends and also, you think about the great privileges I am enjoying in Heaven. The ladies also said that our voices blended perfectly and that our way of singing was superb. They invited us to participate in their youth meeting and we promised to do that with all our musical instruments. We also told them about Steve, our band director. I told them that our teenagers were highly talented in entertaining the children with their funny songs and actions and so we were invited to conduct meetings for their children too. Finally we bid them a fond farewell and left that place. They advised us to go along the river and have a look at their recreation centres from our boat. So we entered our boat and sailed straight and after passing the golden city, we saw many branches of the river on the right and left making huge sections in between the branches. In each section we saw a small hill, on top of which was a huge building. Winding pathways were going up, around the slopes of the hills, studded with many small guest mansions. In one section, there were many children parks, ponds, small water falls etc and we saw a large number of children there. One section had play grounds for youth. From one centre we heard the sound of music. In some sections, we saw adults sitting in the garden reading, relaxing or painting. They told us that if we went straight the river would lead us to the vast ocean. We didn’t go that far. After looking at some sections on both sides from our boat itself, we returned home. The journey took a long time and just now we reached home. Now I am going down to tell everything to ammamma.

Be happy amma dear ! Bye

“Onward, then Ye faithful, join our happy, throng, Blend with ours, your voices in the triumph song; Glory, laud and honour, unto Christ the king This thro’ countless ages Men and angels sing. Onward Christian Soldiers! Marching as to war, With the cross of Jesus Going on before.”

- S.Baring – Gould

CHAPTER 27

WORSHIP SERVICE ALONG WITH MOUNTAIN TRIBES FROM AFRICA

Date : 25th September 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “Blessed are the poor in spirit, For theirs is the Kingdom of Heaven”. Mat. 5 : 3

DAVID : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service and just now we returned home. My friends and I walked along our road in the front towards the left of our mansions, turned to the road on the right, reached the river and sailed towards the left. We had a very long pleasant journey passing all the familiar sites. Then we saw a huge lofty mountain, touching the river at the left. It was completely covered with the thick green foliage of the forest, except a place from where a huge falls was flowing down with immense beauty and roaring sound. The water fell on the rocks at the base and made a fine spray over a large space around it and our boat sailed under the spray. Just opposite to the mountain, we saw a branch of the river flowing towards the right and we entered it, after enjoying the splendour of the scene of falling water, foam and spray, for some time. This river was fenced in on both sides by very dense forests backed by lofty mountains. The outline of the mountains was faintly discernible because of the elevation. Otherwise they were thickly covered with dark green of the woods. On our left, the dense veil of the wood was torn aside to reveal many sparkling water falls and we enjoyed the lovely music of those falls as they carolled over their rocky beds. No other sound disturbed the silence of nature and we sailed amidst the thick forest. Our teenagers, as usual started teasing John, telling “John, this time you are really leading us through the denseness of the bush into some great unknown jungle”. Amma, John is really a nice person. He just smiles and enjoys the comments of his dear friends. We sailed a long distance through this thick jungle and it was a new thrill ing experience to us. Finally we saw a huge mountain, flat at the top, completely covered with the same type of forest of wild trees on its entire slope. On the top we saw an immense golden auditorium with a central tall tower glittering in the golden light. When we went near the mountain, we saw the river branching and going around it. We also saw a flight of golden steps leading to the top. That mountain was surrounded on all sides by rivers and beyond that we saw stretches of plains backed by mountains, just covered with thick forest. We left our boat, climbed up through those steps. When we reached the summit, the sight was of wondrous beauty. The immense auditorium stood in great splendour, surrounded by wild flowers of exquisite beauty and of various delicate shades. Looking from this mountain, we could see nothing

but forests every where. Later on, we came to know that there were thousands of mansions, completely covered by the thick green foliage of those forests. While we were enjoying this beautiful view, we saw numerous boats emerging from the edge of the forest carrying people towards this mountain. They seemed to emerge from nowhere. The occupants of the boats were mainly dark skinned people and children, with a few white men, women and children. As they started climbing through the many flights of steps around this mountain, to our surprise, they started playing their native drums rhythmically. After reaching the top, the children started plucking the beautiful wild flowers on their way to the auditorium. At the same time hosts and hosts of angels started descending over the auditorium. It was a very beautiful sight. We saw a brilliant white cloud just emerging from the back of the mountain and then it turned out to be a host of shining angels with their golden musical instruments. The auditorium was in an oval shape with many doors in the front and the two sides. People were entering it through these doors and after some time, we also went in through a door on the right side. People were sitting on the floor. On the left side we saw many people playing the drums uniformly and a few white men seemed to direct them, A large crowd of children were sitting in the front with their hands full of lovely wild flowers.

The angels were softly playing their musical instruments, which blended well with the beating of the drums. Suddenly we saw a flash of intense white light emerging through the front door. First a group of angels came in, playing their musical instruments. Then Jesus came in with a magnificent broad sweet smile in His divine face and a radiant white light was radiating from Him. The angels, who came in, joined the other angels standing on the huge stage and started singing softly, some songs of praise. As soon as Jesus came in, the whole audience knelt down with great reverence and looking at Jesus with immense happiness and adoration. Jesus walked very, very slowly extending His hands over the people and blessing them with love. The people seated near the central passage, tried to reach out to touch his hands or His dress in great reverence. Their faces beamed with intense joy. Jesus spent sometime, reaching out His hands over the people with tender smiles. While He crossed the children’s section, they threw the flowers over the pathway. It reminded us the entry of Jesus into Jerusalem riding on a colt when the children shouted ‘Hossannah’ and the people spread branches of trees on His path. Finally Jesus entered the stage and extended His hands over the whole audience and said, “I bless you My children. I love you My children”. Amma, we also knelt down to receive Jesus. The people were in the kneeling posture with great reverence, throughout the whole service. The audience was praising Jesus in their native language with great joy and reverence. Then they all sang a song of praise with the accompaniment of their drums and angel’s orchestra. Then Jesus gave His marvellous message.

JESUS : I love you all My children. While I was on the earth, I Preached, “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of Heaven”. (Mat.5:3). I want to repeat the same words now, since I spoke those words ‘Poor in spirit’ for people like you. You have child like faith in Me and that is why you all are in Heaven. We have great intellectuals in the world. Among them many intellectuals are My children who are using their intelligence and their scientific inventions and technology in spreading the Gospel. I am very happy about them. But many intellectuals, because of their worldly knowledge are going away from Me and My Father. They don’t believe in the wonderful creation of My mighty Father and also they find it hard to believe My salvation at the cross. But when you heard about My salvation, which I purchased at the cross, you all accepted Me as your saviour and that is why I preached ‘Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of Heaven’. When I was on the earth I said something about the rich people. It is extremely difficult for them to enter into Heaven since they depend on their riches alone. The same thing is applicable to many of the intellectuals in the world. At the same time, I want to thank these Missionaries who left their native countries and their comforts to bring the light of My salvation to you. I can compare them with Me. I left the glory and light of this wonderful Heaven to go to the earth to remove the darkness of the world and to save the human race from eternal death. In the same way many of My children left their happy homes and countries to bring the light to your places in the world. I see a group of My beloved children here (looking at us) and I am happy for their ministry and I bless them. I call you ‘My children’ since you have the child like faith in Me.

DAVID : Amma, as soon as Jesus finished His message, the angels started singing along with their musical instruments. Jesus started His slow ascension, extending both His hands over us all, saying,

“I love you My children. I bless you My children”.

Amma, Jesus always used the word ‘children’ throughout His message. The angels followed Him. Finally the whole divine group left the auditorium. Then one of the white men, a Missionary came to the stage and addressed the audience.

MISSIONARY : We see a group of young people among us. I invite them to the stage and you all welcome them.

DAVID : Amma, immediately we heard the very quick beating of their drums. They all raised their hands in great joy. We all stood on the stage and John introduced all of us. Then the Missionary gave us details about those people.

MISSIONARY : The audience belong to the mountain tribes of Africa, where we went to spread the Gospel. Though our families and we are living

in beautiful mansions in different parts of Heaven, we all come here with our families to meet Jesus. Otherwise we, the Missionaries used to come here, spend most of our time with them, teaching scripture to both adults and children.

DAVID : Then he asked us to sing some songs. While he was talking, we were seated on the floor of the stage. Then we stood up and sang many choruses in English with quick music. The fascinating thing was that we sang to the accompaniment of their drums in perfect harmony!! Then the Missionary called the other Missionaries and their families to the stage and he introduced all of them. They also sang some choruses in English. Two of them were familiar to us.__ ‘I have decided to follow Jesus’ and ‘wide wide as the ocean’. As soon as we all finished singing, the audience showed their appreciation by beating their drums very fast, with a shout of joy. Then the meeting came to a close.

Three of those Missionaries asked us to accompany them to see the mansions of those people which were completely hidden within the forest. We all came out. Those people were climbing down through the six flights of steps and sailing in different directions and that was also a beautiful sight, as seen from the summit. The Missionaries then took us down through a flight of steps and all of us sailed along with many natives in one of their boats and reached one part of the forest. When we landed we saw a network of golden pathways, leading us within the interior and also to their beautiful mansions with sloping roofs at different levels. While going, the Missionaries told us about their work on the earth. MISSIONARY : When we entered the villages of these people on the earth, first the natives used to be very suspicious about us. Then they realized that we were friendly people only and we had no intention of doing them any harm. When we told them about Jesus, His love and His Power and when they got deliverances from the evil spirits and diseases they accepted Jesus enmasse. All the villagers got converted because of their child like faith. We couldn’t teach them to read or write because their I.Q. was very low. But we used to tell Bible stories with the help of Bible story books. They built a huge worship place in their own native way and also small dwelling places for us. They did their best. Every evening we used to have prayers in the worship place. But we lost many of our children and loved ones due to many kind of diseases prevalent in those mountains. Now we have joined our loved ones and our dear children with immense joy. What a blessing!! Those people were self sufficient in food, since they cultivated their own food grains. We then taught them carpentry and we found them to be very talented in that work. They used to make many articles in wood with delicate artistic work. We used to send those things to our native countries and in return brought clothes and medicines and other useful things for them and thus uplifted them economically and socially as well. There were some medical Missionaries also among us.

DAVID : John, then introduced me as a medical student dedicated to go as a medical missionary to one of the most backward states in India. The missionaries were greatly surprised, shook hands with me saying, “We can’t understand the will of our Father in taking away David from the world before he started his missionary work”. Then they took us to a small workshop where they were making many different wooden handi-crafts, like elephants, toy boats, and toy houses in wood of various colours. Those articles were of different sizes and types. They were using gold for the tusks of the elephants and precious stones for their eyes. They were using gold and precious stones only in apt places here and there and the articles were looking very beautiful. By that time a large crowd of children and adults gathered there and they followed us. They were very happy to give us whatever things we liked. The missionary told us that they used to take those articles to the shopping complexes along with some native men and used to bring gold ribbons, precious stones and other articles they needed from the shopping complexes. Our teenagers selected three huge elephants in three different coloured wood – white, black, and reddish brown. Their small miniature houses were very, very beautiful and cute. They were new to us. So they tied many of them in bunches using golden ribbons. Our girls collected many other smaller items and filled their pockets and some carried them in their hands. I collected some small elephants in different colours and also some small boats. The carvings on the sides of the boats were just beautiful and wonderful. Finally we parted from them with a fond farewell. They were beating their drums quickly to express their happiness. I think that it was their way of welcoming or greeting their guests. We then shook hands with the Missionaries and thanked them profusely for their love and affection. We also shook hands with the natives and started our journey. Some of their children and men accompanied us in one of their boats. They carried all our presents and kept them in our boat. We parted from them with a fond farewell and started back home joyfully. On the way itself, my friends gave me two toy houses and got a promise from me to join them near the museum, for distributing the presents to the children and to our friends. At home I didn’t see ammamma or Mamu.

Amma, now I am going straight to the museum. I am sure, the children group would have gone there seeing all the things we brought. We are planning to keep the three big elephants (about one foot tall) in the museum and also some of the toy houses. We’ll distribute the other articles, to our friends.

Be happy amma dear. Bye! “Coming, coming, yes they are, Coming, coming, from afar; All to meet in plains of glory, All to sing His praises sweet; What a chorus, what a meeting! With the family completed”.

- J. Wakefield Macgill

CHAPTER 28 VISITING THE COLONY OF WORLD FAMOUS

MISSIONARIES AND EVANGELISTS

Date : 27th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“I count all things but loss for the Excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord, for whom I have suffered the loss of all things and do count them but dung, that I may win Christ”. Phil. 3 : 8,11

DAVID : Amma, we returned just now after seeing a wonderful place. We walked along the road in front, towards the right of our mansions, turned left, reached the river and sailed towards the left. After passing the worship complex and palm grove island at our right, we sailed straight a long way. After crossing the familiar sites, we came to a very broad cross river. There we turned right and started sailing. This broad river was running through an exceedingly beautiful well – planned residential area. It was a magnificent place with two broad golden roads running along the banks of the river on its two sides. Later on we came to know that there were many such roads parallel to these, which were called the main roads. Many broad golden steps were going up from the river on both sides leading to broad golden roads running within the town. We heard that they were called the cross roads. We sailed along the left side bank of the river and got down near the second flight of steps and reached the broad main road. This main road in which we walked towards the right, was called the first main road and there were about ten cross roads starting at right angles from this one and they were named as 1, 2, 3… etc attached to the first main road. Like that the cross roads to all the main roads were named. Between two cross roads and two main roads, there were two immense elegant castle like mansions which stood in imposing grandeur on a mild elevated place within a vast area of very beautiful well arranged flower gardens, swimming pools, lawns, flowering trees and a network of golden pathways. The mansions were surrounded by another section of gardens and on the slopes of the elevated places also, we could see different coloured flower – beds. Amma, I have no words to describe the heart capturing beauty of that place. We were walking along the first main road, looking at those magnificent mansions on the left with cross roads going between every two mansions. Finally we reached the last cross road and towards the right of that cross road, there was another section of many smaller but beautiful mansions with sloping roofs, surrounded by wide veranda. Those mansions were situated within beautiful gardens of blossoms in bloom. We entered that final cross road and started

walking. In one of the mansions on the right side, we saw a man walking within his garden. We just stood there. He fondly invited us into his mansion and we all went in and occupied the seats in the veranda. He introduced himself as one of the German group of writers and journalists who were staying in that visitors mansion.

GERMAN : In these beautiful magnificent castles great world famous Missionaries, Evangelists and evangelical Musicians like Moody, Sankey, Albert shwitzer, John Wesley, charles Wesley (Wesley brothers) and a large number of such people of God are living. Their disciples, admirers and people who were saved by their messages and songs and also writers who were writing books about them, come and stay in these visitors mansions which are in this section. There is a particular time for visiting these wonderful great men of Jesus. During the visiting time hundreds of visitors gather within the huge conference halls attached to the mansions or within their vast lawns surrounded by gardens, where hundreds of seats are arranged for such meetings. We, the writers and journalists also used to gather there. Many of the visitors used to give their testimony, telling how they were converted or comforted by the messages or books or songs by those great men or women on the earth. The great people themselves used to give us informations about their ministries on the earth and also about those colonies in Heaven where they are continuing their ministries by imparting more knowledge of the Bible by taking Bible study classes. The writers used to take down notes of the witnesses given by the visitors or the additional informations given by the great people of God and we continue to write books about their ministries in Heaven also. In the conferences conducted by great Gospel singers the visitors describe the incidents in their lives on the earth, when they were saved or comforted by their songs. They also used to request them to sing their favourite songs. The Gospel singers have their own orchestra and they used to sing beautiful songs, which are still sung by thousands on the earth now. After the visiting time, those Evangelists and Missionaries will visit the colonies of people who came from their respective mission fields on the earth. There are many empty mansions among this section of visitors mansion, where people from all over Heaven used to come and stay for sometime or for a longer period to attend such conferences. So this is a marvellous place where we meet many such great people of Jesus, who did wonderful Gospel ministry on the earth sacrificially and faithfully. There is a huge information centre at the corner where this road branches from the I main road. If you go there and ask them about the location of the mansion of a particular Evangelist or a Missionary or a Gospel singer, they will give you the number of the main road and the number of the cross road. Otherwise it is difficult to locate that particular

mansion among the hundreds and hundreds of mansions which are spread out in a very vast area.

DAVID : Finally we thanked him and parted from him with a fond farewell and started walking along this cross road and entered some of the main roads which had number boards to indicate their particular numbers. We didn’t go within their vast gardens. But from the road we saw some of the conferences going on within the gardens. From some mansions we heard beautiful music and songs. We went around many main roads and cross roads and returned home in our boat joyfully, singing, discussing and planning. We decided to tell our adults about this beautiful place and its inhabitants. Our adults may like to meet such great people of God. Amma, now I am going .to the museum site. We may have the inauguration of the museum soon. our adults and teenagers must have met Jesus and arranged for the function. I may know about the details after going there. Be happy amma dear! Bye!

“They are looking down from the golden land, Our beloved are looking down; They have done their work; they have borne their cross, And received their promised crown”.

- J. Johnson

CHAPTER 29 VISITING A PICNIC SPOT - A HUGE LAKE, FALLS

AND BOAT MANSIONS

Date : 29th September 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“And the ransomed of the Lord shall return and come to Zion with songs and ever lasting joy upon their heads; they shall obtain joy and gladness…” Is. 35 : 10

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a picnic spot and just now we returned home. We reached the sea by our usual route. As soon as our boat entered the sea, we turned left and sailed along its shining waters near the shore. After passing all the familiar sites, we reached a place where we once saw a large patch of green woods at the shore. After crossing the woods, we saw a mighty river dashing down and joining the sea with such tremendous force, that it pushed the water of the sea within for some distance, rushing beautifully with foam and spray. We turned in that river and sailed against the

current of water. On the way we saw numerous streams pouring into that river from right and left. Inbetween the streams we saw green woods, flowering trees and rocky hills. Travelling amidst this lovely scenery was delightful amma. After a long way the river flowed through a mountain range starting from an immense lake surrounded by a circular magnificent mountain range. It was a vast lake of about one mile diameter. We found that place to be an extremely fascinating picnic spot. A large number of beautiful boat mansions of different sizes and shapes were floating on its sparkling waters and many were sailing here and there. We turned to the left and first sailed along its crystal – clear waters near the shore of the lake. Water was gushing out at several places on the mountain range and flowing down as falls. Each falls had its own unique distinctive charm and beauty. From steep mountains they were rolling down like a roaring falls, with a thunderous noise and the water was falling directly into the lake. Amma, we were amazed to see many house boats underneath the falls. The shouts, and shrieks of the youths and teenagers within those boats were piercing our ears as their boats were rocking vigorously like the ones caught up in a tempest. Since there is no danger in Heaven youths were shouting in great joy and excitement, as it was like an adventurous expedition for them. After enjoying that sight for sometime, we sailed on farther and saw another falls which was dashing against a big rock underneath and was spreading out as a wonderful fine spray of water around a vast area over the lake. Children were playing under the spray, screaming and shouting with joy in their top most voices. We saw many boat mansions beneath the spray. People were reclining on the lovely seats on the decks or on the balconies around the main rooms. It was another fascinating sight. In between two falls, on the slope of the mountain, there was a series of steppes of wild flowers in various colours of exquisite beauty. The steppes were rising gradually higher and higher towards the top of the mountain. Those stretches of wild flowers were blooming in different colours in different levels. A flight of steps was going up at the centre of those flower beds and we could see many women walking among those flower beds. We were in for further surprise. Another falls was streaming down and rippling over a huge flat rock, making a thin transparent water bed over the rock. We saw many small children playing in great joy splashing water everywhere. We also saw many adults lying within the cool clear waters and water was flowing over them (like taking a sun bath). Then we sailed towards the middle of the lake. We left our boat there and climbed into an empty boat mansion. If a mansion was occupied, we could easily find it out, since somebody would be sitting on the deck or on the balcony around the main cabin. Our boat mansion was well furnished with many comfortable semi sleeper seats around the deck and they were permanently fixed. The mansion contained four rooms. Each had a door opening into the deck and also communicating doors to the others rooms. Each room had beds, sofas, table, chairs. All these were fixed permanently. When we went within one of the rooms at the back, we found a flight of steps leading downstairs. When we went down we saw an exquisitely beautiful cabin under water. All the side walls and floor were made of some transparent material with seats arranged along the two longer walls. The seats were also fixed to the floor. We all sat there and the view outside was marvellous. Beautiful large golden fish and fishes of various

colours – red, blue, orange etc were playing within the transparent waters around the lovely under water plants of many vivid shades. By that time the boat mansion started to move and we felt as though we were travelling in an enchanted place and we started singing. Since it was a closed cabin, the effect of our singing was very beautiful and superb and that added to our stupendous joy. We came up and first we sailed under a huge falls which was flowing directly into the lake. Our boat mansion tossed 900 this way and that way. It was an adventurous experience, with water splashing like cascades all over us and around us. We all stood near the railings holding it. Since all the furniture and flower pots were fixed, they did not move. But we were thrown one over the other and we all shouted in great joy at our top most voice. After enjoying that adventurous expedition, we started climbing up the mountain in one of the flights of steps. On our way we met many women, who were collecting the wonderful varieties of wild flowers in different shades. All of them had a long stalk with short branches with full of small flowers in different shapes and colours.

THOSE WOMEN : This particular variety of wild flowers grow on these mountains only. We used to get special orders for bouquets and vases with these flowers. We are collecting them for this purpose. Jesus must have remembered the marvellous beauty of these wonderful wild flowers of Heaven when He mentioned about the beauty of the wild flowers on the earth in His sermon on the mount. Though there are many beautiful wild flowers on the earth, these flowers in Heaven surpass in beauty and splendour the flowers on the earth.

DAVID : Our girls also collected many varieties of those flowers and we climbed still farther up and reached the summit. The mountain top abounds in rocks and lovely wild flowers. The other side of the mountain slope was clad with green woods and at a distance we could see mountains, valleys, lake and river encircling this mountain range. Amma, human language is not adequate to describe its breath taking beauty. On our way down, we saw the origin of the falls. Water was gushing out from the cleft of the rocks. More streams were joining that flow of water on its way down and finally it was pouring down as a mighty falls. At one place we saw streams flowing down through beautiful marble rocks of various colours. At the stream bed, different coloured marble pebbles were scattered and we saw children collecting those pebbles and playing in the shallow water, rippling over flat rock. We saw marble stones of two rare colours- deep ink blue and greenish blue- which we had never seen before. So we all started collecting that new variety of stones. I collected smaller ones and our teenagers collected bigger ones also and carried them in their hands. Finally we got into our boat mansion and sailed around the vast lake. We could see people of all races and ages there, in the boat mansions. We saw adults reclining in comfortable semi- sleeper couches kept on the top of the cabins and also on the decks. Some were just resting. Some were reading books. Some were enjoying the

beautiful scenery around them- the golden lake, the sparkling falls and the mountain slopes robed in a mantle of lovely flowers of many hues. All the boat mansions had a slight rocking motion. Amma, it was a perfect picnic spot and we decided to take our children and adults sometime to that place since it was a place of joy for the people of all age groups. Finally we left the boat mansion and sailed back home in our own boat.

I stepped down from our boat at the back garden of my home, while others sailed farther to reach our usual landing place. Amma, our next programme may be a worship service at the immense lawn near our museum site. I think that Jesus will come to inaugurate our museum and also take part in the worship service at the lawn near it. We have an immense open stage in front of the lawn. The stage is very beautifully decorated with flowers pots. Every one, both young and old from our place are involved in arranging and decorating the museum. We have galleries around the museum hall also, so that we can arrange many more articles both inside and outside the museum hall. I am not going to my study centre today, because we have to give a choir item as well as a band item. We had already given invitations to the people and members of the choirs of the American and European colonies and also to many other colonies around our mansions. So it will be a sing-song-service, in which all those choirs will take part. Now I am going down to the museum site. All our children are also involved in the decoration. Bigger children are collecting flowers and smaller ones including our Mamu are carrying those flowers from the houses to the lawn where adults are arranging them in beautiful flower pots. Amma, everybody is excited, so also our group. Teenagers are very busy doing the final touches and also giving invitations to people living around our colony. Amma, be happy. Please realize that the earthly life is very short compared to the everlasting life of glory and happiness in Heaven. Jesus is very particular in bringing as many souls as possible to Heaven since He purchased salvation in such a gruesome way on the cross for the human race. He loves them and wants them to come to this marvellous place.

Be happy amma dear. Bye! “Fresh from the throne of glory Bright in its crystal gleam, Bursts out the living fountain, Swells on the living stream Blessed river let me ever feast my eyes on thee”

- F.J. Crosby

CHAPTER 30 WORSHIP SERVICE IN OUR MUSEUM SITE INAUGURATION

OF MUSEUM BY JESUS Date : 1st October 2004 Time : 11.05 P.M. “Sing to God, Sing Praises to His name; lift up a song to Him who rides up on the clouds; His name is the Lord, exult before Him”. Ps. 68:4 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful Worship service at our museum site and just now I returned home alone to talk to you. My friends are still there, helping and guiding people, explaining about the articles in the museum hall.

We had a long music practice at Steve’s mansion. He combined several pieces of music together to form a grand band item. Our item starts with a praising music, which is very fast and we play that with all our instruments. As usual I play the drums. After that piece there are several soft music parts with violins and flutes alone and then again some quick music with all the instruments. Finally after a soft music, we will start the tune of the song ‘Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord’ with a bang, playing our full band. (Pipe instruments, drums, guitars etc) After that our choir shall sing the anthem ‘King of Kings’. Amma, I have just given you a rough idea of our item.

Long before the Worship Service started, all our adults and children did the finishing touches in the museum which was decorated with lovely flowers. Before the guests started arriving, all our children were divided (including our Mamu’s group) into three groups. They had some kind of golden bands around their heads and they were looking lovely. Each one was carrying a flower basket with flowers and they stood on both sides of the three entry points to the museum. One group stood near the marble steps in the river, the landing point of the boats. The other two groups stood on both sides of our main road in front of our mansions at the right and left sides of the museum. Our adults were also standing in groups at the three entry points, to receive their friends and relatives. My grand parents also must have been somewhere there. Amma, our group of youth were dressed in our

grand musical band uniform with hats, belts etc. Amma, you must have seen your son in that uniform!!. The lawn near the museum, the open stage and the ground around the museum hall, were decorated with lovely flowers. It was looking very, very beautiful. The lawn in front of the stage was full of chairs. Near the stage, the seats were arranged in U shape. The front seats were reserved for the various choirs. The members of our youth choir were divided into small groups and stood at various places to receive the guests. Whenever a choir came, we welcomed them and one of our teenagers took them to the lawn and directed them to occupy the seats reserved for them. That seating arrangement was done by Aunt Margret. (Who is a great music director of that place.) A few teenagers and I were standing at the right side of our museum. My friends pointed a group coming towards us saying “David your Bob is coming”. Then I walked fast to receive him and his friends. Bob hugged me saying, “Oh David! I am so happy to see you after a long time!”. Then we all shook hands with his friends and one of our girls led them to their seats. Soon our lawn was full and we all occupied our seats. The great choir, from the ‘Music lovers Colony’ and their orchestra with their hundreds of members, who always used to sing in worship services, were seated on the right side and they started singing beautifully. At the back of the open stage also, there is a huge empty lawn and beyond that there is a beautiful wood. Then angels started coming in from the woods. First we saw a luminous white cloud emerging from the woods and then it turned out to be a host of angels. They alighted on the lawn behind the stage with their musical instruments. All of a sudden, we saw something like a glowing sun (as if we saw the sun at a much closer range) emerging from the woods. At once we knew that it was Jesus. Immediately we all stood up, raised our hands and started praising Jesus. Jesus came with a large host of angels and descended on the stage, extending His hands with a magnificent smile on His divine face. We felt extremely happy to see Jesus in our area. Jesus sat on a beautiful white throne and the angels occupied the lawn on either side of the stage and at the back. We stood praising Jesus for a long time. The whole area was illuminated with a brilliant white light radiating from Jesus. Then our music Programme started. Several choirs gave items with their musical instruments. Bob and his American choir gave a wonderful item. In between Bob sang solos with his powerful baritone voice. It was just wonderful amma. While one choir was standing at the left side and singing, another choir would get ready on the right side. After each item, people stood up and showed their appreciation. Jesus also would extend his hands over them. The choir would praise Jesus before leaving. Our item came almost in the end. While we ended our orchestra item with the music of ‘Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord’ the audience stood up and shouted in great joy. Then, we sang the anthem ‘King of Kings’. Amma it

was very beautiful. A few more choirs gave their items and afterwards Jesus stood up extended His hands towards the museum and gave the following message. JESUS : I am very happy to be with you at this site. In the name of My beloved Father, I bless this museum and may it be useful to know about the people residing around this part of Heaven, their whereabouts and their hand work. I appreciate my beloved children, the youth group, who are collecting many things from various places. I know each and every one of you, from the children to the adults, who are involved in this task. I know each and every article kept in this museum and how each article was collected and from where it had come and all other details because I was the one who organized the whole programme. Glory be to My Father.

DAVID : Amma, immediately the whole angel choir with their musical instruments burst forth into singing a grand wonderful song. As soon as they finished one song and started the next, Jesus started ascending with all angels and it was a marvellous sight. We saw an immense luminous globe, ablaze with white radiant light sparkling with special brilliance ascending slowly and beautifully. That wonderful globe of light became smaller and smaller and then disappeared completely from our sight. Since it was an open air meeting, we all could see the glorious divine ascension with great joy. We were all standing, praising, and thanking Jesus for a long time.

Then again the audience was seated and our John stood on the stage and started thanking everyone there.

JOHN : First I wish to thank Aunt Margret, who gladly gave us her music hall for the creation of this lovely museum. I also thank her for helping us in organizing the whole project and arranging this programme. Now I wish to thank the engineer the great architects who have planned and supervised the work and others who have helped them. Then my thanks go to the great French Painter who has given us the replicas so wonderfully. Now I must thank each and everyone of our colony who have helped us in this project. I thank all the choirs who have participated in this worship service, and made it very grand and delightful. I also thank all our friends, relatives and everyone who are assembled here, who have made this ceremony a great success by your esteemed presence. DAVID : At the end of his speech, Aunt Margret climbed over the stage and started thanking our youth group. She asked our group to go over the stage. First she shook hands with me, hugged me and said, “First I must thank our beloved David, an Indian medical student who organized a wonderful youth choir, who went around and visited many colonies and collected various articles for the museum”. Next she shook hands with John and said, “John works in the information complex and he arranged all their trips according to the perfect will of Jesus and he took the youth group to the various places around this part of Heaven”. Then she shook hands with Steve and introduced

him as the band director of the youth group. She introduced Marie as an American, who was the co-coordinator of the museum project committee. Like that she shook hands with each and everyone of our group introducing them to the audience. The audience shouted in great appreciation after each introduction was made. Finally she said, “Let us all give a great ‘cheer’ to the youth group”. Immediately the whole audience stood up and cheered us by shouting, “Hurrah, hurrah” in great joy. Amma, we were all thrilled, felt honoured and we were brimming with happiness and joy. With that, the meeting came to an end.

First, all the children went within the museum in groups. Our youth members and many adults went within the museum and stood at different places to explain everything to the guests. Many acted as guides to lead them into the museum. There was no crowding. The audience sat in circles with their friends and relatives and were having a wonderful time talking to one another. Nobody was in a hurry. Groups were entering the museum slowly, one after the other. I went and met my friend Bob and congratulated him and his choir appreciating his solos. He also appreciated our anthem and our band music. His friends told me, “David you are a great pal of our Bob, who is usually a reserved person and with you he is completely a different person. Through him, we also have become your friends. With your winning smile you make friends very easily. Bob is an example”. Then I took Bob and his friends within the museum. In each section there are three types of paintings, which were done by our talented youth members and also by our great professional painter. One picture shows the area, which we visited, as seen from a distance. For example, a beautiful island as we saw it from a distance, while sailing on the sea. Second Picture shows a group of people who welcomed us into their colony. A third picture shows how they were making those articles within their work area. So the guests told us that though they had seen most of the things in different shopping complexes, only after seeing these paintings, they came to know who were doing them and how they were doing these articles. Our guests were delighted to get this new knowledge about the various colonies in Heaven and their hand work. After seeing everything in the museum both inside and outside the building we came back to the lawn, where Bob’s group was waiting for him. Bob again thanked me and invited me and my friends to his place to entertain them with our music. Then they parted from me with a fond farewell. Afterwards as I was walking towards my home, I saw many known faces among the guests who were seated in circles, having a pleasant time talking with their friends. When I passed them, they greeted me saying “Hi! David!” I also returned their greetings and came home alone. There is stil l a large crowd in the lawn and also within the museum. All my friends are there entertaining them. Amma, I am going to rest for a while and then go back to the museum site to join my friends. Amma, be happy. Bye!

“O happy the choirs who praise Thee above ! What joy tunes their lyres ! their worship is love”.

- C. Wesley

CHAPTER 31 MEETING MARTYRS OF GOSPEL

Date : 3rd October 2004 Time : 12.25 A.M. “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow me, for whosoever will save his life shall lose it and whosoever will lose his life for my sake shall find it”. Mat . 16 : 24,25

I woke up from my sleep by hearing the call of David. DAVID : Amma, we are very late. Just now we are returning home in our boat after visiting a place far away. My friends are reclining on the semi sleeper seats closing their eyes and resting. So I thought of talking to you amma, though I know that it is very late on the earth and you will be sleeping. First I thought of talking to you in the morning only. Then I just tried calling you and since you woke up I am talking to you amma. I am lying down in one of the long seats at the back of the boat. There are a few long seats, where we can lie down and enjoy ourselves, watching the beauty within the transparent waters of the golden sea.

We sailed through the river touching our rear gardens, towards the left of our mansions and reached the sea. There we turned left and after passing the green wood and river, we came across a green lawn at the shore. At that place we turned at right angles to the shore line and sailed along deep waters for a very long time. Far away across its shining waters arose a beautiful island, surrounded by sparkling white marble walls. When we went nearer, we found out that the walls were decorated with gold and precious stones. Within the walls, we could see tall flowering trees. When we saw a huge golden gate, we landed there and went within. There were many boats near the gate and we saw many people leaving the island briskly and sailing away in many of those boats. Within the island, we saw a broad road, running parallel to the sea. We turned left and walked along that road. After some distance, we saw a broad road branching towards the right, while the main road continued. Later we came to know that there were four such branches on the right side from the main road and eight rows of immense castle like mansions facing those roads. While walking on the branch road, on our right we saw a golden pathway leading to a beautiful Castle like mansion, deep within a vast area. The mansion was encircled by a large wood of flowering trees at the out skirt. A circular golden pathway was

running between the wood and the vast beautiful garden of flowers, surrounding the mansion. Another circular golden pathway was laid between the garden and the elevated place, on which stood the mansion in imposing splendour. We crossed the wood, turned right and walked along the first golden pathway between the wood-land at the right and the garden and castle at the left. The wood was very beautiful, calm and serene. We saw a swimming pool deep within the wood and a large number of children around that place. After walking some distance, we saw a few ladies sitting within the woods. There were many seats arranged in a circle. When we approached them, they welcomed us warmly and we were all seated there. One of those ladies explained about the inhabitants of that place.

LADY : There are ten such large islands, almost in an immense circle. In all these islands, the Martyrs for the sake of true Gospel are living. They are from the different European Countries. In this island, we all are French people. There are about hundred mansions within this island. See, Jesus has given us such lovely mansions within vast gardens and woods. At the centre of the ten islands, there is an immense island which we call Worship Complex, where there is a magnificent auditorium. There are separate halls for children and youth. Besides these, we have a music hall, library, conference halls etc. There is no residential mansion there. Often we have conferences in these halls. Even now many of the residents of this island have gone there to attend a conference. Often great Evangelists used to come here. We all are anxious to know about the effect of True Gospel in the churches in the later centuries. So, often we invite great Evangelists and religious leaders who come to Heaven from different countries of the world, to know about the effects of true Gospel in the present century. We are sad to know that the burning zeal, we had in our churches in the early centuries are slowly dying down in the present churches. Yet God’s grace is on them, since He promised His mercy for thousand generations for His children. At the same time, we are happy to know, that the Gospel is spreading to different parts of the world among the non-Christians. DAVID : Amma, John introduced all of us and introduced me as an Indian medical student dedicated to go as a Missionary doctor to a backward state in India. John asked me to talk about India. I told them, “I belong to a place in the southern most tip of India. Gospel was brought to us inthe 19th century by Missionaries of London Missionary Society of England. My father is the head of a group of congregational free churches which is an evangelical denomination. Now many missionary groups are sending our own Indian Missionaries to North India and also to the tribal people in our country”. They enjoyed hearing my talk. The ladies told us that they used to collect informations from visitors like us and pass it on to others. Then they took us to the mansion through one of the pathways. The mansion had large porticos on the four sides with pathways leading to them from the main circular path. These sub-pathways were slowly climbing through lovely flower- beds to reach the mansion which stood on a mild elevated ground. All the four sides looked like the front of the mansion, with beautiful porticos containing a large

number of lovely seats, overlooking the garden and flowering trees in the wood. They took us to one of the porticos and we were seated there. We saw many more ladies there. LADY : On the earth we used to have women’s prayer fellowship in which we used to gather daily for prayer with fasting, since we faced tremendous tribulation for the sake of the true Gospel. We used to pray fervently for the true Gospel movement, for our churches and also for the redemption of souls. So here in Heaven, we, women used to gather in our portico, praise Jesus for having given us this lovely place. We also discuss the news we get from great people of God about the evangelisation ministry. We spend sometime talking with Jesus as well. In Heaven, in all these mansions, we live as joint families. On the earth, we used to have family prayers everyday. So in Heaven we used to gather in a huge hall in the ground floor, at regular intervals and praise Jesus and also sing songs of praise. Jesus used to come to the immense auditorium in the Central Island. When He comes all the inmates of the ten islands used to take part in the worship service. DAVID : Then John spoke well about the Evangelists praising them. JOHN : We all are grateful to you, the Martyrs, who died for the sake of the true Gospel. Because of your burning zeal for Jesus and for the true Gospel, the future generations were benefited. We were able to receive the salvation of Jesus easily since we got the Bible in our own language. We have many songs for Martyrs in our hymn books and one of our famous songs is ‘Faith of our Fathers holy Faith’. DAVID : John recited the words slowly in English. Then we all stood up and sang the song, realising the actual meaning of the song. Finally our girls sang the chorus in French. Amma , I am not very fluent in French and so I sang tenor in English along with them. They asked us to go around some of the other islands and also visit the central island, their worship complex. We then parted from them with a fond farewell and left the beautiful enchanted island. We saw another island with golden marble wall around it. We didn’t go inside. We then went within the Central Island, and we saw the immense magnificent auditorium and many other halls within beautiful gardens. Then we started our long journey back home.

Amma, we are nearing our river flowing at the back of our mansions. Our teenagers are getting ready either to sing or to shout with joy! Then only our people will know that the great youth group is coming!!

Bye amma dear. Go to sleep “Faith of our Fathers living still In spite of dungeon, fire and sword; O how our hearts beat high with joy, Whene’er we hear that glorious word ”.

CHAPTER 32

VISITING ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS’ COLONY

Date : 5th October 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Unless the Lord builds the house, those who build it labour in Vain”. Ps. 127:1 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now I returned home. My friends and I walked along the road in the front towards the right side of our mansions, turned left, reached the river and then sailed towards the right. After passing all the familiar sights, we saw a branch on the right side of the river and we entered that. Since streams were pouring into that river from different mountains on both sides, it became broader and broader. After a long way that river split into five sub-branches, which resembled the fingers of the palm. Later on we learnt that they were called five- Finger Rivers. Each sub river flowed in different directions. The first one from the left was flowing between a lofty mountain range on the left and a long lovely hilly region on the right. The second branch was flowing between the hilly region on the left and beautiful green woods with flowering trees on the right. We entered that river. (Second branch) Over the short flat hills stood mansions of great magnificence and splendour, surrounded by lovely gardens and flowering trees. The structures were varied in size, shape and colour. But each had an unique charm and beauty. A long flight of broad golden steps rose from the river to each of the mansions poised on the top of the hill. We saw a large group of children playing in the water. Some of them were sitting on the steps and playing with marble stones and flowers. The slope of the hill was blooming with different coloured flowers of exquisite beauty. Our teenagers wanted to join the children, but we thought that it would be better to meet some adults to know about the place and its inhabitants and then on our return journey, we could play with the children. A broad golden road running parallel to the river, shone through the green foliage of the wood, on our right. When we saw a short broad flight of golden steps on the right, we stepped out of our boat, reached that road and walked towards the right. On our right, there were a few rows of tall flowering trees and beyond it was the river. At our left we saw a golden pathway leading to a very beautiful mansion deep within vast well-planned gardens of flowers and a net work of pathways. It was a two storeyed building with an attractive architecture. It surpassed in beauty and architectural excellence many of the mansions, we had seen so far. It was looking elegant with many porticos and arches. Amma I am not good in giving the details of the structural beauty of that grand mansion. We walked slowly towards it, enjoying its beauty and we saw two men sitting within the garden and talking to each other. When they saw us, they invited us into the mansion. In the ground floor, there was a large round central hall, where there were many circular tables of different sizes with glass like tops, surrounded by tall cushioned chairs. In some tables, there was a large screen fixed at one edge of the table. They took us to a very large table encircled by many seats, so

that we all could be seated around that one. They told us that the people living in those lovely mansions in that area were architects, engineers and interior decorators.

ONE ARCHITECT : We were all architects by profession in the world. We are extremely happy to be involved in architectural work in Heaven too. We have a large working complex, not too far away from here. There each group used to get a work order to plan a few mansions at a time. We are told that Jesus himself used to give the name of the person for whom the mansion is to be designed and He gives all the details regarding the type of area- whether it should be near a river, or over a mountain or facing a lake or facing a ravine or in a sea island etc. Jesus also gives the details about the type of garden, the nature of flowers, the type of architecture of the mansion etc. It seems that some people used to request Jesus for a particular type of mansion and area they like even while they are on the earth. Most of the people don’t bother about it. But Jesus plans for them according to their taste. So when we get our assignment, we do our work in five stages. (1) Field work We go out visiting many places to find the suitable sites. (2) Selection Then finally we select one place, which is highly suitable according to the specification given to us. (3) Planning We put up a plan for the building and other details. But to our great amazement, after submitting the plan in our office and during the next visit to the site after a short interval of time, the barestructure of the mansion will be ready. We don’t know how they come up so fast.

(4) Finishing touches Then we take the interior decorators,horticulturists and gardeners to beautify the building and also to plant flowering bushes and trees in the garden.

(5) Visit Finally after the inhabitants occupy the mansions, we visit them and ask their opinion. They always overflow with gratitude, great joy and appreciation, telling every thing

they love especially the mansions and gardens.

They also used to say that they never dreamt of getting such a beautiful mansion in Heaven.

We want to tell you a great truth. Those who saved more in Heaven by supporting the poor and the work of the Christian missions on the earth, get very grand and rich mansions in Heaven. So we have to remember always the words Jesus spoke while He was on the earth. “Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust consume and where thieves break in and steal, but lay up for yourselves treasures in Heaven, where neither moth nor rust consumes and where thieves do not break in and steal”. [Mat 6 : 19, 20] I used to design very grand mansions and other buildings, while I was on the earth. But my house was ordinary. Now you see the grandeur of the mansion Jesus has given to me. It is beyond my expectation and I never dreamt that I would get such a rich mansion with wonderful architectural beauty. There are many such lovely mansions situated in an immense area on both sides of the five rivers called the ‘five – Finger Rivers’. We also have recreation centres for children and youth. We have a worship complex on the other side of the main river. We all go there to worship Jesus, when He comes there. DAVID : Amma, what a wonderful message!! Our beloved Jesus Himself gives the instructions to design all our mansions in Heaven!! We then parted from them with a fond farewell and started sailing back. On our way, when we came near the group of children, playing in the river, our teenagers started their funny dances and actions from the boat itself, making the children laugh in great joy. Then our teenagers jumped into the river and played with the children. They also collected beautiful coloured marble stones from the river bed and also flowers from the slope of the hill (thinking of our children who will be waiting for us near our mansions). Then all those children jumped into our boat along with our teenagers and we all sailed back shouting in great joy. Those children jumped back into the river at the point where the five branches split from the main river. They waved to us as we sailed back home happily. Amma, be happy, Never ever think of me in the earthly life. I am so happy and have no words to express my joy here in Heaven. So be happy amma dear. Bye! “One little hour for weary toils and trials, Eternal years for calm and peaceful rest; One little hour for patient self-denials, Eternal years of life where life is blest” .

- Jessie H. rown

CHAPTER 33 WORSHIP SERVICE AT A LAWN NEAR A DENSE WOOD

Date : 7th October 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M.

“ The heavens are Thine, the earth also is Thine, the world and all that is in it, Thou hast founded them, The north and the south Thou hast Created them !!”. Ps. 89:11,12

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and we attended a marvellous worship service. We walked in the road on our front towards the left of our mansions, then turned on the right side road, which was passing through a beautiful forest full of tall flowering trees. After walking along this road, we reached the river and sailed towards the left, which was also passing through the same woods. Then we saw a small branch of this river, rather a channel flowing towards the left and we turned in it. There we found a marvellous beauty in the structure of the trees in the wood. Those trees were shorter near the edges of the wood and they gradually became taller and taller within the interior and tallest at the centre of the wood. So we couldn’t see anything within the wood from the boat. After some distance we came to an immense green lawn and the river flowed along one corner of that lawn, dividing that into two parts. A smaller portion of the lawn was on the left and the main lawn with seats arranged in galleries and a stage, was on the right side of the river. In the wood encircling the lawn also the trees were shorter along the edge touching the lawn and then became taller and taller within the wood. The lawn was almost empty and so we realized that we had enough time to go within the wood before coming to the lawn to attend the worship service. The wood encircling the lawn was broken up by numerous golden pathways entering the lovely green lawn. So we wanted to go within the wood to have a look. We sailed farther in our boat and sailed amidst thick forest. At our right we saw a broad golden road emerging from the wood and touching the river at right angles. We left our boat there and walked along that road. To our great surprise we saw many golden pathways cutting this main road at right angles making huge sections. In each section grew beautiful flowering trees of one colour with some layers of green trees. Like an open umbrella, at the central portion in a section, the trees were much taller and they were becoming shorter and shorter near the edges of that section. As we walked farther, we saw a sub pathway, leading towards a very beautiful huge mansion with one floor at the left under the central part of the umbrella of the trees. We caught a glimpse of the mansion through the lovely blossoms of the overhanging branches of the very tall trees, which were planted up to the broad veranda of the mansion, encircling it with steps all around. Gorgeous flowering plants kept in many flower pots were arranged on those steps and it seemed to be their garden. As we walked nearer, we saw a few men and women seated on the veranda facing the woods. They warmly received us and we were seated in front of them. Then they started telling about themselves.

HOST : There are hundreds and hundreds of mansions under these trees and you may call them as umbrella mansions, because the shape of the trees in each section is like that of an open umbrella. Most of us belong to the cold northern countries of the world. But there are people from all races and all the nations of the world. There are all kinds of professionals and workers. But the common desire of all these people is to live under such thick woods. In the world also, though our working places were in towns and cities, we lived in homes within woods. If our regular homes were in towns, we had country houses deep within such woods. So Jesus, in His tender mercy gave all of us mansions under such lovely woods, whose beauty is incomparable to that of the world. During working time most of us used to go to our places of work. In the world we had to rush early in the morning to attend our work, whether we like it or not. But in Heaven we can do any type of work which we like and that need not be the one which we did on the earth. There are many medical students and doctors in our area. They go to their medical centre nearby.

DAVID : Immediately my friends introduced me as a medical student and John as a professional in the information technology and they narrated the professions of the other senior members of our group. They also said that their senior friends enjoyed their profession and they wouldn’t miss their work at any cost, except David, who could be distracted from going to his medical study centre, if there was a music practice because David loved music very much and he was the director of their youth choir as well. Our hosts continued their talk after this introduction by our teenagers.

HOST : If you had come a little earlier you could have seen a wonderful sight. We have a low hill range at the back and it is also covered by the same type of woods and it is studded with many umbrella mansions. Many pools of crystal clear water are at the feet of the hills. If you stand on the hill top the view of the umbrella type of wood will be very beautiful and fascinating. Many pet animals are living in those mansions on the hill. During play time, our children go there and bring groups and groups of those pets into our area below. The animals used to follow them. Then our children play with them under the trees or over the pathways and again they used to lead them back to the hills, where pet lovers have separate rooms for them, attached to their houses. Since we are going to have a worship service now, the children took their pets to the hills earlier than usual and they will return home now. During the play time you can hear the screams and shouts of joy of the children and also that of the pet animals like dogs, cats, sheep etc. You come sometime with the children of your area. They will enjoy their utmost playing with our pets. Sometimes we used to conduct cultural programmes, where people of different nations used to give different types of

musical items and dances typical of their own culture and country on the earth.

DAVID : Then we sang a few choruses standing and holding our hands. They enjoyed and appreciated us. We saw many people walking along the pathways towards the lawn and we also started to go to the worship place. Our hosts walked with us up to the river and asked us to go by boat. We parted from them with a fond farewell and they turned and walked along the road to reach the lawn. Then we reached the worship site. It was quickly getting filled up. We went and sat in the gallery in the front just at the back of a large crowd of children. The choir of that colony was at the left side of the stage and they were singing. Angels started coming and descended within the woods. They also occupied the lawn behind the stage. Some groups descended on the other side of the river over the lawn there. Suddenly we saw something like that of a slow moving shooting star, emerging from the woods, far behind the stage. Then we knew that Jesus was coming and we all stood up raised our hands and shouted praises to Jesus. Amma you must hear the thunderous noise of the multitude, since a very large crowd gathered there for the worship service. Jesus then descended on the stage followed by a long tail of angels shining in a strong golden light. We continued our praises and then sang a song of praise in different languages, but the tune was the same. The music was led by the choir to the accompaniment of the angel orchestra. Jesus then extended His hands over us and gave a message.

JESUS : I am very happy to see you all and hear the shouts of praises, you are bestowing on me. When I remember the cross now, I don’t think about the agony and shame, but I remember it with great victory since by that cross only, I can see so many happy faces of you here praising Me with great joy. I must tell you something about praising the Lord. Your mansions are under the beautiful woods with lovely blossoms of different shades of various colours and you enjoy that sight and also their sweet perfumes. So when you sit under the wood or on your veranda, don’t forget to praise our Father, the mighty Creator. Though you are not great professionals like botanists and horticulturists who know more details about the trees, you can understand the miraculous ways in which trees absorb water and nutrients and how they grow. Think of that and praise our Father, the great Creator! You look at the green colour of the leaves and the various colours of the flowers and inhale their different fragrances. All these are made by the trees themselves. Who devised these techniques within the trees? My Father, the mighty Creator! You look at the fruits, their different colours their different tastes and smell. You look at the wild flowers, their exquisite structure, beauty and colours. They are all devised by the trees and plants. Who gave them the technique to produce these? - My Father, the wonderful Creator! So whenever you see them, praise My Father, from the bottom of your hearts realising the infinite wonders of the creation. My Father and I always hear the praise of My children in Heaven. But from the earth, We hear more of

pleadings and requests than praises. But We like to hear their praises as well. At the same time I do understand their problems, tribulations and the depressions brought by satanic forces. I don’t want just lip praising, but the real praises coming from the heart with love.

DAVID : Amma, as soon as Jesus finished His wonderful message, the angels started singing and the divine ascension started like a shining shooting star moving slowly and vertically above with Jesus at the apex followed by the hosts of angels. We were all looking up and praising Jesus. After going up vertically for some distance, the shooting star became horizontal and finally it disappeared from our sight. Then everybody started dispersing. As usual, my friends and I climbed over the top of the highest place in the gallery to have a look at the umbrella like woods around the lawn. It was a marvellous sight like different coloured open umbrellas, made by those trees laden with flowers of different colours. Those umbrellas were packed side by side in an immense area. Then we sailed back, reached the road and came home.

Amma, now I am going down to the museum, which became a place of get together for all our adults, youth and children. They used to occupy the seats arranged in circles and talk with one another. Our people entertain their friends and relatives coming from other places to see the museum. Now our teenagers will be sitting with them, describing the wonderful worship service, in which we took part. When I go there, I always get a joyful reception from my friends and also from other adults of our mansions. They always used to say, “David, you are a wonder boy. After you came to Heaven only, there is a marvellous change in our area. You organized a youth choir and a youth band with Steve. You visit various places and collect articles, so that we were able to organize a museum in our place. Our area has become a place of joy and great activity”.

AMMA : David, about ten of your college friends came to our house today, to visit us on your anniversary of departure to our permanent HOME (7th October)I don’t know all their names.

DAVID : Amma, how happy I will be if I can meet all of them in Heaven, when their time comes to leave the world! Please pray for their salvation amma. Please convey my love to all of them and my special love to my dearest friend Basupathy. Bye amma dear! Be happy.

“Let all that dwell above the sky, And air, and earth and seas, Conspire to lift Thy glories high, And speak Thine endless praise. The whole creation joins in one, To bless the sacred name, Of Him who sits upon the throne, And to adore the Lamb”.

- C.WESLEY

CHAPTER 34 VISITING A CHILDREN’S RESORT – WOODEN CABINS INSIDE A WOOD

AND FOUNTAINS

Date : 9th October 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M.

“The Lord is my shepherd I shall not want. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures, He leadeth me beside the still waters”. Ps. 23:1,2

DAVID : Amma, we enjoyed a wonderful trip to a place near a river side. We sailed towards the right of our mansions in the river at the back. After passing the branch leading to the music lover’s colony, we came to the next branch of the river towards the right and we turned in it. After crossing the usual scenery of flowering trees on both sides of the river for some distance, we came across a beautiful wild scenery, covering a vast area on either side of the river. We saw picturesque stretches of a slightly elevated landscape studded with small hills and backed by forests at a long distance on either side of the river. That area abounds in small heaps of different coloured shining marble rocks. From the clefts of those clusters of rocks, very beautiful wild, natural fountains were soaring up to different heights above and then falling down as fine sprays of water like mist sparkling in the golden light. That water was flowing as winding streams in a zig – zag manner all around that hilly region. Some of those streams were flowing into the wood encircling that charming place of fountains. We stopped our boat and viewed the delightful landscape. Many elevated places and the banks of those small streams were blooming with wild flowers of various colours of exquisite beauty. There was a net work of winding pathways, leading to the distant wood and also to the other parts of the wild area of fountains. We saw many groups of very small children (2 – 5 age group) sitting under the fine spray and playing with the different coloured marble pebbles of all sizes. We walked along a winding pathway leading to that part of the wood which was opposite to the place, where we left our boat. Amma, it was a marvellous sight of beauty beyond description. Finally we reached the wood. Within the wood there were many many wooden cabins with a single room or two rooms or more rooms. Each cabin was made with wood of a particular colour with its characteristic sweet smell. Amma, I know only the smell of sandal wood on the earth. But here in Heaven, I cannot count the number of

different colours and smells of those woods. Their varied perfumes filled those cabins. As we started walking along a pathway, first we saw a cabin on the left. It was made of wood having a golden orange colour. It was a single room cabin with a sloping roof. That room was surrounded by a very wide veranda. Everything was made of wood. Flower pots were arranged over the steps encircling the veranda. There we saw a lady reclining on a comfortable semi-sleeper seat, looking at the fountains at a distance. The trees were very tall and also the cabins were constructed not in a straight line. So one could see the wonderful sight of the fountains from all the cabins. When that lady saw us, she stood up and received us with a broad smile on her face and asked us to occupy the seats facing the fountains. She spoke in French, but she didn’t mention her nationality. Many of my friends speak French and so they exchanged many things between them. Though I cannot speak French fluently I could understand what she said. That is one of the wonders of Heaven amma, about which I told you often. LADY : I came here with a group of children from a children’s home. All these cabins are guest cabins only. Many of them will be empty at a time. Children used to enjoy this splendid place of fountains and streams and I enjoy just sitting comfortably in my chair relaxing and watching the Heavenly spray work. Some of the smaller children, whom I brought, are playing near the stream at the back of this cabin. Others have gone for a boat ride. If you sail along the river straight it will lead us into the wood and after crossing it, we will reach the lake an ideal place for boat riding and playing. DAVID : She, then took us within the huge cabin. One half of the cabin was occupied by a very large cushioned bed with open windows all along the side which faced the fountains. She said that children could rest there or sit and play with their toys. We saw many toys lying over the bed and also on the floor. On the opposite side also we saw a large bed where many children could lie down. There were also many semi-sleeper seats within the cabin. LADY : After their play time, children will come to the cabin. I used to tell them stories of Jesus. I teach them to sing and also to raise their hands and praise Jesus. Many children have come from non-Christian families and so we have to teach them about Jesus and His love.

DAVID : She, then took us to the back side away from the cabin, where a beautiful stream was flowing from the fountain site within the wood. There we saw very small children sitting along the banks of the stream and also within its transparent waters and playing with pebbles and also with their toy boats. The mother called them by their names and asked them to say “Hello” to us. They just turned with a sweet smile, waved their hands saying a hurried “hello” in their sweet baby voices and immediately turned back to continue their play. We could see all the races of the world among those children. We walked along the stream for some distance with that lady and then turned back to the cabin, parted from her with a fond farewell and started walking farther along the pathway. The next cabin at the left was made of a brown wood and it was closer to the pathway. It seemed to be larger than the first one. A group of teenagers were just

coming out of that cabin. We introduced ourselves. They said that they had come on a picnic and just then started to go out. Then we stood in front of the cabin in half circle holding our hands and sang some choruses with rounds and seconds. We then requested them to sing for us. They came down, stood in half circle facing us, holding their hands and joined with us to make a full circle and then started to sing. We were amazed to hear them singing some choruses in different languages, (same tune) and the effect was beautiful. When they sang a chorus known to us, we also joined them. Amma, we felt very happy to sing joyfully with those youth. They asked us to stay there with them and enjoy the picnic. We told them that another time we would come with the children of our mansions and stay there for a longer time and at that time we would inform their group. Then we parted from them with a fond farewell and continued strolling along that path. Then we turned right and walked along the pathway. In some cabins we saw adults reclining in easy-chairs, relaxing, reading and viewing the lovely spray of fountains. When a cabin seemed to be empty, our girls used to knock at the door calling “Hello, Is there any body in?” When we didn’t get any reply, we used to enter into the cabin, inhale the sweet fragrance of that wood and see its interior, since we didn’t want to disturb anybody resting within. Then through another pathway, we emerged from the forest and walked along another winding pathway. On that side also we saw many smaller children playing within the spray and collecting marble pebbles. We also saw a few adults lying beneath the fine golden spray and enjoying it immensely. Then we all started collecting the beautiful different coloured shining glass-like marble stones. I collected bun-shaped small stones in different colours and filled my pockets. Our teenagers filled their pockets and carried many of them in their hands also. Finally we reached our boat and sailed back home. Along the way our friends collected flowers and more pebbles, wherever a stream poured into the river. Actually we asked our teenagers to stay back and come home leisurely. But they didn’t want to stay without their senior friends. They would hold our hands affectionately saying, “No, no, without you all, we are not going to stay back, though we like to play under the spray of fountains”. Then we thought that since this place was nearer to our mansions, they could come again with adults and children from our area. AMMA : David, did you all know that you were going to visit such a delightful place, so that you could have taken the children also with you? DAVID : No, amma. John would get the instruction about the route alone. Only after reaching the place we will know about it. Without knowing anything, we can’t take our children amma, since in some places they can’t enjoy anything. When we reached home, we had a grand reception near the river bank by the children group. I could hear many baby voices calling ‘David’ David’ along with my uncle Mamu. Like that, among the children there are many aunts and uncles of my friends. They all started calling them by names. This time they were all wearing some kind of hats. Since they knew that I would directly go home, they wanted to get something from my pockets. Amma, you must see the small outstretched baby hands around me to get what I collected. I emptied my pockets and put all the marble pebbles into all the baby hands. How happy they were! Now I can understand, why our teenagers are so particular in collecting things for distribution, since how eagerly, the babies are waiting for us !!

Then I came home straight and all the children followed our teenagers to the museum site, where they would get a share of what they brought and also to hear the wonderful story of our trip. Amma, I am going down to see whether ammamma is there to tell her about the trip and then I’ll go to the museum to join my friends. Amma, please convey my love to periamma.

Bye amma! “Beckoning hands of a little one see! Baby voice calling, O mother for thee Rosy – cheeked darling, the light of the home, Taken so early, is beckoning come”

- C. C. LUTHER CHAPTER 35

VISITING MUSIC COMPOSER’S COLONY AT ‘SINGING BROOKS AND SANDY DUNES’

Date : 11 October 2004 Time : 11.20.P.M. “How lovely is thy dwelling place O Lord of hosts ! Blessed are those who dwell in Thy house, ever singing Thy Praises”. Ps. 84:1,4

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a place nearer to our mansions and we returned home just now. We walked along the road in the front towards the left of our mansions. We saw the road branching towards the right amidst the forest of flowering trees. We didn’t turn in that side road, but walked steadily forward. After some distance, we saw a brook on our left flowing parallel to the road, closer to it. Through a long flight of broad steps we went down from the road to the brook below. Later we were told that from one main brook many parallel branches were flowing in a vast area. We crossed the first brook and reached a long and high sandy dune, where we saw children sliding down from the summit and splashing down into the crystal – clear water. The most astonishing thing about the brook was that it produced some kind of beautiful back ground music. Usually we hear a murmuring noise as the water flows along a rocky bed. But this was quite different. We were told later that the rocks within the brook were hollow with a thin outer layer. So when water was flowing and dashing against them, those rocks were producing various musical notes, similar to the sound produced by a drum set. The music was enchanting amma. As we crossed that brook, we felt like singing. On our way back home, we actually sang when we crossed those singing brooks. We slided on the sand dune and reached another brook. A picturesque stretch of a long strip of land, with beautiful gardens and magnificent mansions deep within, came into our view. The landscape was fenced in on both sides by two lovely musical brooks. Beautiful sandy dunes rose up from the other two banks of the two brooks.

We saw men and women sitting alone in comfortable chairs near the brook, within the garden touching its waters. There was a network of pathways. When we were walking along a path to cross the garden, we saw a lady going in front of us. She turned back, stopped and invited us into her mansion. In the ground floor, there was an immense music hall with a grand piano with seats facing it. We sat on the seats near the piano.

LADY : All the mansions in this area are occupied by music composers of different types of music known in the world. I am a music composer for English music and anthems. We used to receive songs from famous song writers. The distinctive charm of this place is that we get special inspiration to compose music by sitting near the brook and listening to the wonderful musical sound, produced by the flowing water. (Then she started playing a beautiful piece of music in the piano) I composed this music just now. We have a choir for English music. Most of its members are musical composers. So when someone composes music for an anthem, we used to teach it to the members of the choir. Sometime we used to sit at the slope of the sand dune near the brook and sing. While singing, some one may suggest an addition or a change in the music. We used to alter it accordingly, so it is a joint venture. Usually we refer to this colony as “the place with singing brooks and sandy dunes”.

DAVID : Then she asked us to sing. We sang the two anthems, ‘praise the Lord’ and ‘King of Kings’. She appreciated our singing with great joy and she asked us to sing them again. While we were singing she started playing some accompaniments very beautifully on her piano and we all enjoyed our singing. Then we parted from her with a fond farewell and we crossed a brook, hopped over a sand dune, crossed another brook and came across a second stretch of gardens and mansions. There we saw a group of men and youth, sitting on a lawn in a circle and were singing some kind of Indian music (Karnatic music) with different kinds of timings. They beat the time with their hands rhythmically on their thigh. The leader introduced himself as an Indian and he spoke in Hindi. He explained to us the different beats and they sang some songs and they were nice. He said that he was a music composer for Indian music. We said good bye to them and turned back. We were told that all those brooks finally joined the lake, through which we used to travel to reach the sea. We sat on the slope of one of the sand dunes near the brook and started singing. As the music composer told us, we got some kind of inspiration to sing with more joy and our songs blended beautifully with the rhythm of the music produced by the brook. We were told that the stones and pebbles at the brook-bed were some kind of semi precious stones. As usual we collected different coloured samples which are new to us and walked home leisurely singing all the way. What a wonderful life amma!! On our way back home, first I turned into my garden and my other younger friends are going to the museum getting a promise from me that I must join them soon. So amma I am going down.

Bye amma dear!

“This music haunts me ever, Like something heard in dreams- It seems to catch the cadence Of heavenly winds and stream. My heart is filled with rapture, To think someday to come, I’ll sing it with the angels The song of Heaven and Home”

- E.E. Rexford CHAPTER 36

WORSHIP SERVICE AT A CHAPEL OVER A SNOW WHITE MOUNTAIN

Date : 13th October 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M. “You are the light of the world… Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works and give glory to your Father who is in Heaven !!” Mat. 5: 14,16

DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service on a mountain top. Now I am talking from my room. We walked along the road in our front towards the right of our mansions, turned on the left road reached the river and sailed towards the left. After passing the palm grove island we sailed along the left side of the broad river. We passed the town at the left, where we attended a worship service sometime back and we sailed steadily forward. After a short distance, we saw a left branch to this river and we turned in it. As we sailed along this river, we saw mountains, with a mantle of flowering trees and flowing streams, at some places on either side of the river. Then the river entered a gap in the mountains and joined a beautiful lake, surrounded by a circular magnificent mountain range. As we entered the lake, the view that unfolded was of wondrous beauty. The mountain was full of beautiful white shinning marble rocks. Several strips of gold were embedded in those rocks. It gave us an impression of purity and richness. We saw a beautiful road running at the foot of the mountain range along the shore of the lake. There were not many tall trees on the mountain and so we could see the whole place very clearly. We landed on the left bank of the lake and stood on the road at the foot of the mountain range, which contained several units of small mountains with a narrow and shallow valley in between every two of them. In each unit mountain, a branch road was climbing up along the edge of the mountain on its gentle slope, starting from the circular road at the foot of the mountain. After reaching the summit, that road was coming down along the other edge of the mountain and joined the base road. The branch road made an immense triangle on the mountain slope. Along this triangular road, there was a row of mansions perched within the triangle on the mountain slope at different levels. Short flight of golden steps rose from the road to reach every mansion site. Those lovely

mansions were made of the same glittering white marble stones with gold. The whole mountain slope within the triangular road was covered with beautiful flower gardens with a network of pathways. We watched the wondrous beauty of the place with joy. Never before have we seen this type of combination of purity and richness. The same pattern was repeated in all the mountain units between two valleys and it was like a chain of triangles arranged side by side. As we were standing there admiring its grandeur, people started emerging from their mansions. To watch the white robed throng coming down along those roads was another fascinating sight. After reaching the base road, some people took boats and crossed the lake, whereas others walked along the base road. When this road crossed the valleys, water was flowing as a thin stream from the lake into the valley rippling over the road. We realized that the people were getting ready for the worship service and so we also got into our boat and it swept across the lake. The lake bed also contained the same kind of shining white marble with gold embedded in it. A few such rocks were seen here and there above the surface of the water. Across the lake we saw a mountain with mansions along the triangular road and at the summit above all the mansions stood a magnificent chapel made of the same kind of white marble with gold. We stepped out of our boat and started ascending along the road which was climbing on the slope. We saw many groups of people – adults, youth and children-walking along the road in front of us and also behind us. Many groups were singing while walking. The two roads joined at a large platform at the top. A flight of steps rose from the platform to the chapel at the summit. At the platform we met a group of people coming up from the opposite road. They stopped to talk with us. John introduced us as a group of youth from the river side mansions near the worship complex. Then they told us about them. GROUP : The inhabitants of these mountains are Missionaries of earlier centuries who worked mostly among the people in the northern part of Europe, the places in icy mountains and places which were covered with snow almost through out the year. While we were on the earth, we were very poor. Often we were afflicted with starvation, sickness lack of proper shelter from the bitter cold, but still we continued to work to spread the Gospel in great joy. In Heaven Jesus has given us such beautiful mansions in the snow white mountains without the bitter coldness of the earth. We also enjoy the rich beauty of the gold. DAVID : Then, ascending the short flight of broad steps, we entered the summit, on which stood the chapel in imposing grandeur. The roof of the chapel was a massive dome. Since the walls were curved, the chapel almost looked like a globe as seen from outside with a flat bottom. From the summit, we were able to see the back part of this mountain range and also the region

encircling this area. There were many lakes here and there, but the mountain slopes were covered with trees and so we couldn’t see the actual mountains. From the front of the chapel, we could see the beauty of the whole area – snow white mountains around the lake shimmering in the golden white radiance and the mansions glittering as dots along the triangular line of roads. Then we went within the chapel. In the front we saw a half moon shaped altar. The seats were low with much grandeur. They were made of some kind of white material decorated with gold. There were cushions in front of all those seats, so that people could kneel over them. There were passages in between the seats and so we could occupy the seats almost at the front on the right hand side. At the left a group of men and women was singing songs beautifully in English in unison.

First the stage was empty and we were looking at the group of people who were singing. Then when we looked at the stage we were amazed to see one row of angels along the wall with their golden musical instruments. Then another row emerged from the wall and the first row moved to the front. Like that slowly rows and rows of angels appeared through the wall and almost fil led the altar except a place where stood a shining white throne decorated with gold. The whole place was bathed in a white radiance mingled with a golden glow. Suddenly the whole altar was fil led with a dazzling white golden light and we saw Jesus sitting on the throne. At once all the people knelt down and raised their hands, praising Jesus. Then the choir started a praising song to the accompaniment of angel orchestra. The song was unfamiliar to us. The whole congregation joined the choir in singing, still kneeling and raising their hands. As soon as they finished singing, Jesus stood up and started talking with a smile on His face.

JESUS : Peace be unto you. I feel happy to meet you again. You are my wonderful Missionaries. You took the light of My Gospel to the dark corners of the earth, leaving your homes and families. You went beyond the icy mountains, beyond the valleys, beyond the thickest forests, beyond the rivers and seas. So now I have given you beautiful mansions and you live with your large families. Aren’t you happy?

(Immediately all of them shouted “Amen, Praise the Lord”. By raising their hands and then again Jesus continued His talk).

On the earth you took the light of the Gospel around its corners. Now, here in Heaven you are sharing my love and the love of My Father with those who came from your mission fields. You were My Missionaries and now also you are my Missionaries. I am happy to say that even now, I have thousands of Missionaries in the world who are taking the light of the Gospel to the dark corners of the earth. In the name of My Father I bless you all.

DAVID : All this time we all remained kneeling over that cushions. When Jesus finished His brief message, the angel choir started singing and the divine ascension took place. The angels started ascending in concentric semi circles with Jesus at the front. It was a glorious sight amma. We were all praising Jesus with raised hands. As soon as the ascension was over the congregation started dispersing. We came out behind them, stood on the summit and saw them descending and walking along the roads on both sides. Even that was a fascinating sight. Finally we also came down. By that time the children were playing at the shore of the lake and youth were sailing in beautiful boats. Before we stepped into our boat, we started picking up those very beautiful shining white marble stones with lovely designs in gold. Then we sailed back home singing all along the way. When we reached the museum site our small ones surrounded us, especially the senior friends, who used to leave that place at once. I kept almost all the pebbles in their tiny outstretched hands including that of Mamu, except a few ones to show ammamma and others, before starting for home. I am going down amma. Be happy!

Bye amma dear ! “Send the light, where souls are dying In their darkness, gloom and night; Haste, on, haste! The days are fleeting. And the hours – how swift their flight!”

- F.J. Crosby

CHAPTER 37 ATTENDING ANOTHER YOUTH CAMP

Date : 15th October 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M.

“..... How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the Gospel of peace and bring Glad tidings of good things”. Rom. 10 :15 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a place not too far away from home. We sailed along the river touching our rear gardens towards the right of our mansions. We came to a place where the river became broad with tiny islands of different coloured marble rocks occupied by water birds, at the left. I told you about this place long back. From a distance we could see only the rocky islets, but when we sailed around the rocks, we saw a branch on the left side of that river; hidden by the clusters of rocks in front of the mouth of the river branch. We sailed around those rocks and entered that branch. On both sides we saw dense growth of flowering trees full of birds and their sweet music fil led the place. The trees were transformed into a blaze of rippling colours as the birds spread their bright wings of various

hues and flew from one tree to the other. That was a fascinating sight amma. After sailing a long way, we saw a large island in front of us. The river branched on both sides and went around it. We couldn’t see the opposite side of the island. Later on we learnt that the two branches again joined at the back of the island and flowed as a single river. We landed at the front of the island, where we saw many other boats. We reached a broad golden road which encircled the circular island. Later on we found that there were many such concentric roads and inbetween two roads, there were beautiful golden mansions of different sizes and structures. There were many cross roads connecting those main roads which were numbered 1, 2, 3 ….. from the centre. At the centre of the island there was an immense circular auditorium. We started walking towards the left and we saw many groups of youth landing on the island by boats and walking towards the centre from different directions. First we met a group of youth belonging to the yellow race and they told us that they were going to attend a youth camp and stay in one of those lovely guest mansions. As we walked further we saw many youth groups of different races of the world. We started walking along the connecting roads enjoying the beauty of the flowers in the gardens and also that of the golden mansions. Many of them were occupied and some looked empty. Finally we reached the central auditorium. It looked like an immense two storeyed building. But actually it was a building with one floor with a huge balcony within and so it looked tall. In the broad portico we saw an information centre. They showed us a huge three dimensional map on the wall, which gave the outlay of the island with their roads and mansions. It gave the details of the mansions – whether they were empty or occupied. The map also gave the outlay of the huge area behind that island, where the river continued to flow. There were many types of recreation centres for the youth, like play grounds, music halls, horse riding facilities, boat riding etc. So from the map, one could select a mansion and also get an idea of the various types of recreation in that area. We told the people in the information centre that we would not be able to participate in the full camp, but would attend the meeting in the auditorium. There was a huge stage within the auditorium and the seats were arranged in semi-circular galleries. There was a broad ‘U’ shaped balcony. Our friends wanted to sit in the balcony. The galleries were almost full. So we went up through the beautiful winding flight of steps and occupied the seats just opposite to the stage. Soon the whole balcony was also fil led up. Thousands of youth gathered there. Then the programme started.

Different groups went to the stage, sang some songs or choruses in different languages with their different kinds of musical instruments. Then after the singing session, a few of them gave their wonderful witnesses. Amma, I never heard such marvellous testimonies. Many of them were addicted to drugs and criminals before they

accepted Jesus as their friend and saviour. What a great change in their lives!! Some of them were within the prisons, when they were visited by great Evangelists and they received our beloved Jesus as their personal saviour and received His pardon, love and peace. The surprising fact was that they died a few years after receiving Jesus. They were happy that Jesus called them Home, as soon as they were converted. Otherwise they would have been drawn back to their old life and lost for ever. This would have given a tremendous shock to their parents. But if they realised the perfect will of our Jesus to take Home His children before they got caught up in the clutches of Satan, they would get great consolation. In our group no body was willing to give their testimony. So we decided to just watch and hear their marvellous testimonies. The meeting was going on for a very long time, but we felt excited in listening to them that we never felt bored. Finally the meeting came to a close and it was announced that those who wanted to take rest could go to their respective mansions and others could go to the recreation centre. We also came down and noted the number of a few empty mansions and went to see them. Each one was different. Generally the ground floor was a huge hall _some with closed glass like walls and some were open on all the sides. In the first floor, there was a central hall _ a music hall or a conference hall _ with a large number of rooms encircling this and opening into the central hall. Those rooms opened into the balcony surrounding the first floor. In some mansions, there was a second floor also with huge halls meant for indoor games, music etc. Then we walked towards the river and there was one layer of gardens touching the river, with beautiful bunches of blossoms. Our girls collected those bunches to distribute to our children. Finally we sailed back home, singing all along the way. Now I am in my room amma. I am going to rest for a while before going to the museum site to join my friends. Bye amma dear, go to sleep. (I was feeling very sleepy).

“I will praise my dear redeemer His triumphant power I’ll tell, How the victory he giveth over sin, and death and Hell sing on sing of my Redeemer ! with His blood He purchased me ! On the cross He sealed my pardon Paid the debt and made me free.

- Mrs. M.B.C.Blade

CHAPTER 38 VISITING A FISHERY STUDY CENTRE

– MEETING SCHOLARS

Date : 17th October 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “Yonder is the sea great and wide, which teems with things innumerable, living things both small and great. There go the ships and Leviathan which thou didst form to sport in it”. Ps. 104 : 25,26 DAVID : Just now we came back after going out for a long trip. We sailed along the river at the back towards the left of our mansions and reached the sea by the usual route. At the sea, we turned left and sailed along its shining waters parallel to the shore. After passing all the familiar sites, we came to a place where the sea water entered the land and formed a beautiful semicircular bay. Along the bay, we saw one row of very beautiful mansions within lovely gardens which almost touched the sea water. There were two more rows of mansions one behind the other. We sailed along the edge of the water and at the middle point of the bay, water went in, as a small channel and entered behind the front row of the mansions. We left our boat there and walked along the channel. In between the first two rows of mansions we saw many large and beautiful water tanks at the under ground level. Each one was made with one coloured marble. Water from the channel flowed into these tanks fil l ing them and the overflowing water again joined the sea through two channels flowing at the two ends of the row of mansions. We learnt that those mansions belonged to fishermen from different nations of the world and there lived many great scholars who worked in great fisheries on the earth. In each tank there was one variety of coloured fish. They were so beautiful running within the crystal clear water among many types of water plants of different colours. The fishermen were bringing fishes in an inbuilt glass tank in front of their boats. Even the fishes seemed to be very friendly. Like carrying puppies in our arms, they carried those fishes while transferring them from the boats into the appropriate tanks. We walked along those tanks looking at those many varieties of fishes with shining colours. Those fisherfolk told us that there was a huge ‘Fishery study centre’ at the back of the three rows of mansions and many scholars and students worked there to classify the Heavenly fishes which were different from those on the earth. So we crossed the second and third rows of mansions and there we saw an immense three storeyed building similar to a long college building on the earth, but it stood with much more grandeur. First we entered the ground floor. There was a wide veranda on all sides. The long ground floor was divided into two halves lengthwise by a glass- like partition. The front portion contained many large lecture halls with seating arrangements. The whole of the back portion was constructed by a transparent material like glass. Within that portion water was gently flowing from one end to the other like a small stream completely covering the whole box like arrangement. Beautiful fishes were swimming and playing within the water. It was exactly like a stream with fishes, except that we could see everything from the side, instead of from the top in the usual stream. Groups and groups of children and adults were coming there to see that beautiful sight. While we were walking along the veranda, we found that a lecture was

going on in one of those lecture halls, attached to the stream. When we slowly passed that hall, the speaker invited us to join them. We went in and occupied the seats arranged in semicircles facing a low platform in the front where stood the speaker. Many were seated there, facing the stage. Then the speaker continued his lecture, giving us some kind of introduction about their work there.

SPEAKER : Please don’t think that I am the teacher here. Greater scholars than me are sitting here. (Pointing towards the men and women sitting in the front row) There are some students as well. Since we are interested in the study of fishes, we are here to discuss and classify them into groups, according to their colour, pattern, size, external structure. When our Father created the earth, on the fifth day He created fishes, In the same way He created thousands of varieties of fishes in Heaven too. They don’t breed as the fishes on the earth. All of them were created by our Father just like His other creations in Heaven. We are the ones who came from the earth, redeemed by the precious blood of Jesus. While we are studying one of the wonderful creations of our Lord, we praise Him and glorify Him. There are several writers among us and we have a very large library in the first floor. So please see it before you leave.

DAVID : Amma, then we thanked him and bid them all farewell and went to the other side of the ground floor. There we saw many single seats placed along the veranda of the aquarium, where men and women were seated and taking down some notes looking at the fishes moving within the stream. Beyond that building was a very beautiful garden of flowers. Then we went to the library in the first floor. There were thousands of books. We were allowed to take any number of books we wanted, since they had many copies for each and every book there. We went to the children’s section and selected many picture story books of fishes which were depicted as having hands and legs and that they were talking to each other – very beautiful books. There were also many books according to grades 1, 2, 3 etc. Our friends, who were interested in the study of fishes selected books in grades 1 and 2. I also took some children’s books and we all left the place joyfully and reached home, singing all the way long. Amma, I think that soon we are going to have a sing song service. John gave that information. So we are practicing an anthem. “Our good shepherd, Jesus we love Thee”. I used to teach the treble in Aunt Margret’s music hall. She told us to use her music hall, whenever we want. Since it is nearer to the museum, our girls will be around it. I used to teach the other parts separately and finally we’ll have a few practices together. We’ll know the details of the Programme when John sends word. Now I am going down to our music room to learn the anthem thoroughly by playing in the Piano.

Bye amma dear! “When we reach our Fathers dwelling, On the strong eternal Hills, And our Praise to Him is swelling, Who the vast creation fills”.

- W.P. Mackay, M.D

CHAPTER 39

A SING SONG WORSHIP SERVICE

Date : 19th October 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M. “I will Praise the name of God with a song I will magnify Him with thanks giving”. Ps. 69 : 30 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service in which we sang an anthem. It was a sing song service. We walked in the road on our front towards the right of our mansions, then turned left and reached the river. From there we sailed towards the left and reached the worship complex. There, a beautiful golden road was going in between two huge auditoriums starting from the river bank on the right. We stepped down from our boat and started walking through that road. After some distance, at our right we saw the vast open-air lawn with galleries. We passed that place and came to an immense auditorium of much grandeur. It rose to a great height; almost double the size of the normal auditorium and it was rectangular in structure. Golden seats were arranged in galleries within the building. The galleries rose to almost half the height of the auditorium. The stage was of immense size. Golden curtains of very grand and rich texture were hanging in beautiful shining folds from the top to the bottom of all the walls within, including the curved wall of the back of the stage and also in front of the stage, where we used to have steps to climb up the stage. All the choirs were seated in the front. The large choir from the music lover’s colony occupied the seats in the extreme left facing the stage. The seats were arranged in four columns of galleries with passages in between. We were seated in the second column almost at the front. The large choir was singing beautifully.

The Stage was empty. Then all of a sudden something spectacular happened with much splendour. A wave of intense golden light emerged from the left and it passed on over the curtains, which were shimmering with wondrous beauty. It looked as though the curtain was moving. Along with the wave of light hosts and hosts of angels appeared on the left side of the stage and moved to the right and occupied the back portion of the stage. They were carrying beautiful golden musical instruments and started playing and singing. The wave of golden radiance moved throughout the walls of the auditorium. Then, in another more powerful wave of radiant golden light Jesus and more angels gloriously came into the stage from the left. Immediately we all stood up, raised our hands, shouted in great joy and praised Jesus for a long time. Jesus occupied the golden throne with a very tender smile and waved His hands. First, we all sang a praising song ‘Praise the Lord’. Then the sing song service started. Big choirs stood in their places and gave their item. Smaller ones like ours moved to the front stood beneath the stage and gave our items. As usual, while one group was singing at one side, another group was getting ready on the opposite side. When our chance came we went to the front and stood in a semicircle. I stood at the right end along with the tenor. As I told you I selected a simple anthem ‘our good shepherd Jesus we love Thee’. It began with a solo by tenor, and then joined by alto then treble and finally bass. Steve was with us to sing bass since we needed a strong powerful bass. Then, while other three parts were singing, bass just sang ‘Jesus, Jesus’ with tremendous power. Finally at the end

treble joined the bass to repeat ‘Jesus, Jesus’. Then alto joined them and in the end tenor also joined them. While singing the last part, we all extended our hands towards Jesus and sang ‘Jesus, Jesus’, gradually reducing the volume. Amma, you must have heard the great shout of appreciation from the audience and above all, Jesus smiled at us extending His hands towards us. Amma, I only selected this anthem from my song books and I am so happy that we sang well. Every body sang their parts in a marvellous manner. We had a thorough practice. Then, as we backed and went to our seats another choir went to the front and the programme continued. The American choir with my friend Bob sang an anthem with Bob’s wonderful solos in between. It was really a marvellous item. Many choirs sang in different languages. The whole auditorium vibrated with music praising Jesus. At the end of every item, the audience gave a shout of appreciation and Jesus extended His hands towards the members of the choir. Finally Jesus stood up and blessed all of us by extending His hands over us saying, “I bless you my children with all my love”. Then the same kind of golden radiance moved as a wave from right to left and the whole divine group slowly moved in splendour with that light rippling along the curtains and finally disappeared. We all stood up and praised Jesus with great shouts of joy. Amma, I am so happy here. Then every body was busy meeting their friends. My friend Bob, reached out his hands towards me, hugged me saying, “David you have become an enchanted boy. Every one was entranced by your marvellous music. Your selection is superb and wonderful. David, you have become a perfect choir director”. I also congratulated him for the wonderful performance of his choir. Then I met several of my friends. Everybody appreciated our song. Amma, I am so happy that I selected that song. After the inauguration of the museum, we came to know of many people and many of them came to know me and our group since Aunt Margret introduced me and all my friends individually. So I heard many voices calling me, “David, David” and all of them appreciated our song. Then we started our home ward journey, singing all along the way joyfully. We sang while walking through the road in front of our mansions. I came home, while others were going off still singing. I must go down to see whether ammamma has arrived.

Bye amma dear! Be happy! “I will sing of my Redeemer, And His heavenly love to me; He from death to life hath brought me; Son of God with Him to be”.

- P.P. BLISS

CHAPTER 40 VISITING ONCE MOUNTAIN TRIBAL VILLAGERS

AND MISSIONARIES

Date : 21st October 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “ This gospel of the kingdom will be preached through out the whole world, as a testimony to all nations and then the end will come”. Mat. 24:14 DAVID : Amma, just now we came home from a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar sites and after the American farmers’ Colony, we found a left branch in the river and turned in it. This branch was plunging and pushing through the green foliage of a thick forest which contained tall flowering trees. Lovely creepers were twining and climbing, over those trees and couldn’t see much within the forest from the boat. After a long way this river plunged into a pond which was sparkling with beauty since its bed was made of golden marble stones. The pond was surrounded by the same thick wood and we didn’t see any person or boat there. The dense wood was torn aside to reveal a shining stream containing the same golden marble stones pouring into this pond. This river left this pond on the opposite side and plunged once more into the thick forest. We sailed farther crossing a chain of ponds with golden red and white marble stones respectively and we came into the fourth pond with a bed of golden green marble stones. It was very beautiful since the water was sparkling with a golden green tinge. On the left side we saw a boat with a white couple with a few youth and white children. They were unloading things from the boat with the help of a group of men, belonging to all the races of the earth. So we sailed nearer to them and got down. The couple greeted us and introduced themselves as a Missionary couple with their children. Later we came to know that they were not their own children, but from the orphanage they had in the world during the later year of their lives, after serving different mission fields mostly in south East Asia among the island forest tribes. We also helped them to carry those bundles into the forest. There was a beautiful golden road leading from the pond into the forest. Along the way we saw groups and groups of children and teenagers playing in the beautiful stream flowing down into the pond. There also the rocks and the bed of the stream were of the same golden green marble stones. Children were playing with toy boats and teenagers were building small huts along the bank of the stream with big marble stones and covered the top with branches laden with beautiful flowers. It looked like small huts of the hill tribes on the earth but in Heaven, they looked really grand. The Missionary couple then gave the following details.

MISSIONARY : The inhabitants of this beautiful thick forest are the mountain tribes, who lived within jungles in small islands. Missionarises like us who belonged to the early centuries took the light of the Gospel to them and now also we used to visit them often to teach scripture to the children. We also bring things they need from the shopping complex and take their hand work to the shopping complex. They make lovely crystal jars in these marble stones and also artistic work in wooden shutters for windows and doors. The most wonderful thing about these people is that they live as joint families, not with their blood relatives, but with people from different nations of the world. You can see people of different races living in the same house. The children also don’t mind living with others instead of their own parents. It is really a heavenly bond which unites all these Christians of early centuries. Only when people become more civilized they become more selfish as well.

DAVID : Then, they took us to a small shopping complex. There were a few single floor halls open on all sides, with sloping roofs. They kept all those bundles which they brought from the boat in that complex and the Missionaries distributed many things to the children who crowded there. After sometime they took us farther, where we saw many workshops which were similar in structure to that of the shopping complex. There, they were doing beautiful carvings in wood and also very lovely crystal jars in that golden green marble stones, with cut work which made the jars sparkle with beauty. They told us that they were having different coloured crystal jars in the shopping complex and they were made by people of the other villages, within that wood, where they were getting marble rocks of those colours. They asked us to take as many crystal jars as we wanted and we collected many smaller ones. Then a few of those people accompanied us back to the shopping complex and gave us more jars in three more different colours-golden, golden red and white. So we collected four sets of four coloured jars in our four pockets, so that we had enough for distribution. We also visited some of their beautiful mansions deep within the forest. We were able to see those buildings, only when we went near them. There lived adults and children belonging to different races of the world. Amma, they were the living examples of the bonds of love about which Jesus used to mention in His sermons.

Finally, we thanked the Missionaries and others and parted from them with a fond farewell and sailed back home joyfully. Our children came to receive us near the river. The senior members of our group gave three sets of jars to the children to carry them to the museum site and we took one set to our home.

My friends wanted me to go to the museum soon to discuss the painting of a few scenes for keeping those crystal jars in the museum. So I am going there.

Bye amma dear!

“See heathen nations bending Before the God we love And thousand hearts ascending In gratitude above”.

- Rev. S. F. Smith

CHAPTER 41

VISITING A COLONY OF FLOWER GARLAND MAKERS

Date : 23rd October 2004 Time : 11.30 P.M. “I am the rose of Sharon, and the lily of the valleys. The flowers appear on the earth; the time of singing of birds has come and the voice of turtle dove is heard in our land”. Song of Solomon 2:1, 12 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along our river at the back towards the right of our mansions. Last time I told you that we turned in a left branch in the river after the American farmer’s colony. Almost at the same point, there was a branch on the right side in the main river and we entered it. First it flowed through tall flowering trees on both sides. Then we came to a region, which looked like a wild country covered with bushes on both sides. On closer look, we found that those bushes were blooming with small blossoms similar to our jasmine flowers. When we saw a road starting from the river bank at the left, we stepped down from our boat and started walking into that vast area. The entire region was criss – crossed with path ways which divided that land into different sections. Each section contained one variety of jasmine like flowers of the same colour. So we were able to see various patches of different colours like white, cream, pink, yellow and orange. Those flowers were diffusing a very pleasant perfume. We saw many people both men, women and youth plucking those flowers and collecting them in their huge carry bags. They told us that beyond those flower gardens, there were many mansions and workshops surrounded by such gardens and the inhabitants were from all over the world, mainly from tropical countries, who were involved in making beautiful garlands with flowers. There was a great demand for such garlands in Heaven to receive loved ones coming from the earth and also to welcome newcomers to different colonies. In tropical countries, welcoming people with garlands was very common. After crossing many sections of jasmine like flowers, we came across gardens which were blooming with beautiful roses of many varieties and colours. Those blossoms were just like our button roses on the earth. There also people were collecting roses for making garlands. Like that there were many gardens with different kinds of flowers, which were all used to make garlands. We did enjoy strolling through those lovely gardens.

We walked farther and came into the same type of gardens, but within each section there were beautiful mansions and work shops. In the mansions also people were sitting on the open veranda either on floor or on low chairs around heaps of lovely flowers which were almost in the bud stage. They were using long thin stems of green coloured creepers to tie the flowers. When we approached a mansion, we were welcomed by the sweet fragrance of the flowers. There were many professionals in making garlands. But many were sitting around them watching them and learning to do it. Amma, I met several south Indians who were great experts in that art. The familiar jasmine and rose garlands were looking perfect and also very rich and grand since they were inserting golden ribbons in between the chains of flowers. (South India is very, famous for making garlands with jasmine and rose flowers and so David is very familiar with such flower garlands). They told us that they used to get many orders from shopping complexes near the sea where people from the earth used to arrive by boats. So their loved ones could choose garlands of flowers of their liking to welcome them. They were hanging those garlands around their veranda in long ropes. Then we visited the workshops which were as usual huge halls, open on all sides with sloping roofs and very polished floors. Amma, it was a beautiful sight. The whole place seemed to be flooded with gorgeous flowers of various colours in heaps and their fragrance filled the whole place. They asked us to take as many garlands as we wanted. Our girls took many small slender ones and hung them over their arms. I took just two; one made of jasmine like flowers and one with roses. They told us that people from the shopping complexes used to go over there in boats along the river which connected the sea on one side of their colony, and the main river on the other side. It was also easier for them to take the finished products to any place they want, either by sea or by river. We went round and round. They were making different types of garlands according to their tradition on the earth. Finally we sailed back home. Children of our area were very happy to see those beautiful garlands. Each one got one garland and they had them around their necks. I came home with my two garlands which were very similar to the ones we used to see in our place in south India. Bye amma dear! “Oh, they tell me of a Home, where my friends have gone, Oh, they tell me of a land, far away Where the tree of life in eternal bloom, Sheds the fragrance thro’ an unclouded day, Oh the land of cloudless day”. - J. K. AlWOOD

CHAPTER 42

ANGELS WORSHIP SERVICE Date :2 5th October 2004 Time : 11.30 P.M. “The Lord has established His throne in the Heavens and His Kingdom rules over all. Bless the Lord, O you His angels, You mighty ones who do His word, Hearkening to the voice of His word !” Ps. 103:19,20 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service of angels in an extremely beautiful place. We walked along the front road towards the left of our mansions, then turned on the right side road and reached the river. From there we sailed towards the right in a boat. After crossing the familiar sites, we came across a right side branch and we entered it. After a very short distance, this river flowed into an extremely beautiful lake shimmering with a golden green colour and surrounded by a range of low mountains, completely covered with ever green trees. Amma, you must have seen a few such trees (cone – shaped) in our place, which we use as Christmas trees. Then just try to imagine the gracious beauty of the entire place covered with rows and rows of such of trees of vivid green. The lake was also sparkling with wondrous beauty since it contained golden green marble rocks with layers of gold and the lake – bed also was made of the same coloured marble stones. Several pathways started from the lake, climbing beautifully along the slopes of the mountains, through those ever green trees and reached a broad road at the top, which ran parallel to the lake line around the mountain range with a bridge on top of the river. All the pathways were paved with the same golden green marble stones garnished with gold. Exquisitely elegant mansions ornamented both sides of all those pathways. Those mansions were also made of those golden green marble stones decorated with gold and so the whole area had taken on a lovely golden green tinged hue. The beauty of the landscape was due to the lovely lake and also the bright green trees which stood in rows. Each mansion was in between two rows of trees, facing the lake. Nothing blocked the view of the lovely lake from each mansion. First we found it difficult to distinguish those mansions from the trees. We could differentiate them only by the beautiful small gardens, which were blooming with blossoms of many colours, encircling each mansion. We stopped near one such pathway, stepped down from our boat and started walking along the pathway and reached the road at the top. Above that main road the mountain was just covered with rows and rows of ever green trees only. There were no mansions. But a chapel of wondrous beauty, in the shape of a half moon stood in magnificent grandeur on the summit. The front part was flat with a wide portico and a beautiful tower above. The back part of the chapel was curved. At the portico we met some people. Most of them were whites. They gave the following information. PEOPLE : On the earth we lived in places in the midst of such ever- green trees. Some of us loved to live in such places. So God has provided us mansions encircled by evergreen trees around a lovely lake. At the bed of the lake, there are green precious stones within the rocks. If you just knock at the rock to make an opening, the gems will flow out. DAVID : At that time we saw hosts and hosts of angels gliding down and descending over the tower. Then we all went within the chapel. The chapel was made of the same golden green marble stones and richly decorated with gold and it was sparkling with green precious stones – emeralds which were embedded in the structure. The altar was looking very attractive and beautiful. Lovely seats were arranged in rows. A choir at the left, beneath

the altar, was singing songs very softly. Suddenly we heard a very beautiful song above the chapel in the open air. Amma, you told me once that a Christmas carol service started with a song, sung by the choir from outside the chapel and you were thrilled to hear that song pouring in so suddenly and it was a delightful surprise. Then you can imagine the effect of that sudden burst of the melodious music of the angels coming from above. We all were enraptured by their sweet ethereal music. After sometime the lovely strains of music penetrated into the chapel as the singing angels streamed down followed by Jesus, surrounded by a host of angels. We all stood up, raised our hands and shouted praises in great joy. Jesus sat on a radiant golden throne. Then the chapel rang, with a song of triumphant praise. Afterwards the angels’ worship service started. While a group of angels were singing songs of praises with their golden musical instruments, others just glided down from the altar from one end, worshipped Jesus, by bowing low with great adoration and got back to the altar through the other end. While the singing group came to worship Jesus, another group of angels took up that song. We all stood up, raised our hands and shouted joyful praises to our beloved Jesus. When the worship was over the angel choir and all the other angels ascended along with Jesus, singing all the way up and we heard their song over the chapel for a long time. Then the sound of their music became softer and softer and finally stopped and the people started dispersing from the chapel. We sailed to one of the rocks within the lake. Children and youth showed us the way of getting those green precious stones. With a small instrument they tapped the rock here and there. When they got a hollow sound, they knocked it harder to get an opening in the rock. We saw green stones sparkling within that hole. We put our hands inside and scooped those green gems. We all filled our four pockets with them and returned home, after bidding those children a fond farewell. When we arrived at our place our children received us with great joy. The senior members emptied our pockets leaving a few gems for sample and gave them to those children. They put those stones within their small pockets and carried them to the museum so that our teenagers would keep the best for the museum and they will distribute the rest. Our children will then get their share. Bye amma dear ! “Salvation to God Who sits on the throne; Let all cry aloud, And honour the Son The praises of Jesus All angels proclaim, Fall down on their faces, And worship the Lamb.” - Unknown

CHAPTER 43 VISITING A STUDY CENTRE FOR CHILDREN

Date : 27th October 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “For the Lord giveth wisdom; out of his mouth cometh knowledge and understanding. He layeth up sound wisdom for the righteous ...." Prov. 2: 6,7 DAVID : Amma, we are coming back home. I am talking to you as we are sailing along the river flowing at the back and we’ll reach our landing place soon and then I’ll describe our trip. (After about ten minutes David again continued his talk) Amma, we sailed along the river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar sites we saw a long flight of broad golden steps which rose from the left side bank of the river to an elevated landscape. The river was flowing at a much lower level than the surrounding area. We stepped down from our boat and climbed those steps. When we reached the high land, we saw a broad road running parallel to the river. Next to the road, there was a very beautiful lake. There were many flat marble rocks within its transparent waters jutting out over the water level. There we saw large crowd of children and lovely water birds playing with each other. Children were patting those birds and the birds seemed to enjoy that. There was a huge lofty bridge over the lake, connecting the road and the opposite shore of the lake. Many streams were flowing into this vast water way and another river left the right side shore of the lake and was plunging parallel to the main river and flowing off. We had to climb many steps to reach the bridge and then we walked along the bridge. The view of the lake from that height was fascinating. We could see huge colourful fishes playing within its crystal clear waters. Small children were playing in the soft sand on the lake – shore and they were collecting and playing with the shining marble pebbles of different colours. Gold was embedded in those pebbles. We crossed the bridge and the lake. At the other end of the bridge, a broad road was leading us still farther through thick woods with tall trees laden with flowers. After walking a long distance we saw another road cutting this one at right angles. We entered that cross road towards the left and walked along that road. We saw many beautiful pathways branching from the left side of the road and going within the wood along the sides of streams. Many mansions were in between two such streams. It was a wonderful place to live in, especially for children, because they can always play in water. Many small boats were sailing along those streams carrying children towards the lake. We walked on the pathway beside one such stream and reached a very huge two – storeyed mansion with a very wide veranda and we saw a few ladies sitting there. They welcomed us warmly and we all sat there. One of the ladies gave us the following information. LADY : This place is an immense study centre where children of all age groups learn to read and also learn many arts in which they are interested. Its rich and varied educational programme covers topics like music, games, drawing, painting, artistic work like cutting gems, embedding them in tiles etc. In most of the mansions such students and foster mothers live together. Some children have their parents in other places of Heaven and for some, their parents are still on the earth. We all are foster mothers and we are living with these children in their homes in this centre. Some parents have come from other parts of Heaven and are staying with their children for the sake of their children’s training. This centre has special boats with two decks to bring children from different parts of Heaven for learning in this institute. Here, there is no fixed time for learning and playing. While some children are learning different arts, some are playing in the streams and in the lake.

DAVID : Then one lady took us to the centre, which was an immense three storeyed building surrounded by two concentric circular roads. There was a beautiful garden between the building and the first road and another one stretched in between the two roads, where open – air classes were going on. We crossed the two concentric circular roads and went to the study centre. In the building there were six main sections of learning, three on one half of the building and the other three on the other half. Each main section had different sub sections. On the left, there were centres to learn games, music and reading and the classes were conducted on the three floors. On the right side there were sections for teaching, painting, acting and to deliver speeches. Those classes were conducted on the three floors. While returning, we saw within the second stretch of gardens, different groups of children and adults sitting either in chairs under the trees or on the lawn and learning different arts like cutting precious stones, embedding gold and gems in tiles etc. There were many play grounds also. Then we came back with that mother and she took us to have a look into her mansion. In the ground floor, there was a huge central hall with a large number of chairs. That hall was surrounded by rooms for the mothers. On the first floor there were many huge halls which were used as bed rooms, music halls, games halls etc for the children. Then we thanked her, said ‘good bye’ and left them. Our teenagers wanted to have a pleasure – ride in the streams like those children and so we sailed in small boats and reached the lake and went near the rocks to admire those beautiful water birds, where children were playing with them with shouts of joy. From the lake – shore we collected many beautiful coloured pebbles with gold embedded in them. There were black shining smooth granite like stones with gold and they were looking extremely beautiful and I also collected them. Then we walked along the bridge, reached our boat and sailed back home, where we were received by the children of our mansions and I came home to talk to you. AMMA : David, what about your studies? DAVID : Amma, I enjoy my studies in Heaven. Think of our super brain. Though I love you all and I am waiting for your arrival, I don’t want, even to imagine a life for me, on the earth. I have such a glorious and joyful life in Heaven. I created a small medical library within my room. There are also some song books in my room. In the music hall downstairs, I have an immense collection of music books. For Jeba’s marriage, we’ll have a blessing ceremony here. I’ll teach my choir, songs like “The voice that breathed O’er Eden’, ‘May the good Lord bless and keep you’, ‘The Lord bless thee and keep thee’ etc. Amma, please tell me a few days earlier. Bye amma! “O Home Land O Home Land whose joy no tongue can tell No sighing of the weary, no more the sad farewell; But sound of children’s voice and shout of saintly song Are heard thy happy high ways and golden streets along”. - Lucy Rider Meyer

CHAPTER 44 VISITING MULTI COLOURED

MARBLE MOUNTAINS – TILE WORKERS Date :29th October 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Great is the Lord and greatly to be praised — His holy mountain, beautiful in elevation is the joy of all the earth”. Ps. 48 : 1, 2 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and now I am talking from my room. We walked along the road towards the right of our mansions, turned left, reached the river and sailed towards the left. After passing the palm grove island, we sailed along the left edge of the river. At one point there were some high rocks on the left side and behind those rocks flowed a branch of this river hidden by those rocks. When we usually sailed in that river we hadn’t noticed that branch. We sailed around those rocks and entered that branch. From the beginning there were very beautiful mountains on both sides. Each mountain was covered with marble rocks of different colours. So the whole mountain seemed to be clothed in a beautiful multi coloured garment. The rocks were decked with flowers of different colours since flowering plants were growing in between those rocks. As we sailed slowly, we enjoyed looking at the various patterns of vibrant colours on both sides. The whole picture was fantastic. After some distance we saw another wondrous beauty. Almost from the bottom of the mountain, from the clefts of the rocks, water was gushing out with great force and joined the river. We were thrilled to pass through the golden spray in that area. Again after passing through the same type of colourful mountains, we saw from a distance beautiful mansions almost at the top of the mountains on both sides of the river. At the first glance, they looked like heaps of different coloured flowers, because the walls and sloping roofs were made with different coloured marble tiles. Each tile shone with different shades. On the earth we may think that it is old fashion to have many colours in the same building. But in Heaven they looked so beautiful. A flight of steps was going up from the river to the top. We left our boat there and started to climb up. Beyond those steps were many water springs as we saw before. A large number of children and youth were gliding over that gushing water. They sat on the rocks, from which water was gushing out and slowly they slipped over the water and they were carried by the powerful current of water into the river. Amma you must hear the joyful shouts and shrieks of those children as they were flying down on the glistening slopes of the gushing water! They were doing it again and again. We decided to play that game while returning after visiting the mansions. Ascending those steps, we reached a road on the summit, which was going around all those mansions and workshops, touching their gardens. As I told you, those mansions were wonderful to look at. After passing a few mansions we saw a workshop in which we saw people belonging to all the races of the world. They were making tiles and other articles with multicoloured marble rocks. Behind those workshops were marble rocks of many colours on the mountain. They cut blocks and blocks of such rocks very easily and brought them into the workshops. Since the marble was in layers, they were separating them easily and cutting them into tiles of different sizes. In each tile there were many patches of colours and they blended beautifully with one another. Each tile was different from another. But they looked very beautiful. They had many coloured precious stones in baskets and they were fixing contrast coloured gems at those different patches of colours in the tiles. For example they fixed red rubies at the green patch and so on. They were looking very attractive. They were also making paper weights and small flower vases. All those articles were made with those multicoloured marble stones. They asked us to take as many articles as we wanted. We requested them to cut bigger tiles

of about 6” x 6” into four pieces of 3” x 3”, so that it would be easy for us to carry them in our pockets. They gladly did that for us. They also offered us small baskets to carry those articles. Our girls took five baskets and filled them with their presents. I told them that they had to carry those baskets while walking!! They agreed. We visited two more workshops. There the tiles were slightly different. Though all of them were multicoloured, in one workshop, the dominant colour was green, in another it was red and in another, it was blue etc. They told us that there was great demand for those tiles. People used to give orders or they would deposit them in the shopping complex and bring back things they needed like fruits and other articles such as precious stones and gold. We thanked them and bid them a fond farewell, went down, kept all our coats and baskets within our boat and went to play with those children, their gliding game in the gushing water. They told us where to sit and how to slip over the water, so that we would be carried over the water. Otherwise we would be swirled into the water. Of course there is no problem in Heaven even if we are caught in the whirling waters. But riding over the water was the real game. We watched them playing for sometime and then they helped us to play that game. Amma, it was a wonderful enjoyment to ride on the water and carried by the water into the river. We all shouted with joy along with those children. After a long time we returned home. While walking on the road in our front, our teenagers with those baskets walked in the front. They were not heavy amma. But they wanted to walk swinging their hands. So they looked back with pleading eyes and we understood the meaning. Finally we, bigger boys carried those baskets. When we reached our museum I placed most of the articles on the tables, on the lawn and I got back home. Amma, after taking some rest, I am going to my medical study centre. We may have a worship service in the immense auditorium within our study complex. That may be our next programme. Only after going there, I’ll know about it. In that case I’ll take my friends also there to take part in the worship service, where Jesus will be present. Bye amma dear! “I’m living on the mountain, underneath cloudless sky, I’m drinking at the fountain, that never shall run dry, O Yes ! I am feasting on the manna from a bountiful supply, For I am dwelling in Beulah land”. - C. Austin miles

CHAPTER 45

WORSHIP SERVICE IN THE ‘MEDICAL STUDY CENTRE’

Date : 31st October 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M. “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom; ....... His praise endures for ever ”. Ps. 111:10 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service in our ‘Medical study centre.’ When I went there for my usual studies, I found that the people were busy and in a festive mood decorating the various blocks. The service was arranged in the first floor of an immense two storeyed auditorium, which had a capacity for the seating of many thousands. Youth from the doctor’s colony, were bringing in flowers in beautiful flower baskets. We, the medical students along with those youth helped experts in arranging the flowers around the broad balcony surrounding the rectangular auditorium. Then I came home and informed my friends and members of my choir. John also sent word that the worship service at the ‘Medical study Centre’ would be our next programme. So when the time came, all my friends and some adults from our place started our slow walk to the study centre. On the way we sang together and we saw many groups of youth and children coming to the campus from different directions of that ‘Medical Complex’ singing all along the way. It was a beautiful sight. Finally we reached the auditorium. The building was almost at the centre of the vast complex, surrounded by a pathway. Beyond that was a very beautiful wide park with gardens. There was a net work of pathways in between different sections of the park. In every section seats were arranged in circles. Many of our senior doctors were sitting there to receive their friends and relatives. When they saw me, they greeted me saying, “Hello David”. I also greeted them and introduced my friends to them and passed on. My friends were telling, “David, you are really popular among these senior doctors!!” Then we saw angel’s descending over the flat high roof of the auditorium and we knew that Jesus would come soon. The seats within the auditorium were arranged in galleries. Separate seats were arranged for the choir and orchestra of the doctors’ colony at the left and right sides facing the huge high stage, which was also beautifully decorated. We were seated almost at the front. The choir was singing beautifully with the orchestra. Soon the auditorium became full. Suddenly we heard the loud noise of trumpets overhead. Soon a host of angels were seen floating on the top of the auditorium, each one having a trumpet. Those angels then slowly descended on the stage and continued playing the trumpets. Suddenly Jesus, surrounded by another host of angels descended on the stage. We all stood up, raised our hands and shouted praises to Jesus joyfully. As soon as Jesus was seated, we all sang together the praising song ‘Praise the king of glory’. The auditorium rang with the joyful voices of the many thousands gathered there. Then Jesus gave a short message. JESUS : I am happy to be here with you. Your profession is really great and very useful in my ministry and spreading of the Gospel on the earth. Even among your professionals, there are two groups. One group is going through the narrow road and reaching Heaven and they are under the wings of My Father. Others are going through the broad road, under the shadow of Satan, harming themselves as well as others. I am

happy that you all belong to the first group. You had taken up the cross and followed Me. May God bless you all. DAVID : As soon as Jesus finished His divine message, the angels started playing their trumpets. The mighty strains of the trumpets was tremendous and Jesus ascended with all the angels and we were shouting praises to Him. Then the audience streamed out of the auditorium. At the ground floor, an exhibition was arranged. Important exhibits from various departments were displayed, which explained the functions of different human organs – live pictures and designs. The most important display was the process of cure by the wonderful healing touch of Jesus about which I told you earlier. It was explained in a series of different stages of the disease and the cure by Jesus like a movie picture. All these were arranged in two huge halls, one on the ground floor and another in a hall in the nearby building. My friends enjoyed seeing all those exhibits and finally we walked back home singing joyfully. Bye amma dear! “There is power ... power .... Wonder Working power In the blood ... of the Lamb” - L. E. Jones “Oh touch the hem of His garment! And thou too, shall be free; His saving power this very hour Shall give new life to thee”. - Geo. F. Root DAVID'S MOTHER : When I wrote down this message, I was happy to learn that in heaven too, David continued to have certain good characteristics which he had while on this earth. During his 42 years of medical education, David never made any adverse remarks about his teachers. Always he had praises for them and he genuinely loved them too. Once a few girls, David's classmates came to visit us. They told us about David as follows: "Bensam (at College they called him Bensam) was a pet student of all our teachers. One teacher always called him B.D.S., B.D.S. (the first letters of his name - Bensam David Solomon), asking him to run some errands in the classroom or in the laboratory. The Head of the Department of 'Medicine' is usually a very strict person and we girls are even afraid to talk to her. But we used to be surprised to see Bensam, standing near her often and talking to her with a smiling face. He looked relaxed in her presence. Everybody loved him, since he was quite smart in his studies and also well behaved." His classmates (boys) told us "Bensam was very popular in our college, loved by his classmates as well as by the whole staff. He used to stand close to our teachers during leisure time, talking about the subjects and even telling them about his personal matters too, as if they were his close friends." One of his lecturers commented "Bensam was the number one student in his class." Then only I thought, how that character of David, continue in the next world too. In Heaven, he is very close to the senior Doctors of his medical study centre.

CHAPTER 46

PLAYING THE GAME OF GLIDING OVER WATER

Date : 2nd November 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “In Thy Presence is Fulness of joy; at Thy right hand there are pleasures for ever more”. Ps. 16:11 DAVID : Amma, we are sailing back home after visiting a wonderful place and I am talking from the boat. We sailed along our river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar sites we entered a branch on the left side of the river and sailed steadily forward a long distance. This river, then joined another river flowing at right angles to this one. We sailed across that river and reached a long stretch of narrow woods at the opposite side fringing the river. There was a broad road across the wood and it led to the bank of another very broad stream rippling beautifully along the fringes of that forest. There was a network of pathways within the wood and many mansions were embedded in its green foliage. The broad stream had three sections lengthwise. The first one was a stream of ankle deep water and the bed was made of golden rocks, so that the stream just looked like a stream of transparent molten gold. We walked through that, crossed it and reached the middle layer containing a chain of small golden islands. These islands had varied types of cabin like structures. Some had a single golden pillar at the centre with an umbrella like top and there were many seats around the pillar. Some had many pillars around a circle with a sloping roof without any side walls. Some were like a tall tower in which we could climb up, sit there and watch the charming view around it. Beyond this was a broad stream with crystal clear water running at a high speed. An exciting game was going on there. Groups and groups of youth and adults, walked across the water, holding their hands, then gently sat over the water with out-stretched legs. Then they were carried by the water and it was like sailing in a boat at high speed. But there was no boat. They called this interesting game as ‘game of gliding over water’. Amma, this game is possible only for a Heavenly body and not for the human body of the earth. We stood near the bank and watched the game for a while. Just to watch this event was even interesting. Then we also tried to do it. To our great surprise, we found the game to be easy and it was a thrilling experience. The water was flowing towards the left and we landed at the bank on the left side after enjoying this wonderful ride on the speedy stream. We, then climbed over a few towers and the view from there was beautiful. Afterwards we walked along the ankle deep water and reached the woods. There we saw many people relaxing in comfortable seats. They told us that it was a beautiful picnic spot and those mansions were guest mansions, where people could stay for a while, enjoy the gliding game and also walk and lie down within the cool, clear water rippling along the ankle deep gentle flowing stream. Then our girls collected some beautiful golden marble stones for the children and we sailed back home. Bye amma ! “Where no shadows veil the sunshine over there in the Heavenly land, And the crystal waves of the river, ever flow o’er the golden sand”.

CHAPTER 47

VISITING A FRUIT – FARMERS' COLONY

Date : 4th November 2004 Time :11.15 P.M. “They shall build houses and inhabit them; they shall plant vineyards and eat their fruit…. My chosen shall long enjoy the work of their hands”. Is. 65 : 21,22 DAVID : Amma, we visited a farmer’s colony, We walked along the road in the front towards the right of our mansions, turned on the left road, reached the river and sailed towards the left. We sailed upto the palm grove island. At its right, we found a right side branch in the main river and we turned in it. After sailing for some distance, we came into a beautiful fruit garden on both sides of the river. There was a difference between this fruit farm from others. Here the short fruit trees were completely laden with fruits at all parts of the branches without any leaves. But they didn’t look barren. They looked rich with those fruits in plenty. There was a net work of pathways within the farm dividing that into different sections. Trees laden with fruits of one variety and colour flourished in one section and we found a large number of varieties of different coloured fruits in those various sections. One cannot resist marveling at the many kinds of rich fruit-laden trees. There were two roads, running parallel to the river on both sides of its banks. After some distance, we saw flights of steps on both sides of the river. We left our boat there and climbed the left side steps which was connected to a broad road which was running at right angles to the river. We walked along that road enjoying the lovely scenery - quiet fruit farms. That road, then reached a beautiful green wood with tall flowering trees within which there were many mansions. Later on we were told that after a stretch of that wood, there was another section of fruit-farms and then again, there was another strip of wood and mansions. That same pattern was repeated a long distance on either sides of the main road. We didn’t go into all those sections. As soon as we reached the middle of the first strip of wood, we turned left and walked along another road which cut the main road at right angles. On both sides of this road, there were very beautiful mansions surrounded by lovely gardens blooming with flowers. After passing many mansions, we came across a workshop where people were bringing baskets of assorted fruits, gathered from those fruit farms. They put them in huge heaps. There were many people within the workshop. They were sorting them out and were packing the same variety of fruits in fruit baskets with straps which could be clasped around one’s shoulder so that it was easier to carry them to the boats, by which they could be transported to different places of Heaven according to the orders or to the shopping complexes. Those people gave some more details about their place. PEOPLE : Great horticulturists also used to come here to collect rare fruits for their study. In these fruit-farms water is found just beneath the ground. There are people of all the races of the world here. Almost all the inhabitants of this place were farmers in the world and so we are happy to be engaged in growing fruits, collecting them and distributing them. We enjoy walking within the fruit farms during our leisure time. We have many recreation centres for our children and youth like music halls, lecture halls, play grounds etc. Teachers used to come from other parts to teach scripture and music to our children. Many of our youths go out to the music complex and other study centres to learn music and other arts according, to their tastes. DAVID : They asked us to take as many fruits as we wanted and even offered to deposit baskets of fruits within our boats. But we selected only some rare varieties of fruits and

filled all our four pockets. We visited some more work shops in the same wood. Then we thanked them, bid them a fond farewell and walked upto our boat and then sailed back home. On the way I left all the fruits in the museum, where our girls will select the rare varieties to keep in the fruit section of the museum and distribute the rest to our children. We all tasted the different varieties in the colony itself by biting a piece off from each fruit and thus many of us shared one fruit. Bye amma dear! “There are ever-green trees That bend low in the breeze, And their fruitage is brighter than gold, There are harps for our hands In that fairest of lands, And nothing shall ever grow old”. - F.A.F. White

CHAPTER 48

WORSHIP SERVICE INSIDE THE WORSHIP COMPLEX IN A WHITE MARBLE CHAPEL

Date : 6th November 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “I will bless the Lord at all times; His praise shall continually be in my mouth”. Ps. 34:1 DAVID : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along the front road, towards the right of our mansions, turned on the left road, reached the river and sailed towards the left in a boat. On the way at the right, we saw a broad road, through which we walked once to attend a worship service in an auditorium after passing the open-air stadium. We took the same road and after passing the stadium, we saw another road on the right side branching from this one and we turned in it and walked a long distance. In front of us was a beautiful small pond, with a cluster of rocks at its centre. From those rocks water was gushing out, soaring up high like a beautiful fountain and falling into the pond. The road split into two and was going around the pond. From the opposite side of the pond, two small streams started and were flowing around a very beautiful circular white marble chapel with a dome shaped top. It was not very large but it was sparkling with a dream of beauty since its walls and roof were decorated with a little gold and glittering diamonds were embedded in abundance in the whole structure. Brilliant white radiance was emerging from the interior of the chapel. We were a little bit late. The service had already started. Jesus was seated on a magnificent white throne which was sparkling with a special brilliance since diamonds were embedded in it. Jesus was encircled by a host of Angels with golden musical instruments. When we entered the chapel, the audience of about thousand were singing songs of praise with a small choir, to the accompaniment of Angel Orchestra. After that Jesus stood up and gave a beautiful message. JESUS : My Father created many things on the earth. They all praise the Lord in different manners. Early morning, the birds sing melodiously praising the Lord, before they start their day’s work. Since you all came from the earth, you must have seen what I am telling you now. The flower-buds open into lovely flowers in the morning diffusing their fragrance, which is their way of praising the Lord. As you all are raising and waving your hands to praise the Lord, the branches and leaves of the trees swing in the gentle

breeze to praise the Lord. Even the gentle waves of the ocean striking the shore early in the morning is a way of bowing down and praising the Lord. The sweet murmuring sound of streams and the rivers is their way of praising the Lord. But the man, who was created in the image of My Father who breathed His everlasting life into him, is not always praising the Lord. I know that many of My children always praise the Lord. But most of the people of the world forget to praise the Lord, though My Father has given them beautiful voices as well as languages, which he did not give to any other creation. When Paul and Silas sang praises from the jail in the middle of the night, miracle happened: They were mentally and physically bruised. Their mental agony was also great, because they were humiliated in the public and beaten up without any reason or enquiry. Their physical pain was also agonizing, but they praised the Lord. Using this example I wish to give a message to My children on the earth to praise the Lord whatever may be their circumstances, even if they are undergoing mental or, physical agony. Praises will bring forth miracles and relieve them of their pain. Now I bless you all, My children. DAVID : Amma, what a wonderful message! Jesus, then ascended gracefully along with the host of angels and we all stood up praising him by raising our hands. Then we left the chapel, walked along the road beside the stream, at the back of the chapel, reached the main river at a point far away from our road. Then we sailed for sometime, reached our road and came home. Now I am going down to my music room, to select some new songs and anthems. My friends also used to come and help me in the selection. One girl used to play the new piece in the piano so that others will decide whether to select it or not, hearing its words, tune and the different parts. After selecting the piece, I used to play and play and learn all the four parts thoroughly and it will be easy for me to teach the song to the members of my choir. Bye amma dear! “This is my Fathers world, The birds their carols raise, The morning light, the lily white Declare their Makers Praise…..” - Maltbie D. Babcock

CHAPTER 49 VISITING PEOPLE FROM NORTHERN HEMISPHERE

OF THE EARTH Date : 8th November 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Like the cold of snow in the time of harvest, is a faithful messenger to those who send him, he refreshes the spirit of his masters”. Pro. 25:13 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to an island surrounded by sea. We sailed along the river at the back towards the left of our mansions, crossed the lake and the river and reached the sea. There we turned left and passed all the familiar sites along the shore and then turned at right angles from the shore and the deep sea spread out far before us as a sparkling golden glass. After sailing a long distance, we saw a huge snow white island far from us. From that distance we could see nothing but the whiteness of that area. When we sailed nearer, we saw a short white wall edged with gold, surrounding the island. Then we came across a huge golden gate and a golden road leading from the sea into the island. We entered that island and started walking along the golden road. There were many side roads branching from the main road towards the left and the right. Along the branch roads there were many snow white

mansions with a single storey and a sloping roof. Amma, the snow white marble looked exactly like solid snow and they were moderately cold as well. We were told that it was a special type of snow white marble. The whole place was covered with the same rock and there were no trees or other plants. But they had beautiful gardens around each mansion. Lovely flowers were arranged within very beautiful snow white flower pots of different sizes edged with gold and with beautiful carvings on the surface. In the white background, the whole scenery of gardens of colourful flowers of exquisite beauty, was such a fascinating sight amma. We were told that they used to get flowers from the American farmer’s colony which was directly across the sea on the shore. Then we started walking on the branch roads. In each road, there were many mansions and a working place, where people were making the flower pots in thin marble sheets. At the end of each branch road there were flat marble rocks near the sea. From those rocks they cut blocks and blocks of snow white marble stones. In their working place, they were separating them into thin layers, cut them into required sizes and shapes. They were fixing two pieces together at right angles by means of a golden ribbon. I don’t know anything about this mechanism. But there was some kind of affinity between the gold ribbon and the marble stone, like iron and magnet. They were also carving beautiful patterns on the surface, like carvings on wooden planks and decorating them with gold pieces and precious stones. Those people gave us some information about the inhabitants of that place. PEOPLE : We all belong to the northern hemisphere of the earth like Iceland, North Sweden, Norway, North Russia etc and we like to live among such snow white rocks with a real cooler atmosphere. Our loving God has provided a place of our liking. Eskimos are also here. Inside our homes, we get warmth by using the red hot bricks in our fire place. DAVID : They were making various types of very beautiful flower pots, flower vases, hanging flower pots etc. They asked us to take as many as we wanted. Those articles were not heavy also. So each one of us took two big flower pots with golden handles and filled them with smaller articles. We kept our presents there and promised to collect them on our way back home. They were wearing white coats which were made of some kind of fur like material taken from plants. We went into several such branch roads. In one such road, we saw a shopping complex. There the mansions had a single huge hall containing several things like fruits, fur coats, gold and precious stones, meant for the inmates of that island. We were told that there were about hundred mansions in that place. In another branch road, we saw dog-like pets and their kennels. Those pets had pure white hair and children were playing with them joyfully and it was a beautiful sight. The main road then reached a range of low-lying hills with the same type of cool snow white rocks. Children and youth were sliding over the smooth surface with shouts of laughter. Till now we have visited only the branches in the left side of the road. On the right side branches we saw many recreation centres for children and youth. There were music halls where children and youth were taught music. In one hall a choir practice was going on with a director, where girls and boys were singing in two parts. They warmly welcomed us and we sang many choruses. After each chorus, all my friends used to look at me for the starting of the next chorus. That surprised those people. Amma, they must have thought, “What this brown boy is doing among a group of white youth!!” So they enquired about me specially. My friends are really very sweet, and they paid a glowing tribute to me, telling that I was their choir director. We really enjoyed that music session. In another hall children were taught some kind of dance, in which they sang praising songs, dancing all the time. In another branch road at the right, we saw a very beautiful snow white chapel. They told us that they used to have regular praising session, before they started their work. For worship services they used to go to the

worship complex and also to services in other places, whenever Jesus was present there. Finally we went back to the first workshop, collected our presents thanked them and came back home joyfully. On the way I selected one big basket and some smaller ones, left the rest in the boat, jumped off near our back portico and now I am in my room talking to you. Others sailed farther and would have landed at our usual landing place, where children would welcome them joyfully. Amma, I am going down to tell everything to ammamma. I think that she is in her room. I left the basket at the back portico. Then I am going to teach some songs we selected the other day to my junior friends (treble). Be happy amma. Bye! “Coming, coming yes, they are, Coming, coming, from afar, From the frozen realms of midnight, Over many a weary mile, To exchange their soul’s long winter, For the summer of His smile”. - J. WAKEFIELD MACGILL

CHAPTER 50

EXHIBITION OF DIFFERENT GARDENS, MANSIONS IN DIFFERENT ISLANDS

Date : 10th November 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M. “If I have told you earthly things and you do not believe, how can you believe if I tell you heavenly things?” John 3:12 DAVID : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a marvellous exhibition of many complexes arranged in different places of the sea. We reached the site of the ship mansions by taking our usual route. All the ship mansions stood in an immense circle on the golden sea. There, we were guided to board a small tourist ship with two decks. About one hundred seats were arranged at the centre of the lower deck, which had a flat roof and also one hundred seats on the upper deck. There were empty space around the edges, so that people could stand near the right side or left side railings to watch the various complexes of the exhibition. The ship sailed fast and we reached a’ Complex of flowers’ seen on the right side of the ship. There were several units of small land in an immense circle. Each unit was blooming with one variety of very beautiful blossoms and the flower beds were arranged artistically. The ship used to slow down almost to a stop near each unit. Since the complex came on the right hand side, we all stood near the right side railings and watched the beauty of the flower beds. Amma, I am not good in explaining the beauty. You have to imagine the Heavenly beauty according to your imaginative capacity. The ship went around the units and a stupendous blaze of colours lit the sparkling waters of the sea. Then we sailed farther and reached a ‘Complex, of fountains’ flowing from marble rocks. Each unit contained a cluster of marble rocks of one colour and from the centre a fountain was soaring up high and was falling over those rocks, and the sight was beautiful. There were several such units of various coloured marble rocks. Though we had seen many of those colours, it was fascinating to view them all in the same place, as those rocks were glistening in different colours within the rippling waters of those fountains. That complex came at the left and so we all went

to the left side of the deck. The ship stopped near each unit, while going around the complex. We sailed steadily forward and reached a ‘Complex of Palaces and mansions’. In each unit stood an elegant and magnificent palace or mansion of an attractive architecture, over an elevated place surrounded by a very beautiful garden, blooming with gorgeous flowers and green lawns. A guide in our ship was explaining the architecture and special feature of each building in each unit. Amma, you must see the beauty and grandeur of the different types of palaces and mansions. The structures varied in size,shape and colour and each had a unique charm and beauty. Sometimes people, after visiting this complex, used to give special requests to Jesus to grant them a particular type of mansion of their liking. Next we sailed to a ‘complex of gardens’. In each unit the arrangement of the garden was different. In some gardens, there were circular pathways and in some radial pathways. Each section had different arrangement of different varieties of flowers of exquisite beauty, and flowery lawns. There also one could request Jesus the type of garden one wanted. Then we went to three ‘complexes of trees’. In the first ‘complex of flowering trees’, each unit contained trees laden with one variety of lovely blossoms. Next was the ‘complex of evergreen trees’. Different units had different varieties of evergreen trees with different shapes and with different types of leaves. Amma, we marvelled at the numerous varieties of evergreen trees. Then we saw the ‘complex of fruit trees’. Afterwards our ship moved to the ‘complex of bird – sanctuary’. Each unit had one particular variety of the birds and the sweet air was full of their happy songs. Since the ship sailed very close to each unit, we could see them very clearly, with their beautiful plumage of many colours and praised the lord for His marvellous creations. Then we sailed into the ‘animal complex’ and each unit had one type of animals. There were many types of dog like animals, horses etc. They were playing in groups, chasing one another. Each unit had the dwelling places for those animals. Then we went to the ‘complex of fish’. Each unit within the crystal-clear water of the sea had one variety of fish. Like that there were many units containing fishes of lovely hues playing within the colourful water plants. Then we came to the ‘complex of instrumental music’. Amma, we were thrilled to watch and hear the music played by several types of orchestra. In each unit there was one group playing one type of music and we saw many races of the world in different units. Our guide told us that those groups would be in their respective units at a particular time and the visiting time of the tourist ships would coincide with their performances there. The ship used to stand in one unit, till the band played one complete piece of music and we enjoyed the performances with great joy. Then we went to the ‘complex of choirs’. In each unit, a group sang one type of song in one language. We heard choirs singing in different European languages and also in all important languages of the world in different units. We enjoyed that complex immensely. Amma, are you able to imagine the spectacular sights, and pleasing pleasures of Heaven and my boundless happiness here!!? The guide then told us that there were many more types of complexes still farther and those could be visited another time. The ship then returned and we came to the site of the ship mansions, stepped into our boat and sailed back home. On our way, our girls collected fern like beautiful leaves and wild flowers from the bank of the river and made them into small bouquets for our children. I got out near the back of my home, while the boat sailed farther to our landing site. Amma, girls have already gathered in my music hall for choir practice. John told us that we may have to attend and participate in a sing song service soon. So I am going down amma. Bye!

“Then amid the glories Of the crystal sea Look away to Jesus Through eternity”.

- Henry Burton

CHAPTER 51

A SING SONG WORSHIP SERVICE INSIDE WORSHIP COMPLEX

Date : 12th November 2004 Time : 11.10.M. “Let us come unto His presence with thanks giving, let us make a joyful noise to Him with songs of Praise”. Ps. 95:2 DAVID : Amma, we are sailing back home, after attending a wonderful sing song worship service. I am talking to you from the boat. We walked along the road in our front road towards the right of our mansions, turned on the left road and reached the river. Then we sailed towards the right. After passing all the familiar sites, we came to a flight of broad golden steps at the left side bank of the river. We left our boat there and climbed up the steps and reached the summit. It was a beautiful place with a wide golden pathway lined on both sides by one row of tall cone – shaped evergreen trees. Beyond those trees were very beautiful gardens. The flowering plants were kept in lovely shining golden pots of various sizes. Those pots were arranged along numerous pathways leading to the worship place. We walked along the main pathway and reached an immense golden auditorium. I don’t know whether the whole structure was covered with golden plates or built with golden bricks. It was shining with wondrous – beauty. One row of the same type of evergreen trees surrounded the building and beyond that were gardens of flowers of exquisite beauty kept in golden pots. Those lovely gardens encircled the auditorium and there were no other trees around it. We reached the auditorium, which stood in magnificent splendour on a high platform, so that we had to climb many golden steps which surrounded all the three sides of the platform. We didn’t look at the back. On those steps also, flowers were kept in golden pots and the sight was just glorious. Ascending those steps, we entered the auditorium. There were broad porticos on the three sides supported by massive golden pillars. In the front portico there were three doors to get in. The seats were arranged in galleries, facing the huge stage at the back. It had a capacity for the seating of around five thousand people. People started coming through all the pathways. Since we had to give an item, we went towards the right and waited at the right side portico. By that time the auditorium became almost full. Then all of a sudden a wonderful thing happened. Since we were standing in the portico and there were not many trees to block the view, we saw an immense glorious globe of white radiance travelling across the sky and descending slowly over the auditorium. We rushed out into the open air and saw that marvellous sight. When it came down, we found that it was a large host of angels. Jesus must have been surrounded by those angels, since we couldn’t see Him. Then they descended into the

building. We rushed back to the portico to see them coming inside gloriously. Then the whole audience sang a praising song to the accompaniment of the angel Orchestra. Afterwards the music programme started. We were second on the line. Since we were a small group, we stood at the centre of the empty space below the stage. Jesus was seated on a magnificent throne. How happy we felt to stand just in front of Jesus, and sing! We practised a song ‘Jesus is our Redeemer and Friend’. It is a simple anthem like song. Steve was also with us. He had introduced a prelude and interludes with a few guitars and pipe instruments. We started our anthem with a prelude and then we all sang in unison in the beginning and slowly all the parts entered one by one and then we sang with four parts. Since it was a simple anthem, and we had a thorough practice, there was no need to give directions all the time. So I stood at the right side end and gave directions at the starting and closing points. We all extended our hands towards Jesus while singing except those who played the instruments. Amma, what a joy to sing a beautiful song in front of Jesus who smiled all the time, looking at us! At some part instead of singing bass they played bass in pipe instruments. It added richness to our item. When we finished, the audience gave a great shout of appreciation and Jesus smiled sweetly at us raising His hands. Then we walked through the passage in between two rows of seats and sat almost at the back. As we were walking along the passage, people started appreciating our item. Many of them knew me amma. So they called my name and congratulated us! Then several choirs – big and small gave items. My friend Bob and the American choir gave a beautiful item with Bob’s solos in between. When the singing session was over, Jesus gave a short, but wonderful message. JESUS : My Father and I love music. I enjoyed listening to all your melodious and lovely songs. I want you to remember one thing while singing. We always say that we must sing realising the meaning of the song. That is very important. Along with that I want you to realise and think about the feelings of the composers of the songs (words) and also the composers of the music (tune) to those songs. You try to realise their thoughts from their song and its music and try to sing accordingly. DAVID : Then the divine group started their ascension and we all stood up, raising our hands and praising Jesus with adoration. After their ascension, we started meeting our friends. We came down to the front and there I met my friend Bob, who extended both his hands towards me, hugged me saying, “How is my sweet David?” Then we walked out holding our hands, stood outside and had a pleasant conversation. He told me that the selection of our song was perfect. I also congratulated him for the perfect performance of his choir. He told me that they might arrange a grand music concert in a very big auditorium in the next American town and asked us to participate in that concert. By that time some of my younger friends came near us. Bob wanted to tease them and so he told loudly, “David, I need some strong tenor for my choir. Why can’t you join our choir?” and smiled at them with a twinkle in his eyes. My friends smiled and said “Bob, dear Bob, you are becoming a naughty boy! No stealing of our dear David – no!” We all laughed together. Finally we bid him a fond farewell and sailed back home. Amma, now I am talking from my room. Please convey my love to appa, Jeba annan my sister – in – law Angel, periamma and Thuthie annan. Bye amma dear! go to sleep! “Music is God’s gift to man, the only art of Heaven given to earth, the only art of earth we take to Heaven.” - Walter Savage Landor

CHAPTER 52

PLAYING THE GAME OF TREASURE HUNT

Date : 14th November 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “......... Blessed of the Lord be his land, for the precious things of heaven ......... And for the chief things of the ancient mountains and for the precious things of the lasting hills.” Deuter. 33: 13,15 DAVID : We returned home just now after a trip of great excitement. We sailed along our river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar sites, we came across a right side branch of this river and we turned in it. After a short distance, the river overflowed on sides, spreading out and covering a very large area. It cannot be called a lake since water was moving out. So it can be called a shallow river covering a large area with clusters of different coloured marble rocks here and there. From those marble rocks water was gushing out and flowing into the river. We were told that this water way and the rocks were meant for a treasure – hunt, since in some of the river beds near the rocks, there were precious stones, but not near all the rocks. So one has to search the beds near the clusters of rocks to find the treasures. In the main river there were many circular boats. Each, one could accommodate about six persons. Those boats were meant for the search game. They were very beautiful in different colours. We left our bigger boat and got into four Yellow boats and started our search game. Two boats sailed towards the right and two sailed towards the left of the main river. The fascinating thing was that the boats sailed forward, at the same time rotated slowly around its own axis, so that we all could view all our surrounding area. When we went near a cluster of rocks, the boat moved slowly around the rocks. We all used to look down eagerly at the bed through the crystal – clear water to see whether there was anything sparkling on the sand. Sometimes we used to get down to the bottom to search within the sand, since the sand was covering the stones in which gems were embedded in abundance. When one of our groups found a treasure, its members stood up either over the boat or over the rocks and raised their hands. It was a signal for the other three boats. Then all would go to that rock, and every one of us would plunge into the waters, go to the bed and pick up single gems, scattered here and there or collect small or big soft stones containing gems. Again all the four boats would sail in four different directions. That searching game was a very thrilling game and we enjoyed it immensely. There were many other groups in different coloured boats. We collected beautiful gems in eleven different colours. Some of them were very rare and we haven’t seen those colours so far. We spent a long time in this game of treasure – hunt, and then we returned home and were received by children of our area and they helped us to carry those gem – rocks to the museum lawn. I also went there and helped my friends to break the rocks to release the gems from them. My friends are sorting them out. They will distribute them to the inmates of our mansions and also to the children after selecting some rare gems for our museum. Amma, now I hear the voices of my friends downstairs. They must have brought my share of gems. They are so smart and quick in their job!! I am going down amma dear. You go to sleep. Bye!

“My Father is rich in houses and lands,

He holdeth the wealth of the world on His hands! Of rubies and diamonds, of silver and gold, His coffers are full – He has riches untold”

- HATTIE E. BUELL

CHAPTER 53

SONGS CARRIED BY THE WINGS OF FRAGRANCE OF FLOWERS

Date : 16th November 2004 Time : 10.5 0 P.M. “Awake O north wind and come, O south wind! Blow upon my garden; let its fragrance be wafted abroad. Let my beloved come to His garden and eat its choicest fruits “. Song of Solomon 4:16 DAVID : Amma, we are sailing back home after visiting a Vast area of flower gardens of exquisite beauty. I’ll explain every thing after I reach home. AMMA : David are you really talking to me? DAVID : Yes amma. It is David talking. IT is like one of the miracles Jesus did while He was on the earth. Whenever Jesus did some miracle, people didn’t expect to see one like that. Most of them were unexpected. Think about the miracle of feeding the multitude with five loaves of bread and two fishes. So also Jesus turned water into wine. People never expected such miracles to happen. But they happened without their least expectation and knowledge. Since they were done openly people had to believe them. In the same way Jesus has performed another miracle by giving this privilege of Communication between us. Since others cannot hear the voice personally it is difficult for them to believe. But you go on writing books and many would be blessed by reading them till the end of the world. (After sometime, I heard David’s voice again) Amma, I reached home just now and I am talking from my room. We sailed along the river at the back towards the left of our mansions and reached the lake. At the lake, we just turned left at right angles, crossed that immense lake and reached the foot of the lofty mountain range. On the lake side, the mountains looked like any other beautiful mountains of Heaven and they had steep slopes. We sailed in a river flowing through a gap in between two mountains and reached the other side of the mountain range. There at the left, the view that unfolded was breathtakingly beautiful. Amma, I am not good in explaining or describing the wondrous beauties of Heaven. One has to see it personally to enjoy that intense beauty. From the top of the long mountain range to the wood near the sea, the landscape was slowly sloping down step by step into different sections in different levels. Each section had a beautiful golden road and all the roads were parallel to one another. The whole area was covered with flower gardens of exquisite beauty and this lovely view stretched as far as the eye could see. We were able to discern the line of woods as a thin green border for this beautiful landscape of blossoms, very far from us. We stepped down from our boat and walked along a broad road, which was running at right angles to the river towards the left. On both sides of the road there were very beautiful colourful well-planned gardens with a network of pathways and at the centre of each garden there was a lovely one storeyed mansion with a sloping roof. Even on the

roofs of the mansions, we saw creepers covered with flowers of different delicate and beautiful colours intermingled with rich green leaves. We did enjoy strolling along that golden road a long distance admiring the charming view and we passed a few mansions. Then we came to a cross road and we turned left, crossed a garden, reached a flight of golden steps, which led us to the next top level of the landscape and gardens. That cross road joined another parallel main road and we turned towards the left on that road. Like that there were many parallel main roads and many cross roads, connecting the main roads at many points. We were standing almost at the middle of the whole picturesque landscape. That pattern was repeated in front of us and behind us as well. When we walked along the second main road, we met a middle aged couple, standing within their lovely rose garden. They invited us into their mansion and gave all the details about that area and about themselves. COUPLE : We belong to Australia and we were farm labourers and were very poor. We had a small cottage within the farm land, where there was no place for a proper garden. Our heart’s desire was to have a beautiful garden. But we couldn’t afford to have such a garden, while we were on the earth. We had only a few pots of flowering plants kept on our front steps. Now Jesus has given us a very very beautiful garden and a mansion within it. In this colony, there are people from all races of the world, who loved to have beautiful vast gardens around their mansions. Also there are many well furnished guest mansions where people can stay for some time or as long as they like. DAVID : We thanked them for the information’s they gave walking farther along the road. Next we saw a garden of lily flowers in bloom. Oh! The beauty of that garden, I cannot explain!! The sweet smell was just enchanting. Many gardens had one type of flowers in different shades. Some gardens were blooming with many varieties of flowers arranged artistically. Then we turned into another cross road at the right and went to the next level, higher than this one. There we saw an empty mansion. We went into the mansion surrounded by lovely gardens on all sides. There was a central hall encircled by many rooms. Each room had two doors- One leading to the central hall and another to the open veranda, which surrounded the whole mansion. There were many seats on the veranda, from where one could enjoy the beauty of the garden. After seeing all the rooms, we went to the front portico and occupied those seats. Suddenly we got the inspiration to sing songs of praise to the Lord at that enchanted place filled with the beauty and fragrance of the blossoms. We stood up held our hands and started singing many songs, small anthems and choruses. To our great surprise, a few people started coming from different directions and occupied the seats within the garden to hear our music. We were overjoyed. There were about twenty adults in the audience. As soon as we finished one song, they raised a shout of joy and asked us to sing more. One man a poet recited a few lines as a poem. (My son David recited the actual poem. Since I forgot it that way, I am giving the contents below). POEM : I was sitting in my garden writing a poem. Then a glorious melody carried by the sweet fragrance of the flowers floated towards me and brought me up to this place of music. DAVID : Then John stepped down from the veranda. Standing on the step he said, “Sir (poet) thank you for the beautiful poem which has made all of us extremely happy. We also thank each and every one of you who are gathered here to listen to our music. It gives us more joy when there is an audience who appreciate our songs. We are from the river side mansions, which are just across the lake behind this mountain range”. Then they asked us “why can’t you stay here permanently, since we don’t have a proper choir”. For that John replied, “We all are living with our parents or grand parents or close relatives in our mansions. But we will come here often and entertain you all with our

songs. Please remember that we are your choir members. Anytime, you need a choir, send a word. Our choir will be here to sing for you”.

Then we bid them a fond farewell and started walking farther. On our way more people enquired whether we were the ones who sang beautiful songs. Amma, our hearts flooded with joy hearing this. Since the place was an open area, our voices travelled a long way. When we sang we feet as though our voices were carried on the wings of the sweet fragrance of those flowers. Some gave us bunches of flowers. They gave us small golden vases with flowers. We thanked them all and when we reached our boat, all our hands were fil led with flowers and vases. Our girls made small small bouquets with a few flowers and leaves for distribution. Then we sailed back home joyfully. I didn’t get down at the back of my mansion as usual, but sailed with them to our usual landing place, carried the flowers and vases to the museum lawn, left everything there. I have a small bouquet of flowers tucked in my coat and now I am going down to tell everything to ammamma. I met Palliyadi grandma sometime back. She enquired about you all and also about appa and his ministry and also about the churches. You go to sleep amma dear. I am going down. Bye! “A sweet perfume upon the breeze, As Borne from ever- vernal trees; And Flowers that never fading ,grow Where streams of life for ever flow”. - E.P. STITES

CHAPTER 54

WORSHIP SERVICE AT THE COLONY OF AMERICAN FLOWER FARMERS

Date : 18th November 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “My beloved has gone down to the garden, to the beds of spices, to pasture his flock in the gardens and to gather lilies”. Song of Solomon 6:2 DAVID : Amma, we attended a beautiful worship service and just now we returned home. I am talking from my room. We sailed along our river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After a long distance, we reached the left side branch in the river which was running within the American farmers Colony, which we visited once. We entered that branch river and sailed straight crossing the beautiful rich flower-farm lands and the farmer’s lovely mansions within the woods. We saw numerous boats full of people sailing along the same direction in which we were going. It was a long trip and at the end, this river joined another river flowing at right angles. On the other side of that river, was a row of huge buildings and we were told that it was their shopping complex. We crossed that river and reached a broad golden road starting from the bank of the river and going straight at right angles to the river. We left our boat, walked along that road and reached an immense platform of oval shape. On that platform stood an oval shaped chapel in magnificent splendour with tall cone shaped golden towers, one in the front and one at the back. There were steps all around, the platform. Beautiful flowering plants

in pots were arranged on those steps in a splendid manner. We saw a few people whom we met in our earlier visit. They told us that around that area also, farmers were living within their farm lands. They also were growing mainly flower plants and they used to make bouquets with those flowers. Within the Chapel, there was a half moon shaped altar and seats were arranged in semicircles facing it. The steps to the altar were covered with hundreds of very beautiful flower bouquets. At the left side there was a choir which didn’t belong to that colony, but came from some other place. They told us that their children and youth used to visit music centres outside their colony to learn music. So they brought that choir from one of those places. They sang well. Suddenly we saw a large host of angels flashing down from the tall cone shaped tower which was hollow inside. The angels’ arrival was like shining water rushing in through a small hole above. They all carried beautiful musical instruments and immediately started playing them. Then another brilliant light flashed down and Jesus descended on the altar and sat on the throne. We all stood up raised our hands and praised Jesus for a long time. Then the Congregation sang the Praising song ‘Praise Him, Praise Him’. After that song Jesus gave His wonderful message. JESUS : Peace be unto you. My Father created many things on the earth, both living and non-living. Man was the Supreme creation of My Father. When sin entered, man became sinful, cursed and corrupted by his own sin. My Father had to send Me to the world to save the human race, because man is created in His own image and he carries an eternal soul. When sin entered even the animal and bird Kingdoms were corrupted. They fight and kill one another. Even the soil became corrupted with thorns and thistles. Even the plants have thorns. But there is one group of living things which escaped the effect of sin and that is the group of lovely flowers. They are always beautiful, giving out their sweet fragrance whether they are on the earth or in our Heavenly realm. You are the farmers cultivating such exquisite blossoms. I thank each and every one of you for the beautiful flower bouquets you have brought for Me and also I thank you for making all the people of Heaven happy with those beautiful blossoms and bouquets. DAVID : Then all of a sudden Jesus ascended extending His hands over us, with the host of angels and all of us Praised Him. Afterwards a few farmers went near the altar and started distributing the bouquets to the guests. First they gave them to the members of the choir. Then they called us and distributed the rest to all of us. Our girls got more than one and they carried them in both their hands. Then we thanked them profusely and sailed back home joyfully. I took one bouquet and got to my room. Our younger friends, with the help of the children took the flowers to our museum lawn for distribution. The children used to enjoy carrying those bouquets or any gifts to all the homes in our colony. Now I am going to rest for a while before leaving for my study centre. Bye amma dear! “The barren wastes are fruitful lands, The desert blooms with roses; And He, the glory of all lands, His lovely face discloses!!

- Rev. F. BOTTOME

CHAPTER 55

VISITING A CHILDREN’S CAMP SITE INSIDE A FOREST

Date : 20th November 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “And thou shalt teach them diligently unto they children and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house and when thou walkest by the way and when they liest down and when thou risest up”. Deuter. 6: 7 DAVID : Amma we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river at the back towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar sites, we came across lofty mountains on the left side of the river. Then we saw a left side branch to the main river and we turned in it. On both sides of this river also, there were very high mountains and water was gushing out from the top, dashing down and hurling into the river, which turned into an extremely turbulent river. It was a marvellous new wonder of Heaven, and we were greatly excited to travel through those turbulent waters in our boat. Even if water falls on us, it evaporates at once and we become dry immediately. After sailing some distance suddenly another peaceful scenery flashed before our eyes. The turbulent river changed into a very calm and broad river and we saw picturesque wood –land with beautiful flowering trees, on both sides of the river. It reminded us of the storm in the sea of Galiee once, while Jesus and His disciples travelled and Jesus put down the storm and the sea had become calm. We travelled a long way in the river. When we saw a broad golden road starting at right angles from the left bank of the river, we stepped down from our boat and walked along that road, which was also fenced in on both sides by beautiful forests of flowering trees. After some distance, we reached a pond surrounded by beautiful mansions with one floor and sloping roofs. Those mansions had either a huge single hall or a few rooms. Water was flowing into the pond through a stream from the left and another stream was going out from the right side of the pond. Later on we learnt that it was one pond in a chain of many ponds connected by streams. It was a beautiful place, but all those mansions were empty. In the midst of those mansions, there was a large hall, open on all sides. Behind this Complex, seats were arranged in circles under the trees within the wood. Then we went and sat on the steps of the open hall, looking at the net work of pathways behind the complex within the beautiful woods. Soon we heard the voices of children and then we saw groups and groups of children with adults-mostly young women-emerging from different directions and their joyful shouts of laughter echoed in the woods. Bigger children had many empty baskets in their hands. We also saw a youth group of boys and girls coming in from another direction, singing beautifully. Smaller children just ran into the complex and jumped into the pond or streams to play in water. The youth group came towards us and gave us some information about that place. YOUTH : We are having a children camp in this complex. The youth and adults were mostly Sunday school teachers on the earth. In Heaven they gather children in their area and teach them scripture. Sometime they bring them to this camp site to participate in the camp with children from other areas. Now they are returning from the woods behind, where there are many pet animals and birds. The children used to carry baskets of fruits to feed them, eat with them and play with them. After this we used to have singing session and learning sessions. Our youth group has come here to teach them songs and choruses.

DAVID : Soon the bigger children and their teachers assembled in the open hall and the youth group taught them choruses and songs. When we introduced ourselves, they asked us to sing some songs for the children. We sang some choruses and then our younger friends entertained the children with their funny action songs and mimicries. They all laughed and enjoyed that immensely. They asked us to stay back and help them in the camp. We promised to join them in future. Then the teachers took the children to the seats under the trees and taught them scripture. We bid them a fond farewell and sailed back home. On the way we collected some very beautiful smooth black granite stones near the falls and some flowers from other places. Now I am in my room. Our teenagers wanted to teach some songs to the children of our mansions and they asked me to go and help them. So I am going to the museum lawn. Bye amma. “Praise Him, Praise Him all ye little children, God is love, God is love; Love him, love him all ye little children, God is love, God is love.” - Unknown

CHAPTER 56

VISITING A BEAUTIFUL MOUNTAIN RESORT SURROUNDED BY A LAKE

Date : 22nd November 2004 Time : 11.20 P.M. “For the Lord Thy God bringth thee into a good land, a land of brooks of water, of fountains and depths that spring out of Valleys and hills” Deuter. 8:7 DAVID : Amma we are coming back home after visiting a very beautiful place. (After sometime David started talking again) Now I am talking from my room. We walked along our front road towards the left of my mansion. Then we turned on the right side road and reached the river. From there we sailed towards the left in a boat. After passing many familiar sites we entered a right side branch and sailed on. After some distance, the river joined an immense circular lake and a huge broad based mountain stood at the centre of the lake. From a distance, we were struck with the fantastic beauty of the mountain. A spiral road was climbing to the top, but it was going up gradually on a mild slope and so we saw rows and rows of circular roads in different levels touching the beautiful gardens of rows and rows of elegant mansions. We stopped our boat near the mountain and walked along the road towards the left. At the right were the mansions surrounded by the gardens. Lovely golden steps rose from every garden to the next garden at a higher level. So the gardens of all the mansions were connected. On the left of the road stood golden railings along the edge of the mountain with a single row of seats facing the lake. The entire spiral road was lined by golden railings and dotted with seats. We found several people belonging to the different races of the world occupying those seats, looking down at the lake and enjoying the sight there. A few rivers were flowing out of the lake and many others were going out and coming in, encircling small petal-shaped islands. The entire lake was surrounded by such islands. Then we also occupied those seats almost at the middle of the mountain and viewed the lovely scenery around and we were amazed to see a boat game or boat entertainment going on in the lake. There were rows and rows of many coloured small boats and they were sailing at high speed

crossing each other in different manners, making beautiful various patterns. For example two rows of red and blue boats sailed in such a way that they were touching each other at one moment and then going away from one another in a curved pathway so that they were making a beautiful pattern of scallops. We watched that exciting entertainment for a long time. It was just like viewing a large kaleidoscope. Then we started climbing along that road. We saw people sitting on the front porticos of their single storey slope-roofed mansions or in their gardens watching the wonderful entertainment. Later on we were told that there were games like hide and seek, where boats sailed around those islands in search of a particular coloured boat. Youth from different parts of Heaven used to go there and take part in those games. The petal islands were places of many types of recreation for youth and children like children parks, animal parks, bird –sanctuaries, play grounds music centres etc. When we reached the top we were amazed to see a very tall tower made of golden blue marble stones. There was a golden spiral staircase going around the tower from the ground floor to the top. There we saw many groups of youth and they only gave us all the information about that place. The whole mountain contained the same type of golden blue marble rocks and gold was embedded in those rocks here and there. We climbed to the top and the sight from that height was fascinating. The whole place was looking like an immense flower of wondrous beauty. Then we started climbing down, humming the music of many songs with different parts. We didn’t sing loudly since we didn’t want to disturb the lake-watchers. Even then, people heard our humming sound, turned back and waved their hands, smiling at us. Finally we came down to the foot of the mountain. At the lake bed, we saw the same type of golden blue transparent marble pebbles with gold embedded in them. We collected a large number of those lovely shining pebbles, and sailed back joyfully and finally walked back home. Amma, I am going down to tell ammamma about the trip, before I go to my study centre. Bye amma dear! Beautiful valley of Eden, Home of the pure and the blest, How often amid the wild billows, I dream of thy rest sweet rest”. - W.O. CUSHING

CHAPTER 57

WORSHIP SERVICE IN A VILLAGE AUDITORIUM

Date : 24th November 2004 Time : 11.25 P.M. “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul, and with all your mind ...... You shall love your neighbour as yourself ”. Mat. 22: 37,39 DAVID : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service and returned home just now. We walked along our front road towards the left of our mansions, turned on the right road, reached the river and sailed towards the right. After passing many familiar sites, we entered a left side branch of the river. From the beginning of this branch, we were, surprised to see colonies and colonies of mansions within individual gardens with a net work of pathways on both sides of the river. Much activity was going on in that area. People were either sailing in boats or walking along those pathways. We sailed straight and stepped down from our boat near a road staring from the left side bank of the river at right angles to it. There were colonies on both sides of the road. Groups and groups of people belonging to different races of the world were emerging from various directions towards an immense auditorium at the left side of the road. The auditorium faced the road, which was going farther towards the interior of the colony. We went into the auditorium where seats were arranged in galleries, facing the front huge stage. There was a choir of white people at the left and they were singing. We met some people and they gave us some information about that place.

PEOPLE : All these mansions belong to villagers of different countries of the world. On the earth we were doing mainly farming, weaving, constructing buildings etc. Here also we are continuing our work and the working, places are farther away from this area. There are many types of choirs here. The members of one choir belong to one race of the world. One choir used to be in charge of the music for one worship service. All the choirs get their chances in turn to participate in worship services. Jesus sometimes used to descend directly into the auditorium. Sometimes He descends on a hill nearby and walks to the auditorium, followed by angels. In that case we all used to go there to welcome Jesus with great joy.

DAVID : Suddenly everyone started walking out of the auditorium and we also rushed out. Amma, you must hear the great shouts of joy made by that large multitude, while walking to receive Jesus. We also joined the crowd and at a distance, we saw a brill iant light surrounding a large host of angels. At the centre Jesus was walking gracefully extending both his hands. When the divine procession joined the crowd, people turned back and walked along the two sides leaving the centre of the pathway for Jesus and angels to

proceed. The whole place rang with the happy shouts of joy of the people. Jesus entered the auditorium through the front door and people were divided and walked in through the many doors in the front as well as on the sides. We got in through the front door and occupied the seats almost at the front. Angels were singing and we all praised Jesus raising our hands. Then Jesus gave a brief message on ‘Love’. JESUS : My Father loved the human race, even before He created them. That was why, He created everything, the earth, and all the things both living and non-living on the earth for the enjoyment of the human race. Even after the fall of man, My Father still loved the human race, so that He sent Me, His only son to the earth for the sake of their salvation. You all know the Love of My Father, My love and the love of the Holy Spirit. In Heaven, as you have spiritual growth, you must grow more in love – love for your Lord and love for your neighbour. I always like this place where every race of the world live in great harmony and love.

DAVID : Then Jesus ascended along with the host of angels from the stage to the top of the auditorium. Then they disappeared and the audience started dispersing. Amma, we had the thrill ing experience of walking along with Jesus for a long distance and hearing His marvellous message on love. Then we sailed back joyfully walked along our road and reached home. Now I am lying down on my comfortable bed and relaxing. What a wonderful place is Heaven !! Amma, Mamu and his friends asked me to tell them a story. Now I can hear their voices downstairs. Soon they will be here. They used to hop over my bed and sit on my two sides to hear the story. I used to tell them some story of animals or birds, which they used to listen eagerly and enjoy much. They have entered my room. Bye amma dear. Go to sleep. “I love to tell the story! ‘T will be my theme in glory, To tell the old old story Of Jesus and His Love”. - Miss. HANKEY

CHAPTER 58

VISITING A COLONY OF PEOPLE WHO LIVE WITH ANIMALS INSIDE A FOREST

Date : 26th November 2004 Time :11:15 P.M. “The wolf and the lamb shall feed together the lion shall eat straw like the Ox; …… They shall not hurt or destroy in all My holy mountain says the Lord”. Is. 65:25

DAVID : Amma, we visited a wonderful place of amusement. Just now we returned home and I am talking from my room. We sailed through the river at the back towards the right of our mansions. When we reached the lake surrounded by music composer’s mansions, we found that a river was leaving the right shores of the lake, between two lofty mountains and we

entered it. That river was flowing through dense forest on both sides. The branches of the tall trees met overhead in a thick arch and it was darker than the other parts of Heaven. After sailing a long distance, we saw branches of that river on the right and left sides. We entered one of the left side branches. There also we found the same thick foliage of the jungle with tall trees, flowering bushes and creepers hanging from branches of the trees. We couldn’t see much of the interior of the forest. After sometime we saw two roads – one on the left and one on the right – joining the river at one point. We stepped down from our boat and started walking along the right side road. Many small pathways were branching from that road on both sides. We turned into a left side pathway and reached a very beautiful one storey mansion, which was completely hidden by the drooping branches of the trees and also by the creepers which were hanging from the sloping roof like a network curtain of flowers and leaves, all along the open veranda, encircling the entire mansion. The mansion was built by beautiful greenish yellow marble stones and so we couldn’t make out that it was a mansion at a glance. It looked just like a part of the forest. There was nobody at the front and so we walked around the mansion and went to the back. There we saw people with dark skin, sitting in their portico. There was an open space in the jungle beyond their back portico. When we went nearer, they happily welcomed us, asking whether we belonged to the Missionary families. We said no and that we belonged to the river – side mansions. Then they gave us some information about that forest – colony of mansions. We were all seated along the long steps in their portico. PEOPLE : We were hunters by profession and we lived in great jungles on the earth. We are third generation Christians. On the earth, we practically lived with our domestic animals within our huts due to the fear of attack by the wild animals. But now in Heaven we live happily with our various animals including wild animals in our lovely mansions. The animals live with us, eat with us and sleep with us. We also have small cottages for the animals nearby. DAVID : When they talked about their family, they gave us the number of adults, children and animals. They talked as though the animals also were their family members. Then one man called some names. We didn’t know whether they were the names of their children or both animals and children. To our great amazement, a group of children along with a large group of various animals similar to dogs, goats, donkeys, small horses and many other wild animals emerged from the foliage of the thick forest and came into the open space. Some of the children were riding on the back of those animals and some were walking along with them. It was a real wonderful and marvellous Heavenly sight. The children greeted us by – shaking our hands, so also the animals. The animals raised one of their legs, as they came in

front of us. Then they all sat on the open space. We were talking with the adults and watching the animals in great wonder and amazement. Suddenly when we turned around, we found that our teenagers were missing and to our immense surprise, they were within the group of children and animals enjoying their company. John then called them to come to the front to entertain the children. We sang many choruses and action songs. Our teenagers sang some funny songs and mimicked the cry of different animals. The children were greatly amused and they laughed and laughed. The animals were also watching us, as though they understood the teenagers. Then they invited us to visit their working place, farther away within the jungle. We all, along with the children adults and animals walked to that place. There, they were making very beautiful multi-coloured fruit baskets with handles with reeds of three colours – red, green and yellow. There we saw people of all the races of the world. They offered those baskets to us. Since they were new to us, we took many of them. The children and the animals carried more baskets and we all walked to our boat in a grand procession. Then we thanked them and parted from them with a fond farewell and sailed back home. Our teenagers wanted to take our children and adults to that place again. We told them to do so. And we said that if we would be free at that time, we would gladly accompany them. Amma, what a wonderful experience!! New wonders of Heaven are unfolding one by one. Now I am going back to the museum lawn. Bye amma dear! “That gate ajar stands free for all Who seek through its salvation; The rich and poor, the great and small, Of every tribe and nation”.

- Mrs. LYDIA BAXTER CHAPTER 59

VISITING AN ISLAND

RESORT SURROUNDED BY HILLS Date : 28th November 2004 Time : 11.15 P.M. “Mountains and all hills; fruitful trees and all elders .... Both young men and maidens old men and children, Let them praise the name of the Lord........”. Ps. 148:9,12,13 DAVID : Amma, just now we returned after visiting a charming place of wonderful beauty. We reached the sea by our usual route and then we turned left. After passing many familiar sites, we sailed at right angles and not far from the shore we saw a very beautiful island surrounded by a chain of hills. Each hill was covered with trees laden with flowers of one colour. From a distance we could see nothing but the flowers. One hill was blazing with scarlet loveliness. Another one was aflame with golden – orange colour. One was covered with white blossoms. Each hill was blooming with flowers of one lovely shade. When we sailed nearer we heard the refreshing sound of running water in the pebbly valley between two hills and it was flowing into the golden sea. All the hills were separated from each other by those delightful streams. I think that there were about fifteen hills. All were decked with flowers of fifteen different shades. Amma, I just cannot explain the beauty of those hills and the island. We were fascinated by its heart – capturing wondrous beauty as we sailed around that island. Finally we saw a broad golden road near a valley between two beautiful hills. Golden steps rose up from the sea, leading to this golden road. Many steps were immersed in the golden water of the sea. We left our boat there, climbed up those steps, reached that road and walked along that road between the two lovely hills. When we crossed the picturesque stretch of the hilly valley region and got into the island, the sight within was just fascinating. The golden road went straight into the island dividing it into two halves. Numerous pathways were branching out from the main road on both sides. Between two pathways there were two grand and beautiful two storey mansions with flat roofs and balconies and verandas on all sides. Each mansion stood within a very beautiful garden. At the back of the two mansions, half – way between the two, was a beautiful natural swimming pool fed by the water flowing from small sparkling streams coming down from the hills. The water from the swimming pool was overflowing on both sides, rippling over a wide area around the two mansions and then joined the two main streams, which were running on the two sides of the main road. First we entered a mansion which contained four cabins in each floor opening into the veranda and balcony. Some of the cabins were occupied and some were empty. There was a spiral staircase outside leading to the first floor and to the terrace. We went straight up. Amma, what a wonderful fantastic view from the top!! – the beautiful gardens, the shining swimming pools, the colourful flowery hills beyond the network of golden pathways and mansions, the sparkling streams flowing by and the sea shimmering around this lovely island – that we felt like singing. We sang many songs softly which were floating gently and were making a feeble echo. Then we climbed down and greeted the people who were seated in comfortable chairs on the portico. They only told us that the place was a holiday resort where people used to come and stay for a while and then go back to their homes. Then we went down and reached the swimming pool. It was full of children, adults and youth. Small children were playing in the thin stream overflowing from the pool. It was such an attractive and wonderful sight – the thin transparent stream–bed which was covered with different coloured precious stones, semi–precious stones and smooth marble pebbles of various hues and the water rippling above this bed. We all sat within the lovely water or lay down enjoying the flow of water

over us. We were there for a long time. Our teenagers wanted to collect those gems. We told them that we could do it after seeing the whole island. We could collect them near the entrance so that there was no need to carry them all along. Then we started walking in the main road enjoying the beautiful sight of mansions of different attractive architectures on both sides and the colourful hills beyond them. When we reached the other end, we saw the two streams flowing on either side of the main road mingling together to form a main stream and it flowed into the sea through a broad valley. Then we turned back and came to the entrance. There we sat within a shallow stream and started collecting all the colourful gems and marble pebbles. My teenage friends have learnt many Tamil words. Whenever I told them to hurry up, they would say, “Nfhgg;glhNj Nltpl; (don't get angry David)” and they used to twist my ear lobe. I also used to do that playfully to persuade them to do something necessary. We collected pebbles and filled our pockets. We folded our coats hanging in the front into a bag – like – structure and filled them with a load of sparkling gems. Finally we sailed back home joyfully. I got down at the back of my mansion. We returned home in a short cut way through a channel to the same lake at the back of our mansions. Then we reached our river from the other side of the lake and reached home. I am going down. I left my coat at the back portico. Mamu would get his share of gems from my friends and then would rush to me with his friends to see what I brought for him. Bye amma dear! When I asked David about his Christmas programme David told me the following. DAVID : Amma, we are going to have a very tight programme for Christmas. All the choirs around our place have invited us to give instrumental and song items in their Christmas carol services and concerts. So I don’t know whether we will be able to go to our regular visits. Anyway I’ll let you know, after we come to know the details of our programmes which Jesus assigns for us, through John. Bye amma dear! “O Beulah land, sweet Beaulah land, As on Thy highest mount I stand I look away across the sea, Where mansions are prepared for me, And view the shining glory shore, My Heav’n my home for ever more”!”. E. P. STITES

CONCLUSION

Dear Reader,

By the time, you finish reading this book, you must have realized the incidents of talking of the Holy sprit to console me and also the talking of my son David, according to the perfect will of my beloved Jesus. For some people, it may be difficult to believe the whole process. So I like to mention a small incident in my life, which may help to believe that my son’s conversation with me and the divine guidance, I get now and then are real.

My elder son is studying M.D. in a medical college in another state. He is staying in a rented house there. Since, his wife is in another place, completing her studies, I used to visit my son, once a month, stay with him for a few days, to help him in maintaining the house. Like that, I was there with him in August, 2005. That particular night of the incident, he had night duty in his college hospital. He came home at 10.O’clock at night, had his dinner, and took a brief rest lying down in a cot, inside the dining hall, watching the TV for a while, before going back to his college. I used to sleep in that cot only. Since my son was taking rest there, I was lying down on a mattress on the floor in the next room. When my son left home around 10.30 P.M. I quickly locked the front door and again went back to sleep on the mattress in the floor. Within no time, I was sound asleep. Suddenly at midnight, I heard an urgent authoritative voice, speaking within me “Get up! Get up. Go and sleep on the cot. Rodents! Rodents!” This was repeated again and immediately I woke up and rushed to the cot, taking the pillow and sheet. I was very sleepy. But on my way, I was thinking “In this house, all the windows have mosquito proof nets. Then how can a creature like rodent (rat family) could get into the house?” Anyway I fell asleep over the cot. At about one O’clock in the night (I noticed the time after the incident), I heard a kind of tapping sound over the open glass window of the front hall. I woke up by that noise. There was a dim light from a zero Watt bulb in the dining room. In that light I could see a very huge bandicoot (a very large rat like creature) running below my cot, crossed the dining room and went into the kitchen. I was stunned and sat over my cot. Soon, it came out, ran under my cot and went out through the front window, Once again I heard the tapping sound at the window. Immediately, I rushed to the front hall, switched on the light and closed the window hurriedly. While closing, I saw a hole on the plastic mosquito net. With a sigh of relief, I once again sat over my cot. Suddenly I heard the sound of rolling vessels, inside the kitchen. I rushed there, switched on the light and there I saw a huge house rat, running out, through a hole it made in the mosquito net in the kitchen window. I hurriedly closed the kitchen window also. Once again I sat over my cot in a state of

shock and surprise. If I would have slept on the floor, the bandicoot would have walked over me and I might have been frightened terribly. That incident in itself is not a major catastrophe. The greatest and the most important thing was, the voice I heard within me, which woke me up to tell me about the rodents (a common name for all the creatures of rat family – two of which I encountered on that night). Jesus must have sent an angel to warn me!! But the greatest truth that dawned on me, is that in the same way only, David’s calling me ‘amma, amma’ on several occassions, when I am fast asleep, is very real and I wake up to hear him talk. Also I used to hear the voice of the Holy spirit in the same way, talking to me several times. So, I am fully convinced that my beloved Jesus is speaking to me. So also my son David, to whom Jesus has given the great privilege of talking to his mother with a broken heart. I thank Jesus for this great experience and an undisputed proof.

As the psalmist said in psalm 51:17 ....... “a broken and contrite heart, O God thou will not despise”, my Jesus whenever I want an answer to my prayer talks to me, in His still small voice and comforts me. I am sure many of god’s children have this kind of experience of hearing our master’s voice.

We want to give this book to every one, who asks for it free of cost. That is according to the instruction I received from my Jesus. At the same time, we created a fund called ‘David’s Missionary fund’ since David was dedicated to go as a missionary doctor, after completing his medical course. With that fund, we are helping poor patients with medical expenses in a small way. So donations will be accepted to that fund.

We pray “Lord, with these Heavenly messages, may the readers realize that we have an eternal life in an Eternal Home”.

Do know that there is Only One Way to go to that wonderful place. That only way is JESUS who died on the cross to pay our debts of sin and opened the gates of Heaven for you and me. Do you have Him in your heart? Have you accepted Him as your saviour?

If you have not accepted Him as your redeemer so far, please do it now! at this moment ! Say the following prayer, with a sincere heart with implict faith in Jesus as the saviour. “Dear Lord Jesus, I accept you as my personal saviour since I know that you bore my sins on yourself and died on the cross for me. Wash me and cleanse me from all my sins

with your precious blood you shed on the cross. Pardon me and accept me as your child. Make me eligible to enter into your Heavenly HOME.” - Amen

Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon 3, Henry Road,

Nagercoil – 629001 Tamil Nadu, INDIA

Ph.: 04652 – 230778 E-Mail :printland@rediffmail.com

Ps :- There are three books ( I, II, III) in Tamil and three books ( I, II, III) in English.